4 a y v\ 7 = Sa" 7 > bog PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication July 1978 No. 1 CONTENTS VacROBERTS, D. T., The status of Agalinis caddoensis Pennell........ 1 GOLDING, J., Begonia nomenclature notes, 2. The Begonia in We CRB INUTMCTICID DASE, Gish sinus 5 Wht ata 1s see hago bie aires Moya? 7 an FAASEN, P., Chromosomes of Guardiola (Compositae, Heliantheae). . 21 a TRECASAS, J., Miscellaneous notes on neotropical flora, X ....... 25 ROBINSON Poddiy & CUATRECASAS, J., A review of the Central Ameri- ee can species of Pentacalia i Acherucege: Senecioneae) ........ ey A,er p.p.. B Begonia barbata Wallich (Num.List. : 129. no. 3679A p.p. B. 1831. nomen nudum) ex AoDGC. Proars 15 (Cys 348% 1864. 7 C.BaGlarke in Hooker £. Fl, Brit.ind. 2« 646.1679. = Begonta annulata K.Koch, Berl.Gartens. 1: 76. 1857.; Irmscher, Bot.Jahrb. 78 (2): 191. 1959. syn. Begonia griffithit Hooker, Bot.Mag. 83.: t. 4984, 1857. moO. 3679 B p.p. Begonta barbata sensu Wallich, Num.List. ; 129. no. 3679B. p.p. 1831. nomen nudem. non Wallich ex A.DC. 1864, = Begonia hatacoa Hamilton ex D.Don, Prodr, F1l.Nep.; Att, Loco, * Abe, Proar, I5(1)s 347, L864; = C.B.Clarke in Hooker f. Fl.Brit.Ind. 2: 645, 1879.23 Hara, d.Jap. Bot. 472° 243551872 (sphalm. B. hetocoa). syn. Begonta rubro-venta Hooker, Bot.Mag. t. 4689, 1853. 1h PeB Yi TO Ona tnd Vol. hO, No.1 J650 Usesonia fereceala Moke Nees Wee J U. 7 no. 3680 Begonia sinuata Wallich, (Num.List. : 129. no. 3680. 1831. nomen nudum) ex Meisner in Ber.Verhandl. Naturf.Ges.Basel 2: 42. 1836.; A.DC. Prodr. 15(1) : 354. 1864.; C.B.Clarke in Hooker f. Fl.Brit.iInd. 2: 650, 1879.; Burtt, Notes Roy Bot. Gard,Edinb,) 322.2 73.4973. syn. Begonia guttata sensu Wallich. Num.List. 129. no. 3671B. nomen nudum. non Wallich ex A.DG, 1864. syn. Begonta elongata Wallich, Num,.List.: 213. no. 6291, 1832. nomen nudum. syn. Begonia subrotunda Wallich, Num.List.: 213. no. 6293, 1832. nomen nudum. syn. Diploclinium biloculare Wight, Ic. t.181¢4,. 13525 syn. Begonta biloeculare (Wight) Craib, Fl.Siam. BAUM bend. LOS X8/ Deg mee OS EN Oe QA fapnla /p 21 03 Sifpa——~ /lo C fascsase Jig no. 3681 Begonia tenella D.Don, Prodr.Fl.Nep. : 223. 1825.; Wallich, Num.List. : 129. no. 3681. 1831.; A.DC. Prodr. 15(1) : 327. 1864. ; C.B.Clarke in Hooker £, F1l.Brit.Indwj22 642% 1879. Observation: A.DC. listed Begonia tenella D.Don as a questionable synonym of Begonia amoena Wallich ex A.DC., but Clarke listed it without the question mark. Since 1978 Golding, Begonia nomenclature 15 Begonta tenella D.Don was published for this species first, it is the correct name and Begonia amoena is the synonym. syn. Begonia amoena Wallich ex A.DC. Prodr. 15(1): S27. 1664. syn. Begonta erosa Wallich, Num.List. : 129. no. 3688 p.p. 1831. nomen nudum. 3682 Boagoria Asecatorn Wale a 2 /T2/ Koncea, Sih no. 3682 Begonta amoena Wallich, (Num.List. : 129. no. 3682, 1831. nomen nudum) ex A.DC. Prods) 15S(L)e 3275 1664. = Begonta tenella D.Don, Prodr.Fl.Nep. : 223. 1825. 3683 Chagonia ulsuite Wee eat. Kileat Ll no. 3683 Begonia subovata Wallich, Num.List. : 129. no. 3683. 1831. nomem nudum. = Begonia ovattfolta A.DC. Ann.Sci.Nat. ser. 4, 11 : 2832. 1859.; ADC. Prodn. ISI) s-326. 1864. ; C.B.Clarke in Hooker £. Fl. Brit. Ind. 2: 642. 1879. 16 Py Hy SOulsOuGy Dyk Vol. O, No. 1 36 8/4 bes : Mvalliy peeectine Wale. Lon. no. 3684 Begonta finlaysontana Wallich, Num.List. : 129. no. 3684, 1831. nomen nudum. Observation: A.DC. Prodr. 15(1): 401. 1864. under "Species with only a name or known from a very poor illustration" listed Begonia finlaysontana (Wallich List. 3684.) Begonia erenata herbarium Finlays. From an Island on the coast of Siam. C.B.Clarke in Hooker £, FL.Brit.Ind. 2s)650, 1879., listed Begonia finlaysoniana Wall.Cat. no, 3684, as a questionable synonym of Begonta proltfera A,DC. Ann.Sci.Nat. ser. 4. ils 135. 1859.; A.DC. Prodr. 15 (1) = 353. aoe After his description of Begonia prolifera A.DC., he commented, "Begonia finlaysontana possibly belongs here, but the example is very imperfect and the leaves are 2-3, some of them petioled." Since the connection between these species is so vague and still has not been confirmed by later authors, I think it best to list Begonta finlaysontana Wallich no. 3684 only as nomen nudum and not as a synonym of Begonia prolifera A.UDC. 3685 Begonia porte yer A hagnbes LB L/ a ple no. 3685 B et pip. A Begonia ptcta J.E.Smith, Exot.Bot. 2: 81. ¢.101 1807.; Wallich, Num.List. : 129. no. 3685B et pepe Ay Lesl. syn. Begonia hirta Wallich ex Hooker, Exotic Fl. 2:89. 1825. in syn. syn. Begonia echinata Royle, Illustr.Bot.Himal. 313. #280, f.1. 1839.3 ALDe. Progr. Poca 312, “2864, 1978 Golding, Begonia nomenclature 17 J6F6 Reponee Sutala pint. pes ey no. 3686 p.p. Begonia scutata Wallich (Num.List. : 129. no. 3686 p.p. £8315 women. nudum) ex A.DC. Pxrodr. 15G1)s2.328. ieee. C.beClarke in Hooker £. Fi.Brit.Ind., 2: GAZ. 1879). syn. Begonia rubella Wallich, Num.List. : 129. no. 3687. 1831. nomen nudum. no. 3686 A et 3685 A p.p. Begonta seutata sensu Wallich, Num.List. : 129 no. 3686A 1831. nomen nudum. non Wallich ex A.DC. 1864. Begonta picta sensu Wallich, Num,List. : 129, NOs -souoA pop. I8sle; C,e Clarke an Hecker fy Fi Briteind,. “2Y 1639. 71379. Non. Veh somehn, 807. = Begonia josephti A.DC. Ann.Sci.Nat. ser. 4. 11: 126. 1359.7 ACDCsProdrs 15:61) 3135, 2864..% C.B.Clarke in Hooker f. Fl.Brit.Ind. 2: 639. 1879, 3657 Beagrie redell, har. © apelia L521 no. 3687 Begonia rubella Wallich, Num.List. : 129. no. 3687. 1831. nomen nudum. = Begonia scutata Wallich ex A.DC. Prodr. 15(1): 328. 1864, C.B.Clarke in Hooker f. Fl.Brit.Ind. 2: GAZ," 1879. Observation: A.DC. Prodr. 15(1) : 328. 1864. listed Begonia dioica D.Don, Prodr. Fl.Nep.: 223, 1825. as a questionable synonym of Begonia seutata Wallich ex A.DC. C.B.Clarke 18 PH YP) Or 0'G DA Vol. 40, Now. 1 in Hooker £,. F1,Brit.inds 27642. 1979., dia not include Begonia dioica D.Don as a synonym of Begonta scutata Wallich ex A.DC. From an examination of their descriptions they do not appear to be the same species, and I think that B. dioica D.Don is neither a synonym of Begonia scutata Wallich ex A.DC. nor (via Begonta scutata sensu Wallich no. 3686A. nomen nudum) Begonia josephii A.DC. 368% Clesenix eresa MY. faprlx L610 nO. S688 pip. Begonia erosa Wallich, Num.List. : 129. no. 3688 pep. 1831. nomen nudum. = Begonia picta J.E.Smith, Exot.Bot. 2: 81. t.101 1807.3.C.B.Clarke in Hooker £. Fl. Brit,.ine. 2s 638.. 1879. no. 3688 p.p. Begonta erosa Wallich, Num.List.: 129. no. 3688 Pepe 1831. nomen nudum, = Begonia tenella D.Don, Prodr. Fl.Nep.: 223. 1825.; via Begonta amoena Wallich ex A.DC. Prodr. 15 (1) : 327. 1864.; C.B.Clarke in Hooker f. Fl. Brit sind. 29 G42. 1679% le Rf a a 5 rf. no. 6291 Begonia elongata Wallich, Num.List. : 213. no. 6291. 1832. nomen nudum. = Begonia stnuata Wallich ex Meisner in Ber.Verhandl. Naturf.Ges.Basel. 2: 42. 1836.; C.B.Clarke in Hooker £. FlBrit.iInd, 24,650,679. 1978 Golding, Begonia nomenclature 19 6292 Degernia 997 aS a fork, ees weg Di no. 6292 Begonta procridifolia Wallich (Num.List. : 213. no. 6292. 1832. nomen nudum) ex A.DC. Prodr. 15 ti). =352. 1864.5 C.B. Clarke. in, footer £, Pipprs t, ind. 2's 648, 1879. 629% Bison in pub flerds. Wa Ec Ob Pesay WG nO. 6293 Begonia subrotunda Wallich, Num.List. : 213. no. 6293, 1832. nomen nudum. = Begonia stnuata Wallich ex Meisner in Ber.Verhandl. Naturf.Ges.Basel. 2: 42. 1836.; C.B.Clarke in Hocker’ £. Fi Brit. ind,’ 2: 650." 1379. 6294 Begonia Pures WOH Itt PLA rg. no. 6294 Begonta metsnert Wallich, Num.List. : 213. no. 6294, 1832. nomen nudum. = Begonia hatacoa var. metsnert (C.B.Clarke) Golding, comb, nov. syn. Begonia rubro-venia var. metsnert C.B.Clarke in Hooker f£. F1.Brit.iInd. 2: 645. 1879. Observation: C.B.Clarke in Hooker f. Fl. Brit.Ind. 2: 645. 1879. noted that "Wallich's type example [no. 6294] looks like a distinct species, but the examples of C.B. Clarke connects the two [no. 3679B. p.p. and no, 6294]". Clarke made the epithet metsnert a variety of Begonia rubro-venia Hooker, Bot.Mag. t.4689. 1853. H.Hara, J.Jap. 20 Pony -ToOsLeOrgeiee Vol. hO, No.1 Bot.s,4/ + -43. 1972.) seported the type Get Begonta hatacoa Hamilton ex D.Don, Prodr. Fl,Nep, : 223. 1825., agreed exactly with Begonta rubro-venita Hooker. Hence, the correct name of this species is the earlier Begonta hatacoa Hamilton ex D.Don. The varietal epithet metsneri of Clarke had to be transferred to Begonia hatacoa as I have done above. J Wie aoe Soe, Vit CAT he hla no. 9107 Begonta Wallich, Num.List. : 304. no. 9107, LBA9.. = Begonia stlletensis (A.DC.) C.B.Clarke in Hooker £, FL. Be2e. Inds, 27 636.7 1879, syn. Casparya? ettltletenets A.DC. Prody. 15 (2a 27%. 1864. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS For their assistance in the preparation of this mono- graph, I wish to thank: Carrie Karegeannes of Annandale, Va., for her help collecting much of this information, for our many dis- cussions, and for her review of my draft manuscript. Dr. Jan Doorenbos of Wageningen, The Netherlands, for his comments and first alerting me to the problem of the Wallich names. Dr. Lyman B, Smith of Washington, D.C., for stimulating me to consolidate and record this information; and his review of my draft manuscript. CHROMOSOMES OF GUARDIOLA (COMPOSITAE, HELIANTHEAE) Paul Van Faasen Hope College Holland, Michigan 49423 Guardiola is a genus of twelve closely related species which are confined primarily to the mountains of western Mexico and ex- treme southern Arizona. It occurs in the oak-pine forests between 1500 and 2000 meters elevation. It is traditionally placed in the Melampodinae but is without close relatives in that subtribe. Gray (1888) and B. L. Turner (personal communication) point out that the general aspect of the plant suggests a relationship with the Coreop- Sidinae. Stuessey (1973) retained the genus in the Melampodinae in his review of the subtribe Melampodinae. Examination of the chromosomes was part of a systematic study of the genus. Meiotic chromosome counts are published elsewhere (Van Faasen 1973, 1976; Van Faasen and Nadeau 1976) and are not included here. METHODS. Buds and root tips were collected in Carnoy's 6:3:1 (absolute alcohol:glacial acetic acid:chloroform). Pretreatment of root tips in either p-dichlorobenzene or 8-oxyquinoline shortened the chromosomes so much that it was impossible to interpret chromo- some morphology. For this reason untreated cells were used in this study. Acetocarmine squashes were prepared for study. OBSERVATIONS. The meiotic chromosome number of all Guardiola species counted was m = 12. Selected meiotic configurations are illustrated in Figure l. The meiotic chromosomes are relatively small and nearly uniform in size, although they are slightly larger in the broad-leaved spe- cies (G. roset, G. rotundifolta, G. platyphylla) than in the narrow- leaved species (G. mexicana, G. arguta, G. tulocarpus, G. thompsontt, G. angusttfolia). All of the cells in which I was able to determine the number of somatic chromosomes present contained 24 chromosomes. Idiograms of the somatic chromosomes of the Guardiola species examined are found in Figure 2 and measurements of the same are in Table l. The somatic chromosomes of the Guardtola species studied are very small and vary in length from approximately 1.7 microns to approximately 4.3 microns. No satellites were observed on any of the chromosomes. Among the somatic karyotypes in Guardiola there are readily de- tected differences in chromosome size and total chromosome length between the broad-leaved and narrow-leaved species. Chromosome length varies from 2.3 to 4.3 microns in the broad-leaved species 21 Vol. 40, No.1 PHYTOLOG IS 22 *p170f14zsnbun *H *9 f11u0sdwoy7y "D ‘a fsndizvo07n2 *p *q sSpuvo1xEU "9 °a £077 Aydhzo7d *y *9 fn210f1punqoa "D ‘qd flasot *D *yY ‘“b7OLpaMNy Jo sowos -OWOTYS ITJeWOS FO SWeISOTpT °*Z omnIdTy {HHH +H HHH ‘p1jofizsnbup *h “WH Ssndapo0jn, *D ‘A ‘oqnbap *5 “4g fpupormew *p *q £n77hydhyv7d "°° fvazofipunzor °) “gq Stesot “) “YV ‘p701padyny JO SOWOSOWOTYS ITIOTOW “[ eAnNdTY ~ ~ oe “j% - . % TR ged ¢ + eB ies Aste, ee i) pa o, on gt 3 ss oo ard Van Faasen, Chromosomes of Guardiola 23 1978 Sv ae v7‘°ez 0S 0°Z 2E-O1 OV as 8I-ST ev Ez Pe Lv S*z 9-¢ Ov age Et Ov GAL v7‘FZ cv e's co St 0S pie PL-BT Lv oC OL-Z vv o's 9-¢ Sv a or Sv eT v7‘°oZ 0S 0°Z Cec ST ev CZ PLALT Or Se OI-Z vv ee 9-¢ bv os a | Ov va v7°EZ Sv eu 72-ST 0S 0°Z 1-1 9 C= Of-2 cv ad 9-¢ vv Le eT % wie Teeth soulos 320YS y.sue7T -owory) *, UB YIM poyLeU ole sSaToWOIJUsD UeTpowqns yITM sSOUL ly" ss :UZSuUsT oWOS -OWOLTYS [Te OL 0217 0f214.snbup D1 OUpAONE) nN9°z9 :Y4Q2SuUdT wos -OWOLYD [PO] Liu0sdwoy7 pT OTpamn) lo" ss :YQS8useT sUOS -OWOLYS [Te O] sndipo01n47. ss Shh gale Mpy° Ss :Y4Q23uUeT oUOS -OWOTYD [eIO] puna 1TE8U 1 0O1pxDNy satoeds n ut sowos y23ue7] -oworyy) *soLouorjus. uetpou ssessod ysom “Satoads DJO7pAHND UsAVS FO SowOsoWOLYS ITJeWOS FO SjUSWeINsSeoW UPOW NZ* LL :42ZSUsT sWOS -OWOIYD [OL 077 hydhzn7 d DL OPIN) npc :YUSUsT sUWOS -oworyd TeIO] 41 of ypung ou D1 o¢papny nz*¢g :yasueT owos -OWwOLYD TeOL 1esod 21 O1paxony setoeds “T eTqeL 2h PHY T 0 L:0'6-T sk Vol. 40, No.1 (Table 1). The total chromosome length of the broad-leaved species varies from 73.2 to 77.8 microns while that of the narrow-leaved species varies from 49.2 to 62.6 microns. Mean lengths for the two groups are 74.8 and 55.7 microns respectively. In both the broad- leaved and narrow-leaved groups, however, species considered ad- vanced have greater total chromosome length than more primitive ones. The karyotypes of all Guardiola species examined are rather symmetrical (Figure 2); nearly all chromosomes have median centro- meres. (Centromere position nomenclature follows Levan et al, 1965. Primitive karyotype characters (Stebbins, 1966) found in Guardiola, i.e. symmetrical karyotypes, median centromeres, and lac of secondary constrictions, suggest a generally primitive karyotype for the genus. However, the small chromosome size, a derived condi tion (Stebbins, 1966), indicates some karyotype evolution within th genus. Since the chromosomes were examined in untreated cells, their morphology may have been determined at times prior to maximum short- ening and arrest on the metaphase plane, the point at which karyo- types are normally studied. Thus the measurements must be consider approximations. However, consistent chromosome size differences be- tween the broad-leaved and narrow-leaved species appear real and co tribute toward that basic subdivision of the genus. LITERATURE CITED Gray, A. 1888. Synoptical flora of North America. Smithsonian MiscesGoll 7 -v., 31: Levan, A., K. Fredger and A. S. Sandberg. 1965. Nomenclature for centromeric position on chromosomes. Hereiditas 52: 201-220. Stebbins, G. L. 1966. Chromosomal variation and evolution. Science 1952: 1463-1469. Steussy, T. F. 1973. A systematic review of the subtribe Melampodinae (Compositae, Heliantheae). Contr. Gray Herb. 203: 65-80. Van Faasen, P. 1973. In IOPB Chromosome number reports XL. Taxon w2s 291. Van Faasen, P. 1976. A new species of Guardiola Humb. & Bonpl. (Compositae-Heliantheae). The Southwestern Naturalist 21: 27-30. Van Faasen, P. and P. Nadeau. 1976. In IOPB Chromosome number reports (LI: Taxon®25)3) 156-1538. ‘ MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL FLORA, X. Jose Cuatrecasas Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. 20560 The present notes include descriptions of three species of Espeletia, two of Paragynoxys (Compositae), and a key for easy dis- tinction and identification of the six sessile, small-size Vene- zuelan species of Espeletia. Also a new combination for a species of Malpighia is given. For previous contributions of this series see PHYTOLOGIA 38(1): 7. 1977. The basic work for these notes has been partially supported by the National Science Foundation Grant No. DEB72-01839. ESPELETIA CUNICULORUM Cuatr. sp. nov. Caulirosula visu alba circa 50 cm alta, trunco brevi cum foliis marcescentibus spisse obtecto. Gemma terminalis albissima densissime crasseque lanato-sericea. Folia coriacea crassiuscula albo-lanata sessilis 44-50 cm longa. Lamina linearis 40-45 x 2-3 cm, ratio 13.5-22:1, sursum in apicem acutum angustata, deorsum leviter, sine sensu, basim versus attenuata (1.2-1.7 mm minima latitudine), basi cuneato-ampliata et in vaginam producta, margine integra anguste revoluta; adaxiale superficie leviter rugulosa venulis parum impressis sed costa sub- plana canaliculata striolulata bene notata, juvenilia densissime lanato-villosa subsericea pilis longis (10 mm) basi crispis ceterum ascendentibus, insuper barbis villoso-subsericeis instructis ad costam densissimis adpressis magis sericeis, in adulta pilis brevi- oribus indumentum albo-crispo-lanatum densum et crassiusculum formantibus; abaxiale, costa elevata robusta striata basim versus gradatim ampliata et incrassata cum pilis circa 10 mm basi crispis ceterum ascendentibus insuper indumento visu villoso-sericeo tecta, nervis secundariis infra indumentum prominentibus, 4-7 mm inter se distantibus fere patulis angulo 55-65° ascendentibus circa marginem furcatis et cum nervulis venulisque in reticulum anastomosantibus, reticulo elevato alveolis moderate profundis dense albo pilosulis, in juvenile statu superficie tota cum indumento lanato villoso- barbato omnino occulta, in adulta indumento villoso-lanato valde copioso sed nervatione magis induta magis notata. Vagina robusta oblonga vel oblongo-semiovata basi latiora, 3.5-4 x 2.5-4 cm, costa in dimidia distale parte valde evoluta ad 14 mm lata et satis crassa; adaxiale sursum ad costam dense barbata reliqua glabra paralleli-nervata, abaxiale dense sericeo-barbata pilis ad 12 m longis. Synflorescentiae thyrsoides axillares rosula foliorum duplo longiores. Axis 80-110 cm longus, robustus, striatus, praecipue inferne fistulosus; pars proximalis vegetativa 1/2 totae longitud- inis longior, duobus paribus foliorum sterilium instructa, inter- 25 26 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No.1 nodio proximale circa 28 cm longo sequenti circa 17 cm, foliis an- gustis linearibus acutiusculis, infimis circa 6 cm supra basim nascentibus, 16-18 cm longis 1-1.2 cm latis cum vaginis 2.5 am longis in tubum circa 8 mm longum coalitis, alteris foliis 9 x 1.2 cn etiam linearibus; pars fertilis ramosa circa 23 capitulis in 5-6 paribus ramorum oppositorum, vel suboppositis dispositis, inter- nodiis quam ramis brevioribus longitudine sursum decrescentibus (sequentia e.g. 13, 7, 4.5, 3, 1.5 cm) pedicello terminali circa 3 cm longo. Rami proximales inferiores 3-capituliferis 12-14 am longi, pedicellis circa 2.5 cm, sequentis 2-capituliferi 9, 6, 4.5 cm longis plus pedicellis 3-1.5 cm longis,ramis distalibus mono- cephalis 5-3 cm longis. Bracteae subtendentes inferiores anguste oblongae subacutae 8-4 cm longae, 1-0.6 cm latae oppositae sed non connatae, basi vaginanti adaxiale glabra, ceterae sursum lineares gradatim descrescentes 4-1.5 x 0.5-0.2 mm adaxiale apice excepto glabrae virides, ceterum in omnibus dense crasseque albido-ochraceo vel pallide fulvescenti lanatae. Axis dense crasseque albo-gossy- pino-lanatus pilis longissimis, ad 15 mm, valde flexuosis in proxi- male parte crispis, extremis insuper plus minusve adpresse villoso- barbatis. Rami pedicellique sicut involucra capitulorum, dense ochroleuco vel pallide fulvescente lanati. Basi axorum crassi robusti, densissime sericeo barbati pilis tenuibus rectis antrorsis ad 10 mm longis valde crebris adpressisque vestiti. Capitula grandiuscula saepe cernua 290-320 flores ferentia, disco convexo brunnescenti vel luteolo 17-20 mm diam., circulo lig- ularum expanso 30-38 mm diam., ligulis luteis saepe valde contortis. Involucrum cupulatum dense ochroleuco-lanatum circa 25 mm dian., 1.3 cm altum. Phyllaria sterilia crasse herbacea firmula, circa 20 plus minusve 3-seriata 17-12 x (5-)4-2.5 mm introrsum gradatim dec- rescentia, anguste triangularia seu lineari-triangulata basi maxima latitudine sursum gradatim angustata apice acuta vel acutissima adaxiale acumine excepto glabra nervis paulo conspicuis abaxiale dense crispo-ochroleuco-lanata barbataque barbis intricatis 3-4 mm longis phyllaria omnino occultantis. Phyllaria fertilia exteriora 12-9 x 2.5-2 mm, sterilia similia anguste elliptico-lanceolata acum- inataque abaxiale dense antrorso-villoso-barbata pilis ad 2 m, interiora tenuiora 7-6 x 1.8 mm subamplectentia lineari-lanceolata dorso apiceque dense villosa pilis 0.5-1.5 mm, marginibus glandulis teretibus 0.05 mm longis. Receptaculum plano convexum circa 10 m diam., copiose hirtum pilis erectis acutis 0.3-0.6 mm. Paleae 6 x 1.8-2 mm scariosae basi incrassatae, amplectentes, ovales apice attenuatae acutae inferne sparsis pilis sed costa protruda den- suiscule pubescenti sicut dorso sursum densiuscule barbato, pilis antrorsis acutis 1 mm, marginibus glandulis patulis 0.05-0.07 m longis. Flores radii ligulati 110-120 in capitulo 3-4-seriati. Corolla lutea 14-15 mm longa, tubo crassiusculo 2-2.5 mm longo apice adaxi- ale dente minuto interdum liguli lineari ad 2 mn, dense villoso pilis hyalinis flexuosis crassiusculis obtusis vel acutiusculis, 0.2-0.7 mm, arcuato-antrorsis et sursum parcis vel raris glandulis ad 0.05 mm; lamina tenera linearis 1-1.5 mm lata, saepe plus minusve contorta, 4(-6) nervis subtus prominulis apice minute 2-dentata vel 1978 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 27 integra, subobtusa, adaxiale papilloso-velutina abaxiale sparsis vel parcissimis glandulis 0.03-0.06 mm, sessilibus, inferne parce pilosula. Stylus circa 5 mm, ramis 1.5 mm longis. Achaenia brun- nescentia, exteriora 2-2.2 x 1.2-1.3 mm, subpyriformia, triangulata apice rotundato basi argute acutata, dorso plano-incurvo, angulis acutissimis; interiora 2.2-2.3 x 1-0.9 mm, obovata basi acuta apice obtusa subquadrangulata dorse valde convexo protrudo, vel obtuse angulato. Flores disci 180-204 in capitulo. Corolla lutea 6-6.3 m longa, tubulo brevi, 2 mm longo basi excepto sparse piloso pilis acutiusculis vel obtusis antrorsis, 0.2-0.7 mm longis, limbo late tubuloso basi sparsis pilis, lobis triangularibus 0.7-0.9 mm altis marginibus incrassatis papillosis abaxiale sursum barbulatis pilis 0.2-0.4 mm obtusis vel subobtusis et parcis vel raris glandulis obovatis 0.03-0.05 mm. Antherae 2 mm basis sigittatae appendice apicali ovata attenuata subobtusa 0.4 mm. Stylus 7 m. Nectarium tubulosum circa 0.8 mm longum brevissime obtuseque dentatum. Typus: Venezuela, Mérida: Sierra de la Culata: Pdramo de Los Conejos en Cafiada de los Puentes, 3350 m alt, 19 Oct 1972, Luis Ruiz-Terdn 7722; holotypus, US; isotypus MERF. Espeletia cuniculorum can be easily distinguished from its related Venezuelan species, E. schultzii, besides some other tech- nical characters by its long, linear, acute leaves and the kind of indument. ESPELETIA BATATA Cuatr. sp. nov. Rosula sessilis 15-30 cm ampla dense foliosa visu alba vel cinereo-lanata. Caulis subterraneus tuberculatus, tuberculo bulbi- formi depresse sphaeroidei vel ellipsoidei 3.5-6 (-10) cm diametro vel in vetusti statu elongato, subcylindraceo truncato, irregular- iter transverse striato, radicifero, 4-5 cm diam., usque 8 cm longo; distale inter folia dense patulo-hirto-barbato, pilis rectis acutis circa 5 mm longis. Radix centralis napiformis vel saepe in 2-4 ramis inaequalibus crassis descendentibus 10-20 cm longis divisa et radicibus lateralibus minoribus tenuioribus interdum magis longis munita. Gemma apicalis inter folia juvenilia valde congesta dense adpresseque lanato-villosa alba subsericea. Folia brevia coriacea dense crasseque villoso-lanata visu alba vel cinerea 8-17 cm tota longitudine. Lamina oblonga vel linearis deorsum gradatim angustata sursum plus minusve dilatata saepe sub- spatulata apice obtusiusculo vel subite subacutato, 6.5-14.5 x (0.8-) 1-2 cm, ratio 5-12 (-15):1, supra basim 0.5-1 cm minima latitudine; margine leviter revoluta; adaxiale sublaevis costa vix notata indumento denso crispo-lanato insuper villoso-floccoso tecta, pilis basi patula robusta geniculatis spiraliter contortis intri- Catis extremis parallelis antrorsis; abaxiale costa elevata striato- sulcata, nervis secundariis prominulis 2-4 m inter se distantibus angulo 40-60° ascendentibus cum nervis minoribus in reticulo minuto anastomosatis, alveolis ovalibus vel subpentagonalibus profundis cum pilis tenuissimis candidis repletis, ceterum dense longueque pilifera pilis longis basi patula reliqua parte 1-2-spiraliter 28 BY BOL OG & Vol. 40, No.1 contorta, extremis ascendentibus subadpressis crasse vestimento villoso-lanuginoso instructis. Vagina coriacea oblonga vel leviter — ovalis 1.6-2.5 cm longa 0.6-1.8 cm lata, adaxiale glabra, paralleli- © nervata, longe dense adpresseque sericeo-barbata. | Inflorescentiae axillares scaposae monocephalae, plures, 5-20 in rosula, erectae vel curvato-ascedentes maturitate triplo vel multo rosularum folia excedentes. Axes 23-45 (-56) cm, moderate robusti, argute striati simplices extremo leviter arcuati capitulum inclinatum vel cernuum ferentes, 2-3 paribus foliorum oppositorum instructi. Folia sterilia proximalia 1-3 (-7) cm supra basim ori- entia, primo internodio (5-) 13-22 (-27) cm, altero 5-18 cm longo ultimo 5-22 cm longo pedunculo simulanti. Folia infima 3-8 cm longa opposita base vaginantia 1-2 cm tubum formantia, lamina 4-7 mm lata anguste oblonga vel oblanceolato-lineari, obtusiuscula; folia medialia breviora 2-3.5 cm longa 3-5 mm lata semper plus min- usve longe vaginata tubo 0.5-1 mm alto. Folia distalia parcissima (1-3) opposita vel singula bracteosa 2.5-1.5 x 0.2-0.4 cm lineari attenuata acuta. Scapi dense lanati pilis longissimis crispis con- gestis fulvis vel brunnescentibus ad superficiem albis ascendenti- bus laxiuscule villoso-intricatis, ad summitates, infra capitulun, indumento crassiore instructis, foliis bracteisque etiam dense crispo-lanatis et longe albo-villoso-gossypinis. Vaginae foliorum adaxiale glabrae nervatae, abaxiale densissime longeque albo- villoso-barbatae. Basis scaporum infra folia infima et intra tubum vaginae densissime albo-sericeo barbata pilis antrorsis rectis 5-8 mm longis congeste adpressis Vestita. Capitula fere grandia 209-402 flores ferentia, circulo ligul- arum 30-40 mm, disco 12-15 mm diam., involucro cupulato-campanulato 15-18 mm alto 18-24 mm diam., dense crasseque intricato-lanato barbataque. Phyllaria sterilia 20-26 circa triseriata, 6-8 exter- iora (15-) 13-10 x 3-2.2 mm lanceolato-linearia vel subulato- linearia acuta, dense longeque undato-lanato-barbata, adaxiale apicem excepto glabra 3-5 nervata nitidaque. Phyllaria fertilia exteriora 10-8 (-7) x 1.6-1 mm oblongo-lanceolata acuta circa 5-7 nervata dorso sursum lanatissima et barbata, altera 75- x 1.8-1 sub- hyalina lance-oblonga acutata subamplectentia basim dorso imcras- sata 5-3 nervata dorso villosa vel moderate longe pilosa, pilis 1.5 mm, apice piloso-ciliata. Receptaculum 11-15 m diam., planum vel plano-convexum copiose hirsutulum pilis erectis densiusculis acutis 2.8-1.5 (-2) mm longis. Paleae (5.3-) 6-7 x 1-2 mm oblongae apice acutatae, hyalinae plicato-amplectentes vel subamplectentes 3-7- nervatae sursum dorsale margineque parce glandulosae et barbulatae pilis erectis circa 1 m. ; Flores radii ligulati 3-4 seriati 103-210 in capitulo. Corolla lutea 12-16 (-18) mm longa, tubo 1.8-2.6 mm longo angusto apice in- teriore annulari~incrassato adaxiale apice dente minimo obsito, dense patulo-pilosula pilis crassiusculis obtusiusculis flexuosis arcuato ascendentibus, 0.2-0.4 mm et praecipue sursum glandulis globosis minute stipitatis; lamina lineari vel lineari-oblanceolata sursum haud vel leviter ampliata apice subobtusa breviter 2 (-3)- dentata, 1-1.2 (-1.7) mm lata, (3-) 4-5-nervata 2 nervis robustiori- bus, adaxiale minutissime papillosa extus basi sparsis pilis gland- 1978 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 29 ulisque reliqua glabra. Stylus 4-6 m, ramis 1-1.5 m. Ovaria matura 1.7-2 x 1-1.2 mm obovato-oblonga triangulata dorso leviter convexo basi acutata, interiora 2 x 0.7-0.8,oblonga quadrangulata. Flores disci 106-220 in capitulo. Corolla lutea 5.8-6.7 m longa, tubulo 2-2.5 mm tantum subapicem parcis vel parcissimis pilis 0.2-0.4 m longis, limbo tubuloso infundifuliformi tantum basi sparsis pilis et interdum parcis glandulis, dentibus triangu- laribus 0.7-0.9 mm marginibus papillosis abaxiale parcis glandulis sesSilibus et sparsis vel raris pilis 0.2-0.4 (-0.6) mm. Antherae circa 2.4 (-3) mm longae basi breviter auriculatae appendicibus apicalibus oblongis 0.4-0.6 mm. Stylus 6-7 mm. Nectarium tubulo- sum 0.7-0.8 mm longum margine minute 5-dentatum saepe eroso-denti- culatum. Ovarii rudimentum pediculiforme 0.2 mm longum. Typus: Venezuela, Mérida: Sierra Nevada de Santo Domingo hacia Los Granates, Alto del Morato, paramo 3600 m alt., acauli- rrdsula, porte blanco, hojas blanco- grisdceas o cenicientas, ligulas amarillas, escapos monocéfalos, cormus tuberoso subterrdneo, 10 Oct 1969, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn § Ldpez-Figueiras 28058; holo- typus, US; isotypi US, MERF. Other collections: id Alto del Morato 3670 m, hojas blancas o blanco-verdosas, escapos purpureos con lana blanca, involucro blanco- ‘rucio, ligulas amarillas, 12 Oct 1969, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz- Terdn § Ldopez- Figueiras 28081 (US, MERF) ; Piedra Agrietada, Pdramo de Mucuchies en direccidn a Pifiango, 4300 m, acaulirrosuleto, escapos monocéfalos, jpredomina en zonas ped- regosas y himedas, 18 Nov 1970, Ruiz- Ter4n §& Lopez- Figueiras 1071 (US, MERF) ; Cabeceras del rio Motatdn, Pdramo de Pinango, 4200 m, acaulirrdsula, hojas verdeblanquecinas , escapos sepia claros mono- céfalos, capitulos sepia, nutantes , cormus tuberculoso, 7 Oct 1969, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn § Lopez-Figueiras 28036 (US, MERF); Paramo de Pinango, hoya del rio Chiruri, 3970 m, 8 Oct 1969, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn § Lopez-Figueiras 28051 (US, MERF); Arriba de la Laguna Negra, 3800 m, Sep 1956, Aristeguieta 2645 (VEN). Espeletia batata is closely related to E. weddellii and E. nana. They may be easily separated by the key that will follow. ESPELETIA NANA Cuatr. sp. nov. Rosula sessilis 10-20 cm diametro crebre foliata visu albida Siccitate ochroleuca. Caulis lignosis subterraneus tuberculatus, tuberculo depresso-ellipsoideo 2.5-4 cm diam. apice foliifero sub- plano ad centrum paulo depresso, inter folia dense hirto-barbato pilis sericeis rectis patulis 5-6 mm, inferne 2-3 radicibus robust- is descendentibus usque ad 10 cm longis et radicibus tenuioribus longioribusque, in vetustis tuberculo elongato crassiore cylind- raceo 3.5-4.5 cm diametro usque 6-7 cm longo distale obtuso, radi- cifero. Gemma apicalis dense adpresseque albo-villosa. Folia parva angusta, coriacea crassiuscula in vivo, 6-15 cm tota longitudine. Lamina 4-13 cm longa 4-11 (-13) mm lata (indu- mento emoto) ratio 8-10 (-14):1, sessilis oblanceolato-linearis sursum in apicem acutum vel subacutum attenuata, basim versus paulo attenuata, circa basim 3-6 mm minima latitudine, et in vag- inam leviter ampliatam producta, margine integerrima revolutaque, 30 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. )O, No.1 adaxiale enervata sed leviter bullato-reticulata; abaxiale costa prominenti mediale sulcata, nervis secundariis prominulis in angulo acuto, 30° ascendentibus vel fere obsoletis, nervis minoribus prom- inente reticulatis alveolis ovalibus profundis cum pilis tenuissi- mis candidissimis floccosis repletis, reliqua pilis 3-6 mn, basi contortis ceterum rectiusculis antrorsis vestimento denso albo- villoso in sicco plus minusve ochroleuco omnino tecta; adaxiale indumento denso pilis crassioribus basi patula supra geniculato- angulatis cetera parte rectiscula antrorsis aspectu paralleliter subadpresse villosis; in vetustis extremis pilorum patulis paulo intricatis leviter lanugineis; circa basim costa longe triangulato- dilatata utrinque glaberrima viridique. Vagina oblonga, vel utrin- que leviter attenuata 12-15 (-20) mm longa 4-8 (-9) mm lata, ner- vata, utroque latere glaberrima. Inflorescentiae axillares scaposae monocephalae, 1-10 in rosula coetaneae foliis saepe triplo vel multo longiores, erectae vel curvato-ascendentes. Scapi 20-45 cm longi teneri vel mediocres teretes leviter striolati fistulosi indivisi rarissime ramusculo uno laterali capitulifero, duobus paribus foliorum oppositorum ster- ilium supra basim valde approximatis, vel bene separatis et sursum 1-5 foliis bracteiformibus sparsis praediti. Folia infima opposita 0.5-2.5 cm supra basim nascentia, 2.5-5.5 cm longa, vaginis mem- branaceis 1.5-2.5 cm longis inferne in tubum 0.5-2 cm coalitis, alterum par simile vel breviore valde proximum, 1-3 cm distante vel cum internodio usque ad 20 cm longo separatum. Folia bracteosa parca sparsa 2-1 x 0.4-0.2 cm,sursum decrescentia linearia subacuta antrorsa ad axem saepe subadpressa. Indumentum scaporum bractear- umque dense intricato-lanatum crassiusculum praecipue sursum brun- nescens, inferne ad basim et intra vaginam dense albo-villoso- sericeo-barbatum pilis 6-12 mm longis strictis antrorsis inter folia adpressis, sed propria basi conica acuta glabra. Vaginae foliorum proximalium amplae adaxiale glabrae venosaeque abaxiale antrorse villosae. Capitula mediocria 225-350 (-676) flores ferentia, ligulis amotis 20-26 mm diametro circulo ligularum 24-35 mm, disco 12-16 mm diametro. Involucrum cupulatum 10-14 mm altum crasse denseque ferrugineo-lanatum. Phyllaria sterilia 14-22, exteriora 10-9 (-7) x 2-1.4 mn, linearia vel oblanceolato-linearia, triangulata, subite acutata intus 3-nervata costa conspicuissima, transverse reticulata, abaxiale longe denseque lanata, interiora 9-6 x 1.8-1 mm angustiora lineari-triangulata acutaque extus dense villoso-lanata, saepe usque 6-7 interiora additionalia subulata 6-5 x 1mm. Phyllaria fertilia exteriora 9-6.5 x 1-0.8 mm, lineari triangulata acutaque adaxiale nervoso-reticulata extus lanata vel saepe longe villosa tantum sur- sum pilis flexuoso-lanatis; interiora 5-4 x 1 m lineari vel lineari- subulata, scariosa subamplectentes dorso villosa pilis 2-3 m, costa brunneo-staminea marginibus hyalinis, parcis glandulis 0.01-0.02 mm altis, intima pilis sparsis sursum longe ciliata pilis 1-0.5 mm et sparsis glandulis marginalibus 0.02-0.03 mm. Receptaculum 9-12 mm diametro planum dense hirtum pilis tenuibus acutis erectis albis 1-1.5 (-2) mm longis. Paleae 4.5-5 x 1-1.2 (-1.5) mm, scariosae amplectentes, oblongo-ellipticae, acutatae dorso brunnei-costato 1978 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 31 2-3 nervis utroque latere, sursum antrorso-barbato pilis suberectis subacutis ad apicem 0.5-1 mm et glandulis marginalibus 0.02-0.03 m. Flores radii ligulati 3-6-seriati, 100-180 (-346) in capitulo. Corolla lutea 8-11 (-15) mm longa, tubulo angusto 1-1.6 (-2.3) m, apice interiore annulare incrassato, adaxiale interdum dente apica- li minimo obsito, vel interdum adaxiale exciso, dense intricato- pilosulo pilis curvato-ascendentibus ad 0.6 mm subobtusis vel sub- acutis et sursum parcissimis glandulis breviter capitato-pediculatis 0.03 mm intersparsis, lamina membranacea lineari vel oblanceolato- lineari 1-1.9 mm lata apice obtusa et brevissime obtuseque 2 (-3)- denticulata vel integra, 4-5 nervata nervis duobus magis notatis, adaxiale minutissime mamillato-papillosa velutina, abaxiale supra basim sparse pilosa et parcissimis glandulis reliqua glabra. Stylus 4.5-5 mm crassus ramis subulatis 1 mm. Achaenia exteriora 1.3-1.4 x 0.8-1 mm, elliptico-obovata, 5-nervata, 3-angulata, interiora ellipsoide oblonga 4-angulata, omnia utrinque obtusa. Flores disci 125-180 (-380) in capitulo. Corolla lutea 4.5-5 (-6) mm longa, tubulo 1.5-2 mm, sursum parcis vel parcissimis pilis paulo flexuosis 0.2-0.6 mm, limbo crasse tubuloso sursum paulo ampliato glabro vel basi parcissimis pilis, lobis triangular- ibus 0.7-1 mm altis, marginibus incrassatis adaxiale densissime papillosis, extus glabris vel 1-3 pilis 0.3-0.5 mm interdum raris glandulis globosis subsessilibus. Antherae 1.7-2 mm basi breviter Sagittatae appendice apicali ovato-oblonga obtusa 0.3-0.4 mm longa. Stylus 4-5 mm apicem versus dilatatus breviter papilloso-pilosus apice subconico minute papilloso. Nectarium tubulosum crassiuscu- lum, 0.5-0.6 mm apice 5-dentatum. Ovarii rudimentum breve pedicu- liforme 0.2 mm altun. Typus: Venezuela, Trujillo: La Morita, Paramito, cresta arriba de La Capilla, between Tuname and Jajd, 3000 m, acauli- rrosuleto, roseta foliar 25 cm diam., 15 cm alta, capitulos erectos © nutantes, ligulas amarillas, 13 Jul 1971, Ruiz-Teran § Ldpez- Figueiras 2204; holotypus,US; isotypus,MERF. Same locality, 3300 m, acaulirrédsula, hojas verdoso blanquecinas haz, lanoso-sericeas enves, ligulas amarillas, 29 Oct 1969, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Teran § Lopez Figueiras 28186, paratypi US, MERF. Other collections from the same region are: Ruiz-Teran § Lopez-Figueiras 2202, 2154; Ruiz-Terdn 8996; Aristeguieta § Medina 3450, 3451; Hanbury-Tracy 238; from the region of Niguitao and Pdramo de Cabimbu: Jahn 151; Ruiz-Terdn 2220; Ruiz-Terdn § Ldpez-Figueiras 2220, 2221; Cuatre- casas, Ruiz-Terdn § Ldpez-Figueiras 28199; Lépez-Figueiras 11881, 11885, 11886, 11887, 11889, 11890, 11891, 11893. Espeletia nana is closely related to E. weddelli and its other allies. A key follows to distinguish the six Venezuelan species involved in this group. Hybrid forms which frequently occur be- tween some of these species and E. schultzii Wedd. when they grow together are not considered in the key. 32 Pe PO D0 Gee & Vol. 40, No.1 Key to the small, sessile Venezuelan species of Espeletia. 1 Vagina foliorum sicut parte proximali costae utrinque glabra. Z mt Scapi monocephali. Scapi aphylli, tantum sursum distale 1-2 bracteis brevibus oppo- sitis vel alternis, dense crasseque albo-floccoso-lanati. Lam- ina foliorum lineari-spatulata dense floccoso-gossypina, ad apicem obtusum indumento albo crassiore. Involucrum crasse albo-gossypinum visu subglobosum ligulas excedens, 20-30 mm Fata el eee Ne Pee ae et SE ee Scapi foliati bracteatique, 1-3 paribus foliorum oppositorum circa basim longe tubuloso-vaginantibus, sursum bracteis brevi- bus parcis vel raris alternis vel absens; indumento lanato fer- fugineo vel brunneo. Saepe ligulae involucro longiores. 3 Laminae foliorum adpressissime argenteo-sericeae, pilis rectis antrorsis 1-1.5 mm. Involucrum crasse ochraceo vel ferrugineo- lanatum cupulato-turbinatum, 20 mm latum. . .E. marthae Cuatr. 3' Laminae foliorum albo-villoso-lanatae, pilis plus minusve flexuosis vel contortis 3-6 mm longis. Involucrum rotundato- cupulatum crasse ochraceo vel ferrugineo-lanatum, 20-26 mm Vt \oh)) e Se a Lk ie am RM iis 1' Vagina foliorum abaxiale dense barbata. 4 Laminae foliorum utrinque crasse sed molle crispo-lanatae visu teretes praecipue juveniles, lineares deorsum non vel parum angustatae, 12-25 x 0.9-1.5 cm indumento incluso; pili crispi patuli vestitura alba cribrosa laxa molle utrinque uniformiter crassa insuper tenuiter arachnoidea instructi, in sicco roseata vel ferruginea. Scapi saepe monocephali interdum 2-3-cephali, pare uno foliorum supra basim (rare duobus) et 6-12 foliis sparsis linearibus obtusis sursum gradatim minoribus et sicut axis crasse terete lanatis. a een 24-32 mm lata ligulis BMOCISS Mas ee ne ee ee .» « BE. ulotricha Cuders Laminae foliorum longe villosae vel lanatae lineares vel ob- longo-oblanceolatae visu planae indumento in sicco albo. Scapi 2-3 paribus foliorum oppositorum longe tubuloso-vaginantibus. 5 Laminae foliorum lineares vel leviter oblanceolato-lineares acutiusculae adaxiale dense antrorso-villosae abaxiale laxe lanuginosae ad costam insuper subsericeo-villosae, 5-12(-18) x 0.3-0.8(-1) cm (indumento amoto). Scapi teneri 2-5-capitu- lis (rare aliqui monocephali) brevibus, involucro villoso- lanato semigloboso, 14-20(-25) mm diam. ene ee .E. weddellii Schultz Bip. 5' Laminae foliorum latiores oblongae vel oblanceolato-oblongae 1978 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 33 vel spatulatae, obtusae vel subobtusae dense longiusque lanatae et lanato-barbatae, 6.5-15 x 0.8-2 cm (indumento amoto). Scapi monocephali mediocres vel robusti, dense albo-lanati ad apicem crassiore albo-lanati. Involucra subglobosa crasse Paid ee OU Mn Tele ess we ge ce nes os os is, Dotdtd Cularr: PARAGYNOXYS URIBEI Cuatr. sp. nov. Arbuscula 3-4 m alta ramis ochraceis vel fulvescentibus sub- cylindraceis striatis, breviter sed dense adpresseque pulverulento- tomentosis pilis irregulariter brachiatis acutis valde intricatis 0.2-0.5 mm longis. Folia alterna ampla rigide crasseque coriacea longe petiolata. Lamina adulta 34 x 16-18 x 8 cm, ovata vel elliptico-ovata basi late rotundata vel obtusa apicem versus gradatim attenuata acuta, margine anguste revoluta integra vel rare parcis dentibus remotissimis brev- ibus callosis; adaxiale viridis vel lutescenti-viridis, costa plana angusta adpresse tomentulosa excepta glabra; abaxiale costa elevata robusta sulcato-striata dense adpresseque tomentosa, nervis secund- ariis prominentibus tomentosis, 12-13 utroque latere, proximalibus patulis, distalibus patulo-ascendentibus, supra medium furcatis prope marginem evanescentibus, alteris nervis minoribus laxe promi- nuleque reticulatis, superficie moderate vel laxe lanugineo-tomen- tosa indumento ochraceo vel fuscescenti, pilis irregulariter brachi- atis, tortuosis vel crispis intricatis, 0.1-0.6 mm, copiosis partiale tecta. Petiolus robustus 6-13 cm longus argute striatus, basi incrassato-dilatata vaginanti, dense adpresseque brevi-tomen- tosus. Inflorescentiae late paniculatae subthyrsiformes vel rotundatae floribundae, 20-30 cm amplae. Axi ramique ascendentes striati adpresse ochraceo-tomentulosi, ramusculi complanati stri- atique magis patuli et congesti etiam tomentulosi. Bracteae sub- tendentes proximales foliosis sed valde breves petiolatae, 8-4 x 2-0.6 cm, mediales sequentes lineares sursum longitudine decrescen- tes 20-3 mm longae 1 mm latae omnes tomentulosae. Pedicelli angu- lati rigidi 1-5 mm longi, ad apicem 3-6 bracteolis anguste lineari- bus acutis tomentellis 1.5-2.5 x 0.5 mm, tomentellis ad modum brevis calyculi irregularis infra capitulum dispositis. Capitula homogama discoidea maturitate 11-12 mm longa.. Invol- ucrum 7.5-8 mm altum quam flores brevius, cylindraceum base paulo attenuatum 8 phyllariis subuniseriatis. Phyllaria subcoriacea Yigida interiora 7-7.3 x 3 mm elliptica dorso crasso tomentoso- lanuginosa marginibus membranaceis glabrisque apice subite acutato, exteriora (3) oblonga sursum subacutato-attenuata crassa carnosula dense lanuginoso-tomentosa pilis irregulare brachiatis intricatis 0.2-0.4 mm longis. Receptaculum 1.6-1.8 mm diam. alveolatum minute dentatum. Flores hermaphroditi 10-11 (-12) in capitulo. Corolla alba glabra 8.2-9 mm longa, tubulo carnosulo (3.5-) 4 mm longo in 5 lacinias lineares usque ad 1 mm supra basim partito. Laciniae 3- 3.5 mm longae 0.5 mm latae apice angustato subacuto sed calloso- incrassato et papillosulo, maturitate bene revolutae, venis margi- 3h PETTOLOGDIA Vol. 40, No.1 nalibus et mediali bene notatis. Antherae 2.5 mm longae basi caud- atae caudiculis acutis 0.4-0.5 mm longis, appendice apicali oblonga attenuata obtusiuscula circa 0.4 mm longa. Cellulae endotheciales oblongo-hexagonales nodulis polaribus. Grana pollinis 0.03-0.035 mm. Collum conectivi cylindricum filamento leviter crassius. Stylus circa 10 mn, basim incrassatum supra discum brevem affixus, ramis circa 2.5 mm longis valde revolutis, complanatis adaxiale duobus lineis stigmaticis marginalibus valde crassis confluentibus , abaxiale densiuscule papilloso-pilosulis distale leviter attenuatis apice subacuto papilloso papillis centralis longioribus circa 0.15 mm. Discus denticulatus circa 0.3 mm altus. Ovarium fertile 2.5- 2.8 mm oblongum basim versus attenuatum, plus minusve triangulatum, 10-nervatum apice paulo dilatato cum pappo coronato. Pappus 7-8 mm longus stramineus setis rigidis scabridis biseriatis basi coalitis. Typus: Colombia, Boyaca: Arcabuco, 4 km NE of town, margins of secondary forest, 2700 m, arbusto 2-2.5 m, enves foliar con denso tomento ocre, inflorescencias blancas, 8 Jun 1966, Lorenzo Uribe- Uribe 5633; holotypus US, isotypus COL. Id, Cerro Berlin, entre Arcabuco y La Palma, entre bosque andino degradado, antiguo camino de herradura 2800-2780 m, arbolito 3.5 m, ramillas sepias, hojas verde amarillento haz, verdoso-ocrdceas envés, inflorescencias en capullos verdoso-ocracea, 28 Mar 1973, Cuatrecasas, Garcia-Barriga § Jaramillo 28675 (COL, US). Paragynoxys uribei is the species known with the highest num- ber of flowers per capitulum, 10-11 (-12) with constant number of 8 phyllaries. Paragynoxys neodendroides has not more than 9 flowers and 5-6 phyllaries; this species and its closely related P. santurbanensis with heads of 8 phyllaries and equal number of flowers differ from the new species by their thick coriaceous leaves covered by thick lanate indument and by the larger size of the flowers. The ovate or elliptic-ovate shape with rather sparse tomentum of its blades combined with the nature of the heads dis- tinguish P. uribei from all other species of the genus. PARAGYNOXYS STEYERMARKII Cuatr. sp. nov. Arbuscula 3 m alta caule simplici distale paulo breviterque ramuloso. Ramuli costato-angulati breviter adpresseque griseo- lanuginoso-pulverulenti, pilis irregulariter brachiatis crassius- culis intricatis 0.1-0.5 mm longis. Folia alterna rigide crasseque coriacea petiolata. Laminae 9-15 cm longae 4-7 cm latae obovato- ellipticae apice obtusae basi cuneatae, margine planae vel leviter revolutae leviter obtusissimeque sinuatae vel subintegrae sed denti- bus mucroniformibus callosis remotis conspicuis, adaxiale virides glabrae costa impressa ceteris nervis in sicco obsoletis, abaxiale pallide virides costa robusta prominenti deorsum adpresse griseo- tomentosa pilis intricatis valde adpressis tecta, nervis secunda- riis prominentibus 9-11 utroque latere ascendentibus distale fur- catis, alteris nervis minoribus in reticulum laxum prominulum anastomosatis, superficie visu nitidula subglabra sed pilis brachi- 1978 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 35 atis crassiusculis patulis copiosis sparse munita. Petioli 12-30 mm longi rigidi angulato-striati tomentulosi. Inflorescentiae floribundae paniculati-corymbiformae circa 20 cn amplae tantum basi foliatae ceterae bracteateae. Rami ramuscul- ique alterni argute striati, dense adpresseque pulverulento-tomen- tosi, pilis crassiusculis minutis informe irregulariterque brachi- atis tecti. Bracteae proximales breve subfoliaceae oblongo- spathulatae basi petioliformi, 25-15 x 4-2 m, mediales et distales gradatim breviores lineari-triangulares acutae 4-1 mm longae, omnes tomentulosuli. Pedicelli breves angusti rigidi angulati pilosuli 2-5 mm longi ad apicem 3-4 bracteolis minutis anguste triangulari- bus acutis tomentulosis, 1-1.5 (-2.5) mm longis ad modum calyculi infra capitulum dispositis. Capitula homogama discoidea maturitate 13-15 mm longa. Invol- ucrum 8.5-10 mm altum quam flores multo brevius, cylindraceum base cuneato-attenuatum, 5 phyllariis subuniseriatis. Phyllaria sub- coriacea rigida pallide viridia apicibus purpureis, oblongo-elliptica et elliptica, apice leviter attenuata subobtusa breviterque barbula- to-ciliolata reliqua glaberrima, 8.5-9.5 mm longa, exteriora 2 mm lata interiora marginibus tenuioribus 3 mm lata. Flores hermaphroditi 5-6 in capitulo. Corolla alba apicibus purpureis glabra 11-12.5 mm longa, tubulo carnosulo 6 mm longo rigido angusto sursum gradatim angustato apice paulo constricto, 5- nervato; limbo in 5 lacinias lineares 5.5 mm longas 0.5 mm latas apice acuto brevissime papilloso linea media dorsali notata, in adulta valde revolutas seu circinatas usque circa basin partito. Antherae 3.5 mm longae basi longe sagittatae, appendice apicali oblongo attenuata 0.7 mm longa, maturitate exsertae cellulis endo- thecialibus hexagonale oblongis nodulis polaribus. Grana pollinis 0.03-0.035 mm. Stylus circa 12 mm, deorsum gradatim dilatatus in- ferne valde incrassatus, ramis subcomplanatis crassiusculis circa 5 mm longis circinatis, adaxiale crasse papilloso-stigmatiferis mediale leviter sulcatis, abaxiale copiose papilloso-pilosulis, apice paulo attenuato subacutato breviter pilosulo coronato. Dis- cus margine minute denticulatis circa 0.2 m altus. Ovarium 3 m longum plus minusve conspicue 10-nervatum plerumque 6-costatum et plus minusve adpresse 3-angulatum, basim versus attenuatum apice marginatum cum pappo coronatum. Pappus stramineus pilis rigidulis biseriatis scabridis basi coalitis 8-9 mm longis. Typus: Venezuela, Tdchira: between Las Copas and Alto de Fila de Tierra Negra at the ridge dividing headwaters of rivers Quinimari, Riofrio, Uribante and Talco (Oird), 2870-2880 m; simple- stemmed woody plant 3 m, leaves coriaceous deep green above pale silvery green below with gray-brown midrib, inflorescences branches brown, involucre green, corolla white, the tips purplish, 16 Jan 1968, J.A. Steyermark, G.C.K. § E. Dunsterville 101014; holotypus, US; isotypus, VEN. Paragynoxys steyermarkii is closely related to P. venezuelae from which it differs by the larger heads and longer flowers, by its glabrous involucre and by the leaves which are smaller, rather obovate, rounded at apex and cuneate at base. % PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No.1 MALPIGHIA ALBIFLORA (Cuatr.) Cuatr. comb. nov. Sti hyllon albiflorum Cuatr., Ciencia (Mex.) 23(4): 139, fig. I: H, I, J. 1964. Subsequent study and closer examination of more flowers of the type collection proved that the species belongs to Malpighia instead of Stigmaphyllon where it erroneously was placed. A REVIEW OF THE CENTRAL AMERICAN SPECIES OF PENTACALIA (ASTERACEAE: SENECIONEAE),. Harold Robinson and Jose Cuatrecasas Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC. 20560. A number of undescribed species of Senecioneae are known from the Neotropical Region which have remained unworked because of the need for more proper generic alignments in the tribe. One group in particular, the section Streptothamni of Greenman, has been rather consistently recognized within Senecio. The inclina- tion to raise the section to generic rank suffered from a lack of knowledge of a proper name to use and the name Streptothamnus itself is preoccupied at the generic level. A previous series of studies (Robinson and Brettell, 1973a, b, c) reviewed Mexican and Central American Cacalioid elements some of which had previous- ly been placed in Senecio, but Senecionoid elements were not treated. More recently the independent status of the Senecionoid Pseudogynoxys has been restated (Robinson and Cuatrecasas, 1977) leaving the section Streptothamni and the species of "Microchaete" as the only significant elements in Central America still treated as Senecio that do not conform to any natural concept of that genus. Two recent studies have appear- ed that provide great insight into the Senecioneae, Jeffrey et al. (1977) have provided an outline of natural groupings within Senecio and have listed members of the section Streptothamni in their unit A VI, and Nordenstam (197 has provided a number of further insights in the process of reviewing the tribe Senecioneae in the Symposium on the Biology and Chemistry of the Compositae. In a preliminary paper Nordenstam (1978a) segregates a number of new genera such as Odontocline of Jamaica and resurrects older genera such as the Andean Aetheolaena of Cassini. A search among the many Neotropical Senecioneae has shown that the name Pentacalia Cassini based on Cacalia arborea HBK is the earliest available for the group containing section Streptothamni. The genus was established by Cassini in a casual manner but the type species was cited and a primary distinguishing charac- ter was given, the 5-angled achene that was the basis for the generic name. The character which is common in many Asteraceae is not common in the Senecioneae, at 38 Eh YT O'L'O als Vol. 40, No.1 but examination shows that it is a common and signifi- cant feature of almost all the species recognized in this study as members of the genus. Species with 10 ribs still do not show the completely equal develop- ment seen in Senecio. The distinctions from other genera can be broadly summarized. Enlarged cells of the anther collars and the separated stigmatic lines on the style branches both eliminate close relation to Cacalioid genera such as Nelsonianthus (Robinson and Brettell, 1973a). The blunt tips of the styles differ from those of Pseudo- gynoxys. The fruticose to scandent habit with woody stems, the distinctly petiolate usually non-stipitate leaves, the minutely fistulose or non-fistulose recep- tacles, the tails on the anthers and the rather stout 5-ribbed achenes all differ from Senecio. The usually non-stipitate petioles, the erect heads, the tails on the anthers and the lack of a central coma on the style tip indicate a different basic element from what is now called Aetheolaena. Among genera that seem most closely related is Odontocline Nordenst. of Jamaica which has much the same habit and seems initially identical, being named after the crests on the receptacle that are also common in Pentacalia. The Jamiacan genus differs in significant ways, however. The stigmatic surface is bilobed in initial observation but cross-sections show the surface is continuous as indicated by Nordenstam (1978a). The achenes differ by having the more common 8-10-ribbed condition of the tribe. The anther append- ages are more ovate to Lanceolate while they are mostly oblong in Pentacalia. The tips of the styles of the disk flowers are more produced as shown by Nordenstam and the outer surfaces of the involucral bracts are regularly striated or grooved. Pentacalia Cassini, Dict. Sc. Nat. 48: 461. 1827. ~~ Senecio sect. streptothamni Greenm., Bot. Jahrb. 32: 19. 190 Woody shrubs or ‘vines, often epiphytic. Stems terete or subterete, surface sometimes hardened and whitish or irregularly cracked when dry, becoming corticated when older. Leaves alternate, distinctly petiolate, rarely stipitate; blades ovate to oblong, often carnose, margins entire to minutely denticuiate or serrate, nerves pinnate, secondary veins obscure to prominent on lower surface. Inflorescence terminal or lateral, multicapitate, thyrsoid to corymbose paniculate. Heads erect on pedicels, with few usually small subinvolucral bracts; involucre uniseriate with 1978 Robinson & Cuatrecasas, Central American Pentacalia 39 5-8 rarely 13 oblong shortly acute phyllaries, median outer surface usually fleshy without regular grooves or striations; receptacle often with prominent small crests. Corollas glabrous, usually yellow; with or without rays; disk corollas with long basal tube, throat tubular to slightly funnelform, lobes longer than wide, oblong-ovate to narrowly oblong, sometimes as long as throat, median resin duct weakly developed; anther collars with larger or thinner walled cells below; anther thecae with tails at base, tails often as long as collars; thecial cells oblong, with numerous minute nodular thickenings on vertical walls and a few on short transverse and oblique walls; anther appendage oblong, rounded at tip, with narrow cells; style with 2 separated stigmatic lines; tip truncate to slightly convex, without distinct central coma of hairs. Achenes prismatic with mostly ca. 5 ribs, rather stout, glabrous, smooth; carpopodium short, incurved at lower margin, sharply demarcated above, with many rows of small cells; pappus of 1-3 series of scabrous capillary bristles, usually narrowed distally to ca. 30m wide, with or without enlarged tips. Pollen 30-40 p in diameter. Type species: Cacalia arborea H.B.K., Nov. Gen.& Sp. 4: 128, pl. 359. 1818, ed folio, Colombia. Paramo de Almaguer juxta pagum Pansitara. Sept. = Pentacalia arborea (H.B.K.) H.Robinson & J.Cuatrecasas, comb. nov. e present treatment is restricted to the Central American species. South American species will be treated separately. The present broad interpretation of the genus is based on the comparative utility of the unifying characters versus the more subtile characters or combinations of characters upon which natural segregates could be based. The more typical element of the genus presents a distinctive aspect and has more thyrsoid inflorescences, discoid heads, and receptacles without obvious small crests, but none of the charact- ers is restricted to the group. The prominent second- ary leaf veins spreading at nearly right angles provide a more significant but still not unique char- acter. The single Central American species belonging to the typical group is P. phanerandra. Key to the Central American Species 1. Heads without ray flowers; receptacle often with weak crests or no crests. 2. Leaves with primary and secondary veins prominent on Lower surface; heads with 10-14 flowers. Fo) PHY © O:LsO.Ge5 & Vol. hO, No. 1 3. Leaves with secondary veins sharply spreading at near 80° angles, leaf margins often with few to many small dentations; pappus distinctly in 2 or more series; inflorescence puberulous with coarse hairs P. phanerandra 3. Leaves with secondary veins usually ascending at 50-60° angles, leaf margins entire; pappus mostly in 1 series; inflorescence subtomentose with lLong-attenuate hairs P. candelariae 2. Leaves carnose with primary and secondary veins usually obscure; heads with ca. 20 flowers. 4. Involucral bracts 7-8 mm long, mostly as long as the head P. parasitica 4. Involucral bracts 5-6 mm long, shorter than the head P. phorodendroides 1. Heads with ray flowers which are sometimes small; receptacle usually with prominent small crests. 5. Inflorescence with distinct Large oblong-ellipti- cal primary bracts to 2 cm long and 1 cm wide P. tonduzii 5. Inflorescence without specialized large primary bracts. 6. Heads broadly campanulate, with 15-25 disk flowers. 7. Leaf blades ca.13 cm long and 9 cm wide; disk corollas with lobes ca. 1 mm long P. epidendra 7. Leaf blades not over 10 cm long or 5 cm wide; disk corollas with lobes 1.5-2.0 mm long. 8. Leaf blades elliptical with acute apices; tips of pappus setae not enlarged or distorted P. magistri 8. Leaf blades ovate with acuminate tips; tips jst pappus setae enlarged or distorted P, morazensis 6. Heads narrowly campanulate with 5-12 disk flowers. 1978 Robinson & Cuatrecasas, Central American Pentacalia 4 9. Inflorescence lateral with panicles mostly from axils of normal leaves; limbs of rays 2.0-2.5 mm long. 10. Leaves narrowly elliptical; axillary panicles ca. 5 cm long; heads with 8-10 disk flowers P|; hon. chet 1. 10. Leaves elliptical to oblong-elliptical; axillary panicles 10-20 cm long; heads with ca. 4 disk flowers P, matagalpensis 9. Inflorescence terminal, broadly corymbose-panicul- ate; Limbs of rays 3-6 mm long. 11. Subinvolucral bracts large, 4-5 mm long, completely covered with dense tomentum P. calyculata 11. Subinvolucral bracts less than 4 mm long, not more densely pubescent than involucral bracts. 12. Throats of mature disk corollas extending above tips of the pappus bristles; leaves acute P. wilburii 12. Throats of mature disk corollas not extending above tips of pappus bristles; leaves distinctly acuminate P. streptothamna The new species and new combinations of Central American Pentacalia are as follows: Pentacalia calyculata (Greenm. ) H.Robinson & J.Cuatre- casas, comb. nov. Senecio calyculatus Greenm. in J.Donn.-Smith, Bot. Gaz. 37: Te 1904. Costa Rica. Pentacalia candelariae (Benth. ex Oersted.) H.Robinson & J.Cuatrecasas, comb. nov. Senecio eeu Benth. ex Oerted., Kjoeb. Vidensk. Me (5-7): 108-109. 1852. Costa Rica. Pentacalia epidendra (L.Wms.) H.Robinson & J.Cuatre- ~Casas, comb. nov. Senecio epidendrus L.Wms. Phytologia 31: 440. 1975. Guatemala. Pentacalia horickii H.Robinson, sp. nov. AQ. wilburii similis et 0. matagalpense valde affinis sed petiolis 7-10 mm longis, Laminis anguste 2 PRY? OL OG 1k Vol. 0, No.1 ellipticis ca. 6.5-7.5 cm longis et 1.0-1.4 cm latis base anguste cuneatis apice anguste acuminatis; inflor- escentibus axillaribus breviter paniculatis 4-6 cm longis et ca. 3 cm latis, pedicellis 2-9 mm longis minute sparse puberulis, bracteis subinvolucralibus paucis minute linearibus ca. 1 mm longis; capitulis ca. 8 mm altis et 2-3 mm latis; squamis involucri plerumque 5 interdum coalescentibus oblongis ca. 5 mm longis plerumque 1-2 mm latis; receptaculis breviter cristi- feris; floribus radiatis 2-3 pallidis, tubis ca. 5 mm longis, limbis minute oblongis ca. 2 mm longis; flor- ibus discis 8-10; corollis pallidis, tubis ca. 3 mm longis, faucis anguste infundibularibus 2.5 mm longis, lobis anguste lanceolatis 1.5-2.0 mm longis et 0.6-0.7 mm latis, cellulis apicalibus scleroideis vix mamill- osis; filamentis in parte superiore ca. 0.7 mm longis base ca. 0.17 mm latis; thecis in parte pollinifero ca. 1.3 mm longis base longe caudatis ad 0.5 mm longis, appendicibus antherarum anguste oblongis ca. 0.5 mm longis et 0.18 mm latis; ramis stylorum in apicem breviter cristatis; achaeniis ca. 1.4 mm longis gla- bris; setis pappi ca. 5 mm longis apice vix incrassat- is, cellulis apicalibus saepe obtusis interdum retror- se scabridis; granis pollinis ca. 35-40 p in diametro. TYPE: GUATEMALA : Quezaltenango: Pacific watershed in valley of Rio Naranjo, between San Martin Chiquito, Las Nubes south to El Pozo and Chuikab4l (Canton Tuhilacd4n), not quite reaching Mujulid; at an altitude between 2100 and 1800 meters. Sent with Bonifazia uezaltica collected on "tall trees in dense dark cloud forest interior. Pendent vine most significant for Bonifazia forests, epiphytic."' C.K.Horich s.n. prepared 27 May 1960, UC Bot. Gard acc. no. 57.247-1 (Holotype, US). The species is most obviously distinct from all related species in the narrowly elliptical leaves with narrowly acuminate tips. The species seems super- ficially similar to P. phorodendroides but the leaf shape, the presence of ray flowers and the smaller number of disk flowers with Longer lobes furnish ample distinctions. Of the new species closest relationship is with P. a which has similar lateral inflorescences wit ew flowered heads, similar long tails on the anthers and a similar nearly: complete crown of hairs on the tip of the style branches. The latter species differs in the broader leaves, the longer branches of the inflorescence, the coarser pubescence, the larger subinvolucral bracts, the extremely elongate lobes of the disk corollas and the fewer numbers of disk flowers. 1978 Robinson & Cuatrecasas, Central American Pentacalia 43 Pentacalia magistri Gtandl.& L.Wms.) H.Robinson & J.Cuatrecasas, comb. nov. Senecio magistri Standl.& L.Wms., Ceiba 4: 190. 1954. Honduras. Pentacalia matagalpensis H.Robinson, sp. nov. A QO. wilburil similis sed caulibus sparse puber- ulis subglabrescentibus, petiolis 5-10 mm longis, laminis ellipticis 2.5-5.5 cm longis et 1.0-2.5 cm latis distincte breviter acuminatis; inflorescentibus axillaribus longe paniculatis usque ad 17 cm longis et 8 cm latis, pedicellis brevibus vel subnullis 0-2 mm longis dense puberulis, bracteis subinvolucralibus lanceolatis 1-2 mm longis; capitulis 6-7 mm altis et ca. 2 mm latis; squamis involucri ca. 5 oblongis ca. 5 mm longis et 1 mm latis; receptaculis subcristiferis; floribus radiatis plerumque 2 albis?, tubis ca. 3 mm longis, Limbis minute oblongis ca. 2.5 mm longis; floribus discis plerumque 4; corollis albis?, tubis 2.5-3.0 mm longis, faucis anguste infundibularibus 1.0-1.5 mm longis, lobis linearibus 2.5-3.0 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis, cellulis apicalibus scleroideis alte mamillosis; filamentis in parte superiore ca. 0.5 mm longis base ca. 0.2 mm latis; thecis in parte pollin- ifero 1.3-1.5 mm longis base longe caudatis ad 0.5 mm longis; appendicibus antherarum anguste oblongis ca. 0.4 mm longis et 0.17 mm latis; ramis stylorum in apicem prominentiter cristatis; achaeniis ca. 1 mm longis glabris; setis pappi ca. 5 mm longis apice leniter incrassatis, cellulis apicalibus plerumque obtusis; granis pollinis ca. 35-40 yp in diametro. TYPE: NICARAGUA: Matagalpa: Cloud forest area at "Disparate de Potter'’ near Sta. Maria de Ostuma. Cordillera Central de Nicaragua between Matagalpa and Jinotega, Alt. 1500 m. Feb. 20, 24, 1963. Williams, Molina & Williams 25036 (Holotype, US). Pentacalia mecanel pencils is most notable for the elongate axillary panicles with small groups of dense- ly clustered heads. The stems and branches of the inflorescence are more puberulous than in related species and the stems remain sparsely roughened apparently from persistent bases of the hairs. The disk flowers have particularly prominent hairs on the style tips and on the back below the tip. This apical crown extends around to the inner surface above the stigmatic lines. The condition of the style tips is approached in the closely related P. horickii but is markedly distinct from the condition in P. strepto- thamnus which also occurs in Nicaragua. The owers were noted as being white by the collectors. hh PHY? T0°L*O'G-1& Vol. 40, No.1 Pentacalia morazensis (Greenm.) H.Robinson & J.Cuatre- casas, comb. nov. Senecio morazensis Greenm., Ceiba 1: 122. 1950. Honduras. Pentacalia parasitica (Hemsl.) H.Robinson & J.Cuatre- casas, comb. nov. Senecio parasiticus Hemsl1., Biol. Cent. Amer., Bot. 2: 244. [881. Cacalia arasitica Sch.Bip. ex Hemsl., Biol. Cent. Amer., Bot. 2: 244, 1881, nom. nud. in syn. Guatemala, Mexico. Pentacalia phanerandra (Cufodontis) H.Robinson & .Cuatrecasas, comb. nov. Senecio phanerandrus Cufodontis, Archivio Bot. Forli 9: - E Costa Rica. Pentacalia phorodendroides (L.Wms.) H.Robinson & atrecasas, com nov. Senecio phorodendroides ie Wms., Phytologia 31: 445. 1975. Guatemala. Pentacalia streptothamna (Greenm. ex Standl.) H.Robin- son & J.Cuatrecasas, comb. nov. Senecio strepto- thamnus Greenm. ex Standl., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. T8: 1518. 1938; Greenm., Bot. Jahrb. 32: 22. 1902, nom. nud. Costa Rica, Nicaragua, Panama. Pentacalia tonduzii (Greenm. ex Standl.) H.Robinson & J.Cuatrecasas, comb. nov. Senecio tonduzii Greenm. ex Standl., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 18: L529, 1938; Greenm., Bot’=. Jahrb. 32:7 225 Ea nom. nud. Costa Rica. Pentacalia wilburii H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae lignescentes scandentes epiphyticae. Caules teretes vel subteretes in sicco subangulati glabri, cellulis superficialibus plerumque in strato eburneiformibus induratis. Folia alternata, petiolis 10-17 mm longis; laminae carnosae ellipticae vel ob- ovatae 4.0-6.5 cm longae et 2.0-3.3 cm latae base cuneatae vel acuminatae margine integrae apice breviter acutae supra et subtus glabrae. Inflorescentiae terminales Late corymboso-paniculatae 9-14 cm latae, pedicellis 3-10 mm longis sparse puberulis, bracteis subinvolucralibus paucis membranaceis linearibus 3-4 mm longis. Capitula ca. 9 mm alta et 3-4 mm lata; squamae involucri 5-8 oblongae 5-6 mm longae et 1-2 mm latae extus glabrae apice breviter acutae dense brev- iter setiferae; receptacula breviter cristifera. Flores radii 2-3; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 3.5 mm longis, ‘Limbis oblongis ca. 3.5 mm longis et 1.5 mm 1978 Robinson & Cuatrecacas, Central American Pentacalia Ss latis. Flores disci 5-11; corollae flavae, tubis 3.5- 4.0 mm longis, faucis anguste infundibulares 2.0-2.5 mm longis, lobis lanceolatis 1.3-1.7 mm longis et ca. 0.6 mm latis, cellulis apicalibis scleroideis vix mamillosis; filamenta in parte superiore 0.3-0.4 mm longa base ultra 0.2 mm lata; thecae in parte pollin- ifero ca. 1.5 mm longae base longae caudatae ad 0.7 mm longae; appendices antherarum anguste oblongae ca. 0.4 mm longae et 0.25 mm latae; ramis stylorum subapice extus breviter cristatis. Achaenia 1.5-2.0 mm longa glabra; setae pappi ca. 50 ca. 4 mm longae apice vix incrassatae, cellulis apicalibus breviter acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 35 p in diametro. TYPE: PANAMA: Chiriqui: edge of forested slope above Cerro Punta toward Bajo Grande in Quebrado Bajo Grande, about 6500 ft., succulent epiphyte, florets bright yellow. 14 January 1970. R.L.Wilbur, Weaver, Foster & Correa 10919 (Holotype, DUKE; isotype US). PARATYPES: COSTA RICA: Alajuela: Volcan de Pods, along the road between La Lecherfa and the Hotel; alt. 2100 to 2600 m. Pendent epiphytic shrub; flowers yellow. Feb. 17, 1924. Standley 34638 (US): San Jose: Cerro Chirripdé, elev. 2700 3000 m, oak forest with Chusquea understory. Epiphytic vine; flowers yellow. 6 April 1969. Davidse & Pohl 1643 (US): Carretera Panameri cana, 7000', rays amarillos; tallos rastreras, 27 March 1949., Inst. Interamer. Cienc. Agricolas Herb. no. 435 (US). The new species seems nearest to P. streptothamna occurring in the same general area, but the Leaves of the latter are acuminate at the tip. The corolla lobes of the new species are shorter in comparison and the throats longer, a feature particularly noticeable in relation to the length of the pappus. The tails of the anthers are among the longest seen in the tribe, being almost twice as long as the anther collars. Literature Cited Cassini, H. 1827. Senecionees. in G. Cuvier, Dict. Sc. Nat. 48: 446-466. in reprint R.M.King & H.W.Dawson 1975. Cassini on Compositae 3 vols. Oriole Editions, New York. Jeffrey, C., P. Halliday, M. Wilmot-Dear and S. W. Jones 1977. Generic and sectional limits in Senecio (Compositae). Kew Bulletin 32 (1): 47- [as Nordenstam, B. 1978a. Taxonomic studies in the tribe 6 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No.1 Senecioneae (Compositae). Opera Botanica 44: 1- 83.1978. 1978b. Systematics of the Liabeae and Senecioneae in The Biology and Chemistry of the Compositae, Symposium, in press. Robinson, H. and R. D. Brettell 1973a. Studies in -ene Senecioneae (Asteraceae). II. A new genus Nelson- ianthus. Phytologia 27 (1): 53-54. and . 1973b. Studies in the Senecioneae (Asteraceae). III. The genus Psacalium. Phytologia 27 (4): 254-264. and ~~ L973e,...Studiles iLnrthe Senecioneae (Asteraceae). V. The genera Psacaliopsis, Barkleyanthus, Telanthophora and Roldana. Phytologia 27 (6): ~ ‘ Robinson, H. and J. Cuatrecasas 1977. Notes on the genus and species limits of Pseudogynoxys (Greenm. ) Cabrera (Senecioneae, Asteraceae). Phytologia 36 (3): 177-192. 1978 Robinson & Cuatrecasas, Central American Pentacalia h7 Pentacalia horickii H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 48 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 1 rT onear Sta NICARAGUA a) be Museu 25036 : chi Nicaragua be ent of Matagalpa 2537951 Pentacalia matagalpensis H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1978 Robinson & Cuatrecasas, Central American Pentacalia Iie) OUKE UNIVERSITY HERBARIUM 20460 PLANTS OF PANAMA Pentacalia wilburii H.Robinson, Holotype, Duke University Herbarium. tae) has) 50 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 1 horickil. wilburil. Enlargements of heads of Pentacalia. Lop: Middle: P. matagalpensis. Bottom STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXXIII. A NEW GENUS, BEJARANOA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 The Lack of papillosity on corolla lobes or styles, the lack of enlargements or hairs on the style bases, and the lack of various other specialized traits are found in diverse elements of the Eupatorieae. More subtle characters are often required to determine the proper relationships of such groups. One group descri- bed here as a new genus Bejaranoa has had to await improved subtribal concepts in the Eupatorieae and more accurate delimitation of other genera with which it could be confused. Bejaranoa shows at least superficial resemblance to Koanophyllon of the Critonia series, Austroeupatorium of the Eupatoriinae, and to Conocliniopsis of the Gyptis. Koanophyllon and its immediate relatives do show the most reduced involucre in the Critonia series and approach that of Bejaranoa in aspect but the inner bracts are more deciduous, the corolla lobes are of a distinctive broad- triangular form and alternate leaves are found in only. one aberrant species. No close relation seems to be in- volved. Austroeupatorium has alternate leaves in the upper part and has the more subimbricate involucre common in the Eupatorieae but has the hairs on the base of the style characteristic of that subtribe. Conoclin- iopsis is seen most similar having alternate leaves, Similar form of the inflorescence, individual involucral bracts of the same form and flowers of the same general shape. The genus Bejaranoa seems to be related to Conocliniopsis as closely as to any genus and therefore belongs to the Gyptis series though it differs from Conocliniopsis and most of the series by the unequal involucral bracts and nearly smooth style branches. Further evidence of this relationship is seen in the tendency for a slightly conical receptacle in Be jaranoa though this is not comparable to the highly conical form seen in Conocliniopsis. Further distinctions of Bejar- anoa from Conocliniopsis are the lack of glands on the achenes, the Larger cells of the carpopodium and the smaller 17-20, in diameter pollen found in the latter genus. The genus is named for Professor Gaston Bejarano, head of the Ministry for Forestry, National Parks, Hunt- ing and Fishing. The senior author greatly appreciates the help that Professor ae provided during the 52 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. )O, No.1 course of field work in Bolivia recently. Be jaranoa R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae erectae suffrutes- centes ca. 0.5 m altae mediocriter vel multo ramosae. Caules erecti teretes striati brumnnescentes dense hirtelli et glanduliferi. Folia alternata distincte breviter petiolata; Laminae ovatae vel ovato-Lanceolatae base obtusae trinervatae margine serratae vel duplo- serratae apice obtusae vel breviter acutae. Inflores- centiae terminales, ramis dense corymbosis, pedicellis brevibus vel nullis. Capitula campanulata; squamae involucri subimbricatae ca. 4-seriatae 8-15 inferne 2-4-costatae superne Laxe herbaceae, squamae interiores persistentes; receptacula convexa vel minute conica glabra vel subglabra. Flores 4-10; corollae anguste infundibulares, tubis cylindricis, faucis extus pauce glanduliferis intus glabris, cellulis interioribus in Parietibus lLaxe sinuosis, lobis ovato-trianguLlaribus vix lLongioribus quam latioribus margine subcarnosis extus dense glanduliferis superne minute papillosis intus lLaevibus; filamenta in parte inferiore glabra in parte superiore breviter cylindrica, cellulis in parte superiore breviter oblongis in parietibus dense annulate ornatis; cellulae endotheciales subquadratis; appendices antherarum oblongae Longiores; quam lLatiores; basi stylorum glabri non noduliferi; appendices stylorum lineares superne leniter clavatae minute leniter mamil- losae. Achaenia prismatica 5-costata setifera et gland- ulifera inferne angustiora; carpopodia breviter Late obturaculiformia superne distincte Limitata, cellulis 4-8-seriatis subquadratis vel breviter oblongis ca. 12 p» Latis et 12-20» longis parietibus subincrassatis; setae pappi capilliformes ca. 30-55 dense scabridae, cellulis apicalibus acutis vel interdum truncatis. Grana pollinis 23-25» diam. Species typica: Eupatorium balansae Hieron. The genus contains the following two species as shown in the key below. l. Leaves strongly crenate-serrate to sharply serrate; heads single on short pedicels, each head with 5- 10 flowers; achenes densely pubescent throughout B. balansae 1. Leaves shallowly crenate, heads in pairs or small complexes that Look like heads; each head with 4- 5 flowers; achenes less densely pubescent in Lower half B. semistriata 1978 King & Robinson, A new gems 53 Be jaranoa balansae(Hieron.) R. M. King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. a balansae Hieron., Engl. Jaheb., 22277, Bolivia, Paraguay. The species shows considerable variation in number of flow- ers per head (5-10) and number of pappus setae (30-55). The stems and pedicels usually have only sessile glands. One specimen (Cardenas 4607 ) from Bolivia represents an extreme form with the maximum number of flowers (10) and pappus setae (50-55) and with stipitate glands. Glands of this type are like those seen in B. semistriata. Bejaranoa semistriata (Baker) R. M. King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium semistriatum Baker in Mart. Fl. Bras. 6TI7 7319. 1876. Conoclinium semistriatum Sch.-Bip. in Baker in Mart. Fl. Bras. 6(2):319. 1876 The species superficially resembles B. balansae very closely but the leaves are less strongly crenate- serrate, the achenes are less densely pubescent and the undersurface of the leaf has glandular punctation more evident because of the less dense pubescence.Examination of the head-like structures on the material of the type (Pohl, Brazil) kindly loaned by Dr. H. Merxmuller, Director, Botanische Staatssammlung, Munchen, shows that each is divided by a series of bracts into 2 or even 3 units containing 4-5 or occasionally less flowers. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant DEB77-13457 to the senior author. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXIV Harold N. Moldenke CITHAREXYLUM HEXANGULARE var. BREVIFOLIUM Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum maturis 4-7 cm. longis 2--3.5 cm. latis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its mature leaf=blades only )—-7 cm. long and 2—3.5 cm. wide. The type of the variety was collected by Cyrus L. and Amelia A. Lundell (no. 7679) in low secondgrowth at the west end of Lake Coba, Coba, Quintana Roo, Mexico, in June or July, 1938, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The col= lectors describe the plant as a shrub, 3-5 feet tall, with white corollas. CITHAREXYLUM HEXANGULARE var. LATIFOLIUM Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum usque ad 6 cm. latis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in ere its leaf-blades decidedly elliptic or ovate-elliptic and to cm. wide. The type of the variety was collected by Antonio Molina R., Louis 0, Williams, William C. Burger, and Bruce Wallenta (no. 17473) in a cutover forest area in a barranca near La Laguna, 6--8 km. south of Villa Quesada, Alajuela, Costa Rica, on February 19, 1966, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collectors describe the plant as a tree, 10 m. tall, with white corollas. STACHYTARPHETA CANESCENS var. BAHIENSIS Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei ramis ramulisque rhachide- que petiolisque laminisque foliorum breviter pubescentibus. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having the pubescence of its branches, branchlets, inflorescences, petioles, and leaf=blades merely short—pubescent, the individual hairs irregularly antrorsely arcuate and interspersed among much shorter ones, light—-brownish in color, mostly in two opposite bands on the branches and branchlets. The type of this variety was collected by S. G. da Vinga and T. S. Santos (no. 147) in the restinga in the Parque Nacional de Monte Pascoal, Bahia, Brazil, on March 26, 1968, and is deposited in my personal herbarium. The collectors refer to the plant as )0--60 cm, tall and the corollas as blue. 54 A NEW COMBINATION IN GUZMANIA (BROMELIACEAE) by John F. Utley Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. When Thecophyllum spectabile Mez §& Werckle was described in 1904, Mez sore that the relationships of this species seemed to be with several Andean and Antillian taxa rather than with other Costa Rican Thecophyllums. Smith and Pitt- endrigh dismembered Thecophyllum in 1953 and transferred a single species to Tillandsia, several to Guzmania and the majority, including Thecophyllum spectabile, to Vriesea. At that time Thecophyllum spectabile was known only from the type collection which lacked complete floral material. ''Flores ob speciminis statum putridum ignoti'' (Mez, 1904). Recent flow- ering collections of the taxon have shown that the species has fused sepals and petals (Fig. 1). These character states are discordant within Vriesea and necessitate the transfer of the species to the genus Guzmania. Guzmania spectabilis (Mez § Werckle) Utley, comb. nov. Fig. 1. Thecophy11lum spectabile Mez 4 Werckle in Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 11. 4: 873. 1904. TYPE: COSTA RICA: without further locality, Werckle s.n. (HOLOTYPE: B!, photograph US!). Vriesea spectabilis (Mez § Werckle) L.B. Smith § Pitt. Jour. Wash. Acad. 43: 403. 1953. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL EXAMINED: COSTA RICA: ALAJUELA PROVINCE: roadbanks and forest remnants between Angeles Norte and about 7 km north of La Balsa de San Ramon or 10 to 17 kn north of San Ramon, elev. 900 to 1200 m, Utley § Utley 2812 and 5422. BORDER OF ALAJUELA AND HEREDIA PROVINCES: vicinity of Colonia Virgen del Socorro on and around the finca of Sr. Carlos Molina, or about 3 to 6 km east of Cariblanco, elev. 900 m, Utley & Utley 2854, 2856 and 2883. CARTAGO PROVINCE: on road from Tapanti to Taus and Tausito between 1 and 4 kn beyond the bridge over the Rio Grande de Orosi at Tapanti, elev. 1400 to 1500 m, Utley § Utley 5590. 55 56 PEY TOLOG rs Vol. hO, Now 1 Guzmania spectabilis is phenetically most similar to a complex of former Thecophyllums which is centered in the north- ern and central Andes. In addition to differences in floral characters, the foliar trichome morphology of G. spectabilis is inconsistent with that of the thecophylloid vrieseas but is in close agreement with that of its apparent allies in Guzmania [e.g., Guzmania squarrosa (Mez 4 Sodiro) L.B. Smith § Fates ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I wish to acknowledge the Curators of the following herbaria who loaned essential specimens or materially aided this study: B, CR, DUKE and US. Miss Debbie Townsend assisted with the preparation of the illustrations. LITERATURE CITED Mez, C. 1904. Additamenta monographica 1904. Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. II. 4: 863-878. Smith, L.B. and C. Pittendrigh. 1953. Realignments in the Bromeliaceae subfamily Tillandsioideae. Jour. Wash. Acad. 43: 401-404. FIGURE 1. A. corolla tube opened to show gynoecium and androecium; B. dissected and flattened calyx tube; C. mature leaf; D. 2-flowered lateral fascicle showing corollas, calyces and floral bracts. See preceding page for explanation. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS LIPPIA. XII Harold N,. Moldenke LIPPIA SAVORYI Meikle Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 39: 56. 1978. Material of L. savoryi has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Lantana sp. Additional citations: SOUTH AFRICA: Transvaal: Kinges 167 (Mu), 1868 (Mu), 1869 (Mu); Leistner 3199 (Mu); Merzmiiller & Giese 666 (Ma); Noel 2403 (iu) . LIPPIA SCABERRIMA Sond. Additional synonymy: Lippia scaberrima Souder ex Grieve, Modern Herb. 486, sphalm. 1967. Additional & emended bibliography: H. H. W. Pearson in Thiselt.- Dyer, Fl. Cap. 5: 193-195. 1901; Power & Tutin, Arch. Pharm. 2h5: 337—350. 1907; Power & Tutin, Chem. Abstr. 2: 1860—1861. 1908; Grieve & Leyel, Mod. Herb, imp. 1, 2: 831. 19313 G. Klein, Handb. Pflanzenanal. 2 (1): 498, 502, 50h, 51h, & 762 (1932) and 3 (2): 1232. 1932; Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk, Med. & Poison. Pl. S. Afr., ed. 1, 15) & 235. 1932; Karrer, Konstit. & Vork. Organ. Pflanzen- st. 17. 1958; Grieve & Leyel, Mod. Herb., imp. 2, 2: 831. 19595 Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk, Med. & Poison. Pl. S. & East. Afr., ed. 2, 1053 & 1410. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 367. 1966; C. A. Sm., Common Names S. Afr. Pl. 99, 320, & 601. 1966; Grieve, Modern Herb. 486 & 831. 1967; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 2, 315. 19685 Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Index 6: 265 & 266. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 254, 257, & 421 (1971) and 2: 543, 567, & 89h. 1971; Altschul, Drugs & Foods 2). 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 20 (1973) and 39: 39 & Lh7. 1978. Recent collectors describe this plant as a small low-growing shrublet and have found it growing on sandy open tree veld with Combretum, Terminalia, and Acacia, and “localized, especially on disturbed sites", at altitudes of )750—5000 feet, flowering in February. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Rodin 3518. Vernacular names reported for the species are "benkelbossie} "benkess boas", "beukesbossie", "beukessboss", "laventelbossie", "bewkesbos", and, in Zulu, "umsuzwane". ; Karrer (1958) reports the finding of n-heptacosan, C57Hc¢, in this plant, as well as in such unrelated plants as Nothopanax sim- plex, Salvia sclarea, Erythraea centauriun, Trifolium pratense, Tussilago farfara, Papaver rhoeas, Boronia megastigma, Caesalpinia bonducella, Populus balsamifera, Mandragora autumnalis, and Pinus spp. Smith (1966) reports that an infusion of L. scaberrima with brandy is used as a stomachic and that leaf infusions are used as a tonic and to treat hemorrhoids among the Bantu in Africa. Grieve 58 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 59 (1931) states that it contains lippianol, smelling like lavender. Watt & Breyer—Brandwijk (1962) report the Zulu using the tonic orally or as an enema and also giving it to domestic animals. The Dutch in South Africa not only use the leaf-decoction in brandy as a stomachic and tonic but also as a counter-irritant for back- ache. The lemon=scented leaves are said to have hemostatic and aperient properties and are used in the treatment of hemorrhoids. By the presence of tannin, a glucoside, verbenalin, and a resin, the plant is also an astringent carminative. Farnsworth (1969) lists the following substances as found in the stems and leaves of L. scaberrima: tannin, a volatile oil, formic and butyric acids, heptocosane, hentriacomtane, paraffin, a phytosterol, unsaturated alcohols, esters of formic, butyric, valerianic, arachnic, and linoleic acids, lippianol, two yellow crystalline substances, glu- cose, and a glucoside, but no alkaloids. It should be noted that the Lippia scaberrima of Altschul (1973) is actually Phyla scaberrima (A. L. Juss.) Moldenke. Material of Lippia scaberrima Sond. has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as L. rehmanni H. H. W. Pearson. Additional citations: NAMIBIA: Rodin 3518 (Ba). SOUTH AFRICA: Transvaal: Scheepers 1493 (Mu). LIPPIA SCAPOSA Briq. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 7: 679). 1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 1): 17. 1967; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.11: 103 & 10h. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 186 (1971) and 2: 565 & 89h. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 30 & 10. 197h. The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Jorgensen 583. Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Jorgensen 583 (E--1006229). LIPPIA SCAPOSA var. MELANOCAULOS Bria. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 12: 80. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 186 (1971) and 2: 89h. 1971. LIPPIA SCHAUERIANA Mart. Synonymy: Lippia schaueriana Mart. & Schau. ex Troncoso, Darwin= jana 18: 339. 197). Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266. 1858; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. 713. 1899; D. H. Scott in Soler- ed., Syst. Anat. Dicot. [transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 1: 631. 1908; Moldenke, Phytologia 12: 80-181. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 157 (1971) and 2: 89). 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 60. 197h; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 339 & 10. 197. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Pernambuco: Martius 23 (Mu--129— type, Z--isotype). LIPPIA SCHLECHTENDALII Moldenke This taxon is now relegated to the synonymy of L. hirsuta var. moritzii (Turcz.) Lépez—Palacios. 60 PRE OD Geek Vol. 0, No. 1 LIPPIA SCHLIEBENI Moldenke Additional synonymy: Lippia schliebenii Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 20, in syn. 1973. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 1): 117. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 231, 237, & 21 (1971) and 2: 543, 774, & ee 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 20 (1973) and 39: 105 & 37. 197 e Recent collectors have found this plant growing on tree steppes at 1100—1500 m. altitude and refer to it as 2 m. tall and very abundant, flowering in January. They record the vernacular name, "zfagafaga". The corollas on Endlich 57 are said to have been "whitish". Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as L. asperifolia Rich. and as Lantana viburn- oides Vahl. Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Endlich 57 (Mu), 57a (Mu--l238), 57b (Mu—l239); Holst 8893 (Mu--1758); Schlieben 4548 (Mu). LIPPIA SCHLIMIT Turez. Additional synonymy: Lippia schlimii (Moldenke) Moldenke, Phy- tologia 26: 374, in syn. 1973. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.9: 289—-290. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 12: )8--l86. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: h. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 117, 118, 12h, & 366 (1971) and 2: 556, 565, 568, & 894. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 15: 56 & 62. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 381. 1975; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: pd Moldenke, Phytologia 38: 475 (1978) and 39: 92 & 93. 1978. Recent collectors refer to this plant as an unarmed tree, )— 12 m. tall, the trunk cylindric, erect, to 12 cm. in diameter, "madera para lena", the leaves deep=green and rugose above, paler green beneath, and have found it growing in "selva siempreverde a lo largo de la quebrada sobre rocas calcdreas", at 1700—2700 m. altitude, flowering in January, February, and July, fruiting in January. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Ruiz-Terdn & Lépez-Palacios 2350 & 101) and "dull-white" on Steyermark 104919. The vernacular name, "saca candela", is reported for it. Lépez—Palacios (1975) says: "Es ésta una especie media entre la hirsuta y la moritzii, si es que esta filtima llega a sostenerse. Sus hojos son algo variables (oblongas a ovadas) de envés poco in= dumentado y sus inflorescencias de cabezuelas por lo general abun-— dantes y pequefias. Atribuyo a esta taxon las colecciones Steyer- mark 10919 y Ruiz—-Ter4n & Lépez-Palacios 10)1". Material of L. schlimii has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as L. moritzii Turez. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Lara: J. A. Steyermark 104919 (N). Trujillo: Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez-Palacios 2350 OF 10h1y (Z). 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 61 LIPPIA SCHLIMII var. GLABRESCENS (Moldenke) Moldenke Additional synonymy: Lippia floribunda H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp., ed. folio, 2: 216. 1817 [not L. floribunda Briq., 1900, nor Hort., 1959, nor R. A. Phil., 1891]. Lippia floribunda Kunth ex Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 753. 1825. Lippia floribunda Humb. & Bonpl. ex Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 2: 54. 161. Lippia flori- bunda Humb. & Kunth ex D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 599. 183. Lippia schlimii var. glabrescens Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 374, in syn. 1973. Additional bibliography: H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 216 (1817) and ed. quarto, 2: 267—268. 1818; Schau. in A. ©., Prodr. 11: 579. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266. 1858; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.9: 289—290 & 367. 1965; Schubert, Assoc. Trop. Biol. Bull. h: 73. 1965; J. A. Clark, Card-Ind. Gen. Sp. & Var. Pl., issue 245. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 367. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: . 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 118, 12h, & 366 (1971) and 2: 556, 568, & 89h. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 15: 58, 59, & 61. 1975; Molden- ke, Phytologia 31: 381. 1975; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 8. 1976; Moldenke, Phytologia 38: 75 (1978) and 39: 92, 93, & 256. 1978. Recent collectors describe this plant as a treelet or tree, 2-— 16 m. tall, with a crowm spread of 2-5 or more meters, the trunk 1—3 dm. in diameter at breast height, the bark gray=-brown, the "young stems" medium-green shading to olive or light—-tan to olive- tan on the oldest parts, or "dark-olive flushed with dark-purple", the herbage with a pungent odor, the petioles flushed dark=-purple, the leaves stiff, brittle-chartaceous, dark-green, lustrous dark- green, or dark yellowish-green above and rugose or rugulose, dull-green or lustrous light~green to medium-green beneath with purple veins, the inflorescence light-green or light olive-green, the bracts light-green or olive to "more bluish", the flowers with a slight sweet fragrance, the calyx green or light-green, and the stamens light-green. They have found it growing in fields and forests, the edge of woods, and along streams by waterfalls, at 1,00—3000 m. altitude, flowering in March, May, July, August, and from October to December, fruiting in March, July, August, October, and December. The corollas are said to have been "white" or "totally white" ee ee ee Duque Jaramillo 2650, Killip & al. 39841, Lépez—Palacios 8216, Steyermark 105082, and Tillett & Honing 738-393 & 736-53 , "cream with yellow center" on Tillett 737-300, "white with yellow throat" on Ruiz-Terd4n & Lépez-Figueiras 227, and "primeramente blanquci- nas con el pice de los Sioclce lilacinos y a la larga totalmente blancas" on Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez-Figueiras 1273. Tillet found the plant to be "frequent in drier rocky soil with mich leaf litter and humus on steep hillsides of quebradas", while Tillett & Honing refer to it as "common to abundant" or as "fre- 62 PAX E OSL 200081 hi Vol. hO, No.1 quent in remains of wet montane forest with stumps of treeferns to 1 m. in diameter, the soil with hums". Kernan describes it as "dominant", The vernacular name, "saca-ojo", has been record- ed for it. I am indebted to my friend and colleague, Santiago Lépez- Palacios, for pointing out the synonymy of L. floribunda with the present variety after examination of the type in the Paris her- barium annotated by Bonpland. Lépez-Palacios and his associates describe the variety as an "4rbol erecto, inerme, de }—6 m. (los hay en los alrededores de 10—12 m.), perennifolio; tronco redon- do de corteza fisurada; ramitas jévenes tetr4gonas atropurpireas puberulentas con olor a cera de abejas fresca, con pelitos p&tu- los, blancos; ramitas adultos )-gonas, pardas; hojas simples, opuestas, decusadas, coridceas, lanceoladas, algo doblados y fal- cadas, verde obscuras, lucientes por la haz, verde claras, sub- lucientes por el envés, crenuladas; pecfolos subatropurptreos; cimas paniculadas, panficulas terminales, las flores en glomérulos inodoras; corolas pequeflas, blancas [or "flores blanco cremosas"]", He comments that "Esta variedad es muy caracteristica y puede ser fAcilmente identificable por el nevés glabrescente de sus limbos. En cuanto a forma y tamafio de cabezuelas tiene las mismas varia- ciones de las especies afines hirsuta y moritzii, pero en la forma de las hojas se acerca m4s a la hirsuta. En muchos herbarios figura atin con la vieja determinacfon de Moldenke: L. hirsuta var. glabrescens ." Material of this taxon has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as L. hirsuta L. f. and even as Lepochinia sp. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Cuatrecasas & Wil- lard 26230 (W—2)02397); W. H. Hodge 6528 (Fn, Ms—3161), 67hh (Ms—3162); Killip, Barkley, & Daniel 3981 (W——195)13h); Lépez— Palacios 3890 (Ld). Boyacd: Barkley & Bouthillette 380073 (Ld). Huila: Schultes & Villareal 5175 (Ld, Ws). Magdalena: Cuatrecas- as & Castafieda 2688 (W--2325]12, Z), 24717 (Fg, W--2325],97) Norte de Santander: Garganta 702 (W--2771832); Lépez—Palacios 3598 (Ld, N). Quindiu: Lépez-Palacios & Idrobo 3700 (Ac, N). Tolima: Duque Jaramillo 2650 (N). VENEZUELA: Mérida: Gehriger 337 [296] (E=-10054h2) ; Lépez—Palacios 2581 (Ft, N); Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez- Palacios 826 (Ld); Ruiz-Ter4n, Lépez-Palacios, & Rodriguez 6730 (N); Tillett & Honing 730-393 (N, * —2747327). Td&chira: Bunting 2478 (Ld); Ruiz-Terdn & Lépez-Figueiras 1273 (N); J. A. Steyermark 105082 (N); Steyermark & Rabe 96983 (Z); Tillett 737-300 (N); Tillett & Honing 730-535 (N). Trujillo: Ruiz-Terén & Lépez- Figueiras 227 (N). LIPPIA SCHOMBURGKIANA Schau. Additional synonymy: Lippia schomburkiana Schau. apud Lépez- Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 15: 63, sphalm. 1975. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266, 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 117 (1967) and 15: 466. 1968; Mol- 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 63 denke, Fifth Sum, 1: 12), 130, & 157 (1971) and 2: 559, 565, & 89h. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229 (1973) and 26: 436. 197h; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 15: 61--63. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 382 (1975) and 39: 263 & 26. 1978. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub or subshrub, 1—~1.5 m. tall, erect, the leaves with a lavender-like odor when crushed, and the fruit gray-green, maturing brown. They have found it growing on savannas at 33--1850 m. altitude, flowering from October to January as well as in April and July, fruiting in January, April, July, and October. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Barroso, Lima, & Lima 568 and on Santos 2529 and "cream-color" on Irwin & al. 30423. Goodland encountered it "in dry lateritic-ridged savanna grassland with scattered trees, Cura- tella, Byrsonima, Trachypogon, and Fimbristylis being dominant", while Irwin and his associates found it on "upper shrub-covered slopes with iron-rich rocks and gravel, the soil restricted to crevices and pockets". Pinheiro found it "in mata litoranea" and Davis refers to the plant as a "pleasant—smelling forb". Although previously cited by me as occurring in Bolfvar, Venez- uela, Lépez-Palacios is convinced that this species does not occur in Venezuela. He says (1975): "No conozco el material tipico (Schomburgk 0), y parece que lo finico que queda de 61 son las fotograffas que Macbride tomé para el herbario de Chicago. En ver- dad la encuentro muy similar a ciertas formas xerofiticas de L. origanoides, y sin decidir si son coespecificas o no, las diferen- cias que se han establecido (Phytologia 12: 87) sobre forma de las hojas y de las cabezuelas no son definitavas: en L. origanoides se dan también cabezuelas l-anguladas (Cf. Schau., Prod. 11: 575). Basado en descripciones llamo la atencién sobre el car&cter del aroma de las hojas, de que ya se hablé, pero sin poder asegurar si es ésta una caracterfstica firme." Material of L. schomburgkiana has been misidentified and dis- tributed in some herbaria as L. origanoides H.B.K. On the other hand, the Davidse, Ramia, & Montes 747, Irwin 02, Ruiz-Teran & Lépez-Figueiras 1817, and Ruiz—Ter4n & Lépez-Palacios 11415, dis- tributed (and in the case of the Irwin collection previously cited by me) as L. schomburgkiana, actually are L. origanoides H.B.K., while D. H. Davis 896 is Phyla betulaefolia (H.B.K.) Greene, and D. H. Davis 791 is Waltheria sp. Additional citations: GUYANA: Carrick 1027 (Kl1—7027); D. H. Davis 889 (N); Goodland 215 (Ld, W—25),6178), 540 (Ac, W—25)615h) 5 Goodland & Persaud 215 (N), 697 (N). BRAZIL: Bahia: Pinheiro 210 (N); Santos 2529 (N). Goids: Barroso, Lima, & Lima 568 (Ld). Minas Gerais: Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 3023 (Ld, N, W—2709293). LIPPIA SCLEROPHYLLA Briq. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 367. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 186 & 199 (1971) and 2: 565, 568, & 89h. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 337 & 10. 197k. 6h PHY T O'L OG A Vol. 40, No.1 Recent collectors describe this plant as an annual herb, 60— 70 cm. tall, or as a subshrub, 0.5--1 m. tall, with fragrant flowers, and have found it growing on campos and in matorrales, "generally high places", at altitudes of 220—-295.m., flowering from December to February and in April, fruiting in February, A- pril, and December. Montes refers to it as "rather abundant", while Bertoni says "not very abundant". The corollas are said to have been "white" on Montes 732, 1656, & 27694, Krapovickas & al. 1977 & 28772, Schulz re, and Schwarz 691, 95 950, 570k, & 563k and and "white, y: yellow in in center" on | Krapovickas & & al. 18290. The vernacular name, "cabard-mi", is recorded for it and the plant is said to be used in popular medicine. Troncoso (197h) gives its distribution as Paraguay and the provinces of Chaco and Formosa in Argentina. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar- ia as Borreria sp. Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Fiebrig 886 (Mu--)038). ARGEN- TINA: Misiones: Bertoni 3579 (N); Krapovickas & Cristébal 28772 (Ld); Krapovickas, Cristébal, Arbo, Benitez, Maruflak, Marufiak, Pire, & Tressens 18290 290 (Ws) 5 Krapovickas, Cristébal ckas, Cristébal, Varuflak, ‘Var uffak, Pire, & Tr & Tressens 14977 (Ld, Ws); T. Meyer Meyer 6658 (Ut—3308678); Montes wi (Id, N), 732 (N), 1h656 (Ac, Ld, N, N), 2769h (N, N, N, N); A. G. Schulz 7128 (nN); 3G. J. Schwarz 535 (Ut—330550 08), 691 (N), “950 (N), 10 1006 6 (N), 1036 (N), 5323 (N), 5704 (N), 5834 (N). LIPPIA SCLEROPHYLLA var. LORETENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 12: 92. 1966. LIPPIA SERICEA Cham. Additional synonymy: Lippia sericea Schau. ex Moldenke, Phyto- logia 36: 4h, in syn. 1977. Lippia stdéchas Mart. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 36: Lh, in SyDe 1977. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 367. 1966; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fito- geogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, k: 836 & xi. 19715 Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 157 (1971) and 2: Shh, 550, 557, 566, & 89h. 1971. Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb, subshrub, or shrub, 45 cm. to 2 m. tall, "lax-stemmed" or erect, prittle and easily defoliating, and have found it growing in cerrado, campo cerrado, cerrado woodland "on deep red latosol", gallery forests, and gallery margins, at altitudes of 800—1150 m., flowering from March to July, fruiting in July. Anderson encountered it in cer- rado in areas of cerrado sloping down to gallery forest and brejo (sedge meadow) at edge of forest. Irwin and his associates found it "among rocks in area of campo and rocky slopes", "in cerrado in area of steep slopes with campo and cerrado", and "frequent in cerrado and gallery on rocky slopes". The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Hatschbach 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 65 18072, & 21378. ~The Angely (1971) work cited above bears the incorrect title- page date of "1970". Lippia stéchas Martius is based on Martius sen. [in campis ad V. R. et alibi, Apr. Maio] in the Munich her- barium. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Hunt & Ramos 6292 (N), 6646 (N); Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos - 15822 (y), 18072 (Ae, N); Taxonomy Class Class Univ. Bras. 93 (W--2757757) » Goids: W. W. R. Anderson 9502 (Ld, ad, N)j Hatschbach 36707 (Ld); Irwin, Reis dos | Santos, Souza, & Fonséca 2378 (Ac, "N); Irwin, Souza, Grear, & & Reis Hos Santee . 15159 (Ld, N). Minas Gerais: Inein, ee ee Reis do dos aatcs: “Souza, | & Fomseea 21,989 (N); M Martius 10h = (Mu—— fey. s « sen. [in campis iad Ve-R. 6b alibi, Apr. Maio] (Mu), SNe (Mu--131); Smith, Segadas-Vianna, Egler, Ormond, Lopez da Silva, & Machline 6987 987 (Ny. State undetermined: “Pohl | Sone [In Brasil- ia] (Mu—1117). LIPPIA SESSILIFLORA J. G. Baker Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 12: 95. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 375 (1971) and 2: 89h. 1971. LIPPIA SIDOIDES Chan. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 1): hiv. 1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 6. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 836 & x4, map 1387. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 157 (1971). and 2: 560, "566, & 89h. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 18 (1972) and 28: 439. 1973 Troncoso, Daiwiniana 18+ 337 & 410. 197h; Mol- denke, Phytologia 39: 39 & 173. 1978. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 1—2.5 m. tall, with pendent inflorescences, and have found it growing in cerrado and on streambanks, at altitudes of 600-1750 m., flower— ing from January to March, as well as in July and August, and fruiting in February. Irwin and his associates report it "common in open disturbed places in wooded valley" and "on hills with iron-rich 'canga' soil", The corollas are said to have been "white" on Anderson 6910 and on Hatschbach & Ahumada 51325, "whitish" on Hatschbach & Ahu- mada 31606, “white, yellow in throat" on Irwin & al. 29679, “and “white, th the throat orange within" on Irwin & n& al. 29159. maeasece (197) gives the geographic ic distribution of the species as "Brasil merid." and Misiones, Argentina. The Angely (1971 reference in the bibliography bears the incorrect titlepage date of "1970". The Irwin, Harley, & Smith 3182, distributed in some herbaria as L. sidoides, actually is L. elegans Cham., while Philcox & Fer- eira 1380 is L. mattogrossensis Moldenke. 66 P HiY:TOck OnGek A Vol. 40, No. 1 Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: W. R. Anderson 69,0 (Ld, N); Hatschbach 36927 (Ld). Maranhfo: Eiten & & Eiten 10730 30 (Z). Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 31606 (N, W—2706093) ; Hat: Hatschbach & Ahu- mada 31325 (Ld, N), 31606 . (Ld); irwin, Harley, & Onishi 28159 9 (La, N), | 29679 (Ac, N, W-—2758981) ; laaias sen. [in ruderatis ad Lapu- cahy prop prope S. Beebare! (Mu--13h), sen. {in campis deserti retro fl. Jaquehinhonda] (Mu—133, Z); J. E. Pohl s.n. (Mu—135). LIPPIA SIDOIDES f. FLACCIDA Hayek Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 12: 97. 1966; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, h: 836 & xi. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 157 (1971) and 2: 566 & 894. 1971. As stated under other taxa in this series of notes, the Angely (1971) work bears an incorrect titlepage date of "1970". LIPPIA SOMALENSIS Vatke Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.=- Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 278-280. 1900; Glover, Prov. Check List Brit. & Ital. Somal. 268. 197; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees 588. 1961; Moldenke, Phytologia 12: 498. 1966; Glover, Stewart, Fumerton, Marindany, & Andersen, Gloss. Botan.-Kipsig. Names 286, 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 213 (1971) and 2: 89). 19713; Mol- denke, Phytologia 23: 420 & 421 (1972) and 39: 395. 1978. LIPPIA STACHYOIDES Cham. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266. 1858; Eiten in Ferré, Simpos. Sébre Cerrado 190. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 17. 1967; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 836 & xi, map 1387. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 157 (1971) and 2: 89). 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 38: 386 (1978) and 39: 45. 1978. Recent collectors describe this species as a tall herb or shrub, 0.2.5 m. tall, erect, with whorled leaves, and have found it growing on sandy campos, campo cerrado, and rocky hill- sides, at altitudes of 615-~1320 m., flowering in February, Ap- ril, May, November, and December. Ratter and his associates en- countered it "in grassy cerrado with scattered trees to 5 m. tall on very rocky soil". Anderson found it at the "edge of for- est in area of cerrado sloping down to gallery forest through grassy brejo (sedge meadow), the brejo wet and seeping in some places, dry in others"; Sampaio found it "pouca, margem de corre= go". Eiten collected it on "slightly degraded campo cerrado with shrubs and trees to | m. tall twisted by former fires, forming an open thicket with the groundcover of grasses and herbs, the soil a poor dark reddish-brown sandy clay, in an area of campo cerrado on the uplands (or occasional forest) and open marsh or dense secondary forest along streams", The corollas are said to have been "white" on Anderson 8658 and Sampaio 6829, "lilac™ on Hatschbach & Koczicki 33231, 33327, & 33377, "dark-purple" on Eiten 3557, "roxas" [rose] on Campos & 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 67 Lima 122-9572, and "vermelhas" [vermillion] on Mattos & Mattos 850. This diversity in corolla color may indicate that two taxa are represented here. Certainly Anderson 8658 has bractlets which do not match well those seen on the other collections. Eiten (1962) cites Eiten 1575 from cleared cerrado. Angely (1971) — not "1970" as is indicated on the titlepage — records the species from Mato Grosso, Goids, Minas Gerais, and So Paulo. Material of L. stachyoides has been misidentified and distrib— uted in some herbaria as L. glandulosa Schau., while Sampaio 6829 was distributed as and even cited by me in a previous (1965) pub- lication as L. affinis Schau. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Goi4s: Hatschbach & Koczicki 33327 (Ac). Mato Grosso: Hatschbach & Koczicki 33231 (Ld); Ratter, Bertoldo, Castro, Santos, & Souza R.913 (N). Minas Gerais: 26. R R. Anderson 8658 (L (La, N)3 B Hatschbach & Koczicki 33377 (Gz). S&o Paulo: Campos & Lima 122-9572 (Ld); G. Eiten 3557 (Ld, N, W--2523077, W--2687532); Mattos & Mattos 8540 (W—2523076) 5 Sampaio 6829 6829 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 12307] (N). State un- determined: J. E. Pohl s.n. [in Brasilia] (Mu—136). MOUNTED IL- LUSTRATIONS: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: pl. 37 I. 1851 (N, Z). LIPPIA SUBRACEMOSA Mansf. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres— ber. 53 (1): 107. 1932; Moldenke, Phytologia 12: 500-501. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 157 (1971) and 2: 568 & 89h. 1971; Mol- denke, Phytologia 31: 385. 1975; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.28: 170. 1976. Epis’ citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Liitzelburg 710 (Mu--iso— type). LIPPIA SUBRACEMOSA var. HARLEYI Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 232. 1975.6 Bibliography: Moidenke, Phytologia 31: 232 & 385. 1975; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.28: 170. 1976. Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harl Renvoize, Erskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harley 1583) (aus cle © fall Goa a LIPPIA SUBSTRIGOSA Turcz. Additional synonymy: Lippia substrigosus Turcz. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 36: hh, in syn. 1977. Additional bibliography: Benth., Pl. Hartw. 80. 181; Cummins, Lloydia 3: 16. 1940; Moldenke, Phytologia 1h: 17. 1967; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 2, 315. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 3. 1968; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2h (9): 207, 210, & 21-216, fig. LO. 1970; Lowden, Taxon 19: 23. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 70, 80, 82, 83, 85, & 86 (1971) and 2: 556, 557, 566, & 89h. 1971s Mol- denke, *Phytologia 23: 415. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20 part'1: 216. 19723 Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 67 & 147. 1973; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 96. 1975; Moldenke, 68 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No.1 Phytologia 39: 26, 27, & 30. 1978. Illustrations: Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2 (9): 215, fig. 0. 1970. Recent collectors describe this species as a weak shrub "from a hard woody base", 1—3.5 m. tall, or a weak tree, 2--10 m. tall, the trunk to inches in diameter, and the leaves viscid, and have found it growing on mountains and mountain slopes, shrubby or grassy slopes, and dry rocky hills, in pinelands, pine-oak forests, high forests, the edges of cloudforests, mossy secondary thickets, and deep ravines, and in mixed or wet mixed woods, pine forests, and open woods of Pinus pseudostrobus, at altitudes of 130--2700 meters, flowering from November to March, as well as in May and August, fruiting from January to March, as well as in August and November. Molina and his associates refer to the species as "fre- quent" or "common" in mixed or cutover mixed forests, "common a- long rivers", "common in clearings in forests", or "an herb 0.5—1 m." tall. The leaves on Molina & al. 15987 have unusually coarse teeth on the leaf-margins. Breedlove encountered L. substrigosa in steep-walled ravines with seasonal evergreen forests of Quercus, Mastichodendron, Sty= rax, Oreopanax, and Bursera and on steep slopes with dense montane rainforest of Magnolia, Podocarpus, Calatola, and Ardisia. Ton found it growing on moist slopes with Quercus, Pinus chiapensis, Nyssa, Liquidambar, Dodonaea, and Calliandra and on shrubby slopes with Heliocarpus, Croton, and Erythrina. Anderson reports it "oc- casional in pine forests with some oaks and Liquidambar, the lat- ter in the wetter places", while Williams and his associates refer to it as "scarce in pine forests" and "at junction of pine-oak forest and montane rainforest or cloudforest". The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Breedlove 23163 & 25269 and on Williams & al. 23036, "pale~yellow" on Molina & al. 20433 & 40675, "lemon=yellow" on Williams & al. 22256, 25133, & 25352, "bright~yellow" on Anderson & Anderson 556, "greenish- yellow" on Williams & al. 1265, "yellowish" on Molina & al. 21503 & 24822, "cream-yellow" on Molina & al. 16228, "cream" on Grashoff 256 and Molina & al. 13498, 13580, & 15987, and "yellow and white" on Contreras 11008. Vernacular names reported recently for the species are "chichigaste de venado", "oregano de Arbol", "salvia santa", and "supup". Bentham (181) avers that the species is related to Lantana involucrata L. of the West Indies, but thus is not true. Uphof (1968) reduces L. substrigosa to synonymy under L. umbellata Cav., but this disposition is entirely erroneous. He also misspells the authority abbreviation "Turcs." Cummins (190) reports that L. substrigosa is attacked by the fungus, Prospodium lippiae (Speg.) Arth., based on Holway 152, 730, & 787 and J. R. Johnston 358 & 611 from Guatemala. Gibson (1970) notes that "This plant has been 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 69 reported from Guatemala as L. umbellata Cav. and some of the ma- terial has been determined by Moldenke and cited by him as L. cal- licarpaefolia HBK. Lippia umbellata, which has been poorly u under— stood and which probably includes ay pringlei Briq., was original- ly described (Cav. Icon. Pl. 2: 75, t. 19). 1792) as having ‘flores umbellati, umbellis pluribus axillaribus in ramorum sumi- tatibus' and the illustration clearly shows primary peduncles with several 'rays' forming definite dichasia. I have seen no material of L. umbellata nor the closely related L. pringlei from either Guatemala or Chiapas. The Mexican L. callicarpaefolia, which in foliage and large flowering heads does resemble L. substrigosa, differs markedly in its dichasial inflorescence and conspicuously colored (rose to purple) bracts." The collections to which she here refers which were erroneously cited by me in 1965 as L. cal- licarpaefolia are Hartweg 560 and Standley 69695. Material of L. substrigosa has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as L. callicarpaefolia H.B.K., L. cardiostegia Benth., L. chiapasensis Loes., and L. umbellata Cav. Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Anderson & An- derson 5546 (Mi); Breedlove 9368 (Ld), 9476 (Ld), 23163 (Mi, i 23952 (Ld), 25269 (N)5 R. Me “Laughlin 401 401 01 (Ws); F. Mira Miranda 5331 (W--2508388), » 6110 (W--2508 380) 6188 (W--2508372), 916), Sguig 2508356); Ton 1543 (Mi, N), 1649 (Ld, Mi), 1705 (Ld, , &. 1809 (N), 1905 (Mi, N), 2079 (Mi), ei)" 9 (Ld, Mi, N), 3661 (Ld). GUATEMALA : 4032). ee ivetapa Eontiarss 11008 (Ld, Ld, W—279537) 3 P. Cc. Standley 69695 (N); Williams, Molina R., Willians, & Molina 0675 (N). Chimaltenango: “Molina | R., Burg Burger, & Wallenta 16228 (N); Williams, Molina R., & & Williams 25133 ve W--2537530) « = Quiché: Smith 1888 (Mu—3868). | Huehuetenango: “Williams Williams, oo Re, Re, een & Wil- liams 22256 (N, W—2537592), 41265 (W—27)0072). Jalapa: Kellerman 7910 7910 (W—24l12196), 80,7 (W—2hL2713), sen. [Geronimo, 3 Mar. 1907] (Ca——-1228027) . Quezaltenango: Grashoff f 256 (In—221750); H Bo 560 (Lu, N); Williams, Molina R., & Williams 23036 (N, W-—2537588 Speataptques: Molina Re & Molina 21822 (N). Santa Rosa: Heyde & ri Lux 1,389 (Mu—1810). Solold: Webster, Adams, Miller, & Miller 11821 1 (La); Williams, Molina Re, & Williams Williams Jams 25352 352 (N). BELIZE: Hunt Hunt 09 (Ld). HONDURAS: Comayagua: Molina Molina R. R. 136321 (N); Molina R. & Mo: Molina 25478 (N). Cop&n: Molina R. 11661 (Za, N). Cortes: Mo Mo- lina R. 1148 (Ld, N). El Paraiso: M Molina R. 11327 (N), 11365 (N), LIBLS (ni), 23 23386 (nv). Intibuc4: Molina R. &1 Molina 13931 (N). La 13580 (Ld, Ns C. V. Morton 7551 (Wi-~20051,76) Williams & Mol: Molina R. 70 PHY TODOGd & Vol. O, No.1 18950 (W—~257245h), 18952 (W—2572455), 23231 (Ld, Se—213321). Ocotepeque: Molina R. 22237 (N), 24196 (N). EL SALVADOR: Santa Ana: Molina R. & Montalvo 21503 (N). NICARAGUA: Matagalpa: Molina LIPPIA SUFFRUTICOSA (Griseb.) Kuntze Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18): 170. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 1y: 17—l18. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 183 & 199 (1971) and 2: 555, 566, & 89h. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 338 & 10. 197). Troncoso (1974) records this species from Bolivia and from the provinces of Salta and Tucum4n in Argentina. The Burkart 19390, distributed as L. suffruticosa, actually is L. recolletae Morong. Additional citations: BOLIVIA: Cochabamba: M. Cardenas 3837 (W--190951); R. F. Steinbach 70 (S). ARGENTINA: Jujuy: O'Donell 2950 (N). Salta: Pierotti 1082 (N). Tucum4n: Venturi 1789 (W— 256219) « LIPPIA TAYACAJANA Moldenke Synonymy: Lippia tayacana Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 48: 87h, sphalm, 1967. Additional bibliography: J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 645 & 654. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 368. 1966; Mol- denke, Biol, Abstr. 47: 6792 & 679) (1966) and 8: 87h. 1967; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.11: 10h & 450. 1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 2h. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 12 (1971) and 2: 566 & 89h. 1971; Soukup, Biota 11: 1h. 1976. Macbride (1960) cites only Weberbauer 6510 & 7125 from Cajamar— ca and Huancavelica, Peru. LIPPIA TAYACAJANA var. SESSILIFLORA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 368. 1966; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 7: 6792. 1966; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.11: 450. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: ihe (1971) and 2: 89). 1971; Soukup, Biota a VRE 1976. Additional citations: PERU: Cajamarca: Hutchison & Wright 7025 (N--isotype). LIPPIA TEGULIFERA Briq. Additional synonymy: Lippia tergulifera Briq. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 36: hl, in syn. 1977. Additional & emended bibliography: Briq. in Chod. & Hassl., Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 4: 1156. 1903; Briq. in Chod. & Hassl., Pl. Hassler. 2: 92. 190); Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 1-6. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 5. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 157, 186, & 199 (1971) and 2: 567, 894, & 895. 19713; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 335, 340, & 10. 197k. The corollas on Krapovickas & Cristébal 28699 are said to have 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 71 been "yellow" and these collectors encountered the plant on high campos. Troncoso (197) cites Pedersen 9516 in the San Isidro her- barium and records the species from Paraguay and the provinces of Corrientes and Misiones in Argentina. The Fiebrig 29, distributed as typical L. tegulifera, seems better placed as var. ovata Bria. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Misiones: Krapovickas & Cris- tébal 28699 (Z). LIPPIA TEGULIFERA var. GRISEA Briq. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 3 & h. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 186 (1971) and 2: 89h. 1971. LIPPIA TEGULIFERA var. OVATA Briq. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 18. 1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 5. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 157, 186, & 199 (1971) and 2: 895. 1971. Material of this taxon has been distributed in some herbaria as Lippia "tergulifera Briq." Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Fiebrig 29 (Mu—l039) . LIPPIA TEGULIFERA var. PEDUNCULATA Bric. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 3—6. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 186 (1971) and 2: 895. 1971. LIPPIA TEPICANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 368. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 72 (1971) and 2: 537, 559, & 895. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 38: 386 & 39). 1978. Gentry & Gilly describe this species as an open=-crowned shrub, 1.2—-1.8 m. tall, and encountered it in a highly mixed tropical forest dominated by pine and oak on mountain slopes with clay soils volcanically derived, at 000 feet altitude, flowering and fruiting in May. ea citations: MEXICO: Nayarit: Gentry & Gilly 108) Mi). LIPPIA THYMOIDES Mart. & Schau. Additional synonymy: Lippia micromera var. paludicola Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 468--69. 1940. Lippia thymoides Mart. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 36: hh, in syn. 1977. Lippia thymoides Schau., in herb. Additional & emended bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 68—69 (190), 12: 2h & 286—287 (1965), 13: 7-8 & 361 (1966), and 18: 210. 1969; Molden ke, Fifth Sum. 1: 156 & 157 (1971) and 2: 562, 893, & 895. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 385 & 403. 1975; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.28: 170. 1976. Recent collectors describe this plant as an aromatic, straight- stemmed, brittle shrub, 1-2 m. tall, the leaves with a strong lavender odor, and the flowers pleasantly fragrant, and have found 72 P H-YuT OL OeGed A Vol. 40, No.1 it growing in caatinga, swamps, and among "vegetation cutover through cultivation", at 650—910 m. altitude, flowering in Febru- ary, March, July, and November. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Castellanos 25101, Harley 1692, Santos 2508, and Travescoa 86, "pink" on Pinheiro eiro 112, "pale=pink with orange 1965. on “Harley 16813 16813, and "rose, e, throat yellow" on Martius 19 ~~ The type of L. micromera var. paludicola Moldenke, matching perfectly the typical form of L. thymoides, is Blanchet 2872 from Bahia, Brazil. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Blanchet 2872 (Br, Br, Br, Lu, M); A. Castellanos 25101 [Herb. Cent. Pesq. Florest. FEEMA 3870] (Ld, Z); Harley, Renvoize, Erskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harley 16813 (Ac), 1692 (1d); Martius 1955 (Mu-= 137—-cotype, , Mu——138—cotype, js Pinheiro heiro 112 12 (N); San- tos 2508 (N); Travescoa 86 co Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 86135] (WN, W——2820637) « LIPPIA alii var. MUCRONULATA Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 232. 1975. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 232 & 385. 1975; Hock- ing, Excerpt. Bot. A.28: 170. 1976. Material of this taxon has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as L. micromera var. paludicola Moldenke. Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Irwin, Harley, & Smith 30835 (Ld-- isotype, N--type, W--2759081-=isotype) « LIPPIA THYMOIDES var. TONSILIS (Moldenke) Moldenke, Phytologia 312 232. 1975. Synonymy: Lippia micromera var. tonsilis Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 210—211. 1969. Bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 50: 7999. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 210—211. 1969; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.18: ih. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 232, 385, & 03. 1975; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.28: 170.1976. Harley and his associates describe this plant as a small, bushy, aromatic herb, with small flowers, the corollas being "mauve, with a yellow throat", and found it growing on a flood- plain with riverine, chiefly herbaceous, weedy vegetation, at 980 m. altitude, flowering in January. Sobrinho reports the vernacu- lar name, "alecrim gee vrai for it. Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Harley, Renvoize, Erskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harley 15625 or Sobrinho ° 27 [Herb. Tavares 2050] (W--25),1751--type, Z--isotype). LIPPIA TORRESII Standl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 368. 1966; Farnsworth, Pharmaceut. Titles 6 (9): vii & title 1576. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 85 & 91 (1971) and 2: 567 & 895. 1971; 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 73 Séez R. & Nassar C., Revist. Biol. Trop. 18: 137. 1971; Farns- worth, Pharmacog. Titles 6, Cum. Gen. Ind. [69]. 19733; Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., "ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 67, 72-73, & 17. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 392 (1975) and 39: 36. 1978. Recent collectors describe this species as a large or small weak tree, 5—20 m. tall, the stems thick, to 18 inches in dian- eter at breast height, the wood soft and light, the leaves very rugose, aromatic, and the bracts "blown by the wind", and have en= countered it in wet woodland pastures, at the edge of roadside woods, on forested hills and potreros, on lava fields and volcano slopes, on wooded slopes, and in woods on steep streambanks, open meadows with relics of montane forest, thickets along trails, cut- over forests, montane forests, and remnant montane rainforests, at altitudes of 1200--2770 m., flowering from December to February, fruiting from January to April. Wilbur and his associates refer to it as "occasional" in some regions and "common" in others. The vernacular name, "caragra", is recorded for it. The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Allen 181, Croat 13650, Hatheway 1301, and Wilbur & al. 15187, "pa "pale-yellow" on Wilbur & Teeri 13312, 2, "greenish-yellow" on Allen 1565 and Wil- bur & al. 10890 & 13682, "pale greenish-yellow" on Wilbur & al. 13276, "yellow-green" o: on Williams & al. 28912, and "cream" on n Lems 509. Jiménez M. describes the "flores centrales con boca amar- ila, cabeza con bracteas centrales atropurpureas" on his 29); and "flores amarillas con tubo blanco de 3—l; mm." on his 142). He also describes the tree branches as "ramas oblicuas hacia arriba" and found the plant "en bosque ralo al borde del rio". Wood samples accompany Stern & al. 1997 and Stork 4590. The leaves and stems are said by S4ez R. & Nassar C. (1971) to be used for "el empalme", Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as L. umbellata Cav. On the other hand, the Lent 2533, distributed as saiket torresii, actually is L. costaricensis Moldenke. Additional citations: COSTA RICA: Alajuela: Jiménez M. 29) (N, W--2537537); Williams, Molina R., Williams, & Gibson 28912 (N). Heredia: Hatheway 1301 1301 (W--2512678) ; Lems 5339 (N); Wilbur & Teeri 13682 (Mi, N, W—2695691). San José: “Jiménez M. 1424 (N)j Lems 509 (N); vadrtz AMV.41 (N)3 Pittier & - Tonduz 1700 0 (Mu=-3777) ; Stork 4590 (N)3; Wilbur & Stone 8833 (N). PANAMA: Chiriqui: P. H. Kien 1,61 (E~—119078h), 1565 (E—119083); Croat 13650 (N); Stern, Ryde, & & Ayensu 1997 1997 [wood sam sample USw.33769] (E--1839666, Mi, W— 290056) 5 Wilbur, r, Almeda, Luteyn, & ae 15187 (Mi, N)} Wilbur & Teeri 13276 (N, 6 (N, W-~2695692), 13312 (Mi, N, W—269569)); Wilbur, Weaver, Fos Foster, & Correa 10890 O (Mi, N, W-—-2695693) « CULTIVATED: Costa Rica: Madrfz i AMianie 7h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No.1 LIPPIA TRACHYPHYLLA Briq. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 576. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 10--12 (1966) and 1h: 10. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 183, 187, & 199 (1971) and 2: 567 & 895. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 30 & 10. 197. The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Luna 523, and the plant was collected in anthesis in December. Troncoso (197) re= cords it only from Paraguay. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Salta: Luna 523 (N). LIPPIA TRISTIS Briq. Additional & emended bibliography: Briq. in Chod. & Hassl., Pl. Hassler. 2: )95=--)\96. 190); Burkart, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 586. 19623 Moldenke, Phytologia 14: 18. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 187 (1971) and 2: 546, 550, 567, & 895. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 340 & 410. 1974. LIPPIA TRISTIS var. ABERRANS Bria. Additional bibliography: Burkart, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 586. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 15--16. 1966; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1h: 79. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 187 (19715 and 2: Sk9 & 895. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 30. 197k. LIPPIA TROLLII Moldenke Additional bibliography: G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 81. 1960; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: lh. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 16--17. 1966; Troncoso, Darwiniana 1): 637--638. 1968; N. F. Good, Biol. Abstr. 50: 9661. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 183 & 199 (1971) and 2: 895. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 337 & 410. 197h; Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 387. 1975; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 61: AC1.60. 1976; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.28: 170. 1976. The stems of the typical form of this species have distinct, Rosa-like, small, stiff, slightly recurved thorns. The plant has been collected at 1900 m. altitude. Troncoso (1968) cites Troll 1207 from Santa Cruz, Bolivia, in the Berlin herbarium, and Fabris 5250 from Jujuy, Argentina, in the San Isidro and La Plata her baria. oe ne citations: BOLIVIA: Santa Cruz: Troll 1207 (Mu—iso- type). LIPPIA TROLLII var. INERMIS Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 26—27. 1975. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 26--27 & 387. 1975; A- non., Biol. Abstr. 61: AC1.640. 1976; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.28: 170.6 1976. Citations: BOLIVIA: Santa Cruz: Troll 105 (Mu-—-type, N--photo of type, Z—isotype, Z--photo of type). LIPPIA TURBINATA Griseb. Additional bibliography: Rojas Acosta, Cat. Hist. Nat. Corrient. 205. 1897; Reiche & Phil., Fl. Chil. 5: 298 & 301—302. 1910; Baez, 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 75 Anal, Asoc. Estud. Mus. Pop. Parand 1920: 0. 1920; Baez, Mus. Entre Rfos Cart. Herb. Paran. ll. 1938; Fester & al., Anal. Soc. Cienc. Arg. lyk: 457-71. 19453 Fester & al., Chem. Abstr. )2: 4309. 1948; Fester & Martinuzzi, Anal. Asoc. Quim. Argent. }0: 36-50. 1952; Fester & Martinuzzi, Chem. Abstr. 6: 11586-—~11587. 1952; Fester & al., Rev. Fac. Ind. & Agr. Univ. Nac. Litoral. Santa Fe Argent. 21/22: )3--8). 1953; Fester & al., Chem. Abstr. 48: 6655--6656. 1953 Karrer, Konstit. & Vork. Organ. Pflanzen- st. 32. 1958; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 65, 69, & 655. 1960; Fester, Martinuzzi, Retamar, Ricciardi, Romero Fonséca, & Cassano, Revist. Fac. Cienc. Agrar. Mendoza 8 (2): 7. 1961; J. A. Clark, Card-Ind. Gen. Spec. & Var. Pl. issue 25. 1965; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.9: 367. 1965; Schubert, Assoc. Trop. Biol. Bull. h: 73. 1965; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buen. Aires 5: 145 & 147. 1965; Y.-R. Naves, Helv. Chim. Act. 49: 2012— 2016. 1966; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 48 (13): S.97. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 1): 18. 1967; Y.-R. Naves, Biol. Abstr. 8: 5958. 1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 7 & 11. 1968; Farnsworth, Blom- ster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Ind. 6: 266. 1969; Leondo Montes, An. Soc. Cienc. Argent. 187: 21-8. 1969; Rondina & Coussio, Rev. Invest. Agropec. INTA Buen. Aires, ser. 2, Biol. Prod. Veg. 6 (22): 351, 365, & 366. 1969; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (5): v & item ],563. 1970; Willaman & Li, Lloydia 33, Suppl. 32: 220. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5, Cumul. Gen. Ind. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6 (1): ix & title 932 (1971) and 6 (8): xi & title 1235. 1971; Heusser, Pollen & Spores Chile 61, pl. 57-666. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 12, 192, 199, & 366 (1971) and 2: 550, 553-555, 560, 563, & 895. 19713; Bandoni, Men= diondo, Rondina, & Coussio, Phytochem. 35: 69, 71, & 77. 19723 Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (8): xvi & item 16598. 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6, Cumul. Gen. Ind. [69]. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. Reihe 21]: 661 & 668. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 50. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 335, 338, & 410. 1974; Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 387. 1975; Soukup, Bi- ota 11: 1h. 19763 Otte & Joern, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 128: eth 19775; Moldenke, Phytologia 38: 399 (1978) and 39: 89 & 98. 1978. Additional illustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 10: 82. 1952; Heusser, Pollen & Spores Chile pl. 56-666. 1971. Recent collectors refer to this plant as a shrub, 1.5 m. tall, and have found it growing at 1500--1700 m. altitude, flowering in January and November, fruiting in November. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Terribile 799. Troncoso (1965) reports the plant as "medicinal" in Buenos Aires. She records it from Atacama in Chile and from Cérdoba, San Juan, and San Luis in Ar- gentina, citing Burkart 74,92 from Cérdoba and Werdermann 7) from Atacama, both deposited in the San Isidro herbarium. She notes (1952) that the leaves may sometimes vary to obovate, the bracts smaller, ovate, and apiculate, and the heads geminate, but the significance of these variations had not been determined by her as of that date. Macbride (1960) records the species from Tacna 76 P H.Y 'T OD) OG“P-A Vol. LO, No.1 (Peru), Chile, and Argentina. Heusser (1971) describes the pollen grains as "Monad, isopolar, radiosymmetric; tricolporate, tetracolporate (stephanocolporate), or pericolporate!, colpi long and generally narrow, at times con- stricted, their membranes granular, pores transverse, distinct, generally long and narrow but also becoming relatively broad= elliptic; mostly oblate spheroidal, amb subtriangular or more or less tetragonal; exine 2 mu or less thick, faintly tectate, foveo- late; 25—-28 x 25-—-31 m." Fester and his associates (195, 1948, 1952--195) report the presence in this species of d-limonene, phenols, ketones, alde= hydes, sesquiterpenes, cineole, and lippione in a volatile oil of the leaves. Karrer (1958) found limonene, Ci9H\6, in this species as well as in such diverse and unrelated other species as Chamae— cyparis obtusa, Citrus nobilis var. deliciosa, Cymbopogon polyneu- ros, Dacrydium kirkii, Litsea cubeba, Pittosporum tenuifoliun, Seseli indicum, Siler trilobum, and Solidago odora. Naves (1966) reports diosphenolene (lippiaphenol). Material of L. turbinata has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as L. chilensis Schau. [Aloysia salviaefolia (Hook. & Arn.) Moldenke]. On the other hand, the Balegno 330, Krapovickas 6612, Krapovickas & Cristébal 1659, and Lossen 221, distributed as typical L. turbinata, seem better placed as L. tur binata f. angustifolia Osten, while P. Garcia 956 is L. turbinata f. magnifolia Moldenke, Cabrera & Fabris 13247 is L. grisebachia- na Moldenke, Cabrera, Solbrig, Torres, & Vuillemier 16700 is L. integrifolia (Griseb.) Hieron., and O'Donell & Rodriguez 2h2 is” Aloysia gratissima (Gill, & Hook.) Troncoso. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires: Tweedie s.n. [Bahia Blanca] (Pd). Catamarca: Brizuela 89 (N), 7h (Ms—-3)192), s.n. [12-III-1947] (N); O'Donell & Meyer 513 (N); Reales 830 (N), 939 (N), 1143 (N); Villafafle 1197 (N). Cérdoba: Lorentz 86 [Mac- bride photos 20336] (Mu--1)07--type, Z--isotype); Meebold 7 (Mu); Pastore 340 (W—2595169); Ruiz Huidobro 1 (N); Varela 08 (Ut-- 330583B); Villafafie (Tu—77306), 553 (N). Mendoza: Krapovickas & Cristébal 1612 (Ld, Ws); Ruiz Leal 8507 (Tu--155516), 17670 (Tu--162099). Salta: T. Meyer 8337 (N); Ruiz Huidobro 513 (Ut-- 330552B); Sotelo 868 (N). San luis: B&éez 1 (W--2567990); Semper sen. (20--27-I1-19))] (N); Varela Ligh (WN). Santiago del Estero: T. Meyer 12733 (N)s O'Donell 235 (N); Terribile 799 (N). CULTI- VATED: Egypt: Hadidi & Ghabbour s.n. [1/7/1967] (Gz); Mahdi s.n. [1/10/1963] (Gz, Gz), sen. [27/7/1963] (Gz, Gz); Sisi s.n. [26/5/ 1973] (Gz, Gz); V. Tackholm s.n. [2/11/1959] (Gz). LIPPIA TURBINATA f. ANGUSTIFOLIA Osten Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 1h: )18. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 192 & 199 (1971) and 2: 895. 1971; Molden- 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 77 ke, Phytologia 31: 387. 1975. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 1.5 m. tall, and have found it growing at the edges of railroad rights-of-way, flowering and fruiting from December to February. They record the vernacular name, "poleo". The corollas are said to have been twhite" on Krapovickas & & Cristébal 1h659 and on Ruiz Huidobro 8h. The latter collection is a mixture with Aloysia gratissima (Gill. & Hook.) Troncoso. Material of this form has been distributed in many herbaria as typical L. turbinata Griseb. Additional citations: CHILE: Atacama: Zéllner 699 (Ac). AR- GENTINA: Cérdoba: Balegno 330 (N), 1493 (N); Krapovickas S612 os Krapovickas & Cristébal 1659 (Ld); Los Lossen 221 (Mu--l357) 3 Rago nese & Piccinini 6148 [Herb. Inst. Bot. 69275] (Ba); Ruiz ae 8h i in Y part (N) 3 Villafafie 11) (N), 375 (N). San Juan: Fabris & Marchionni 2415 (Am, Mu). “LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Herb. Monac. H.75 (m1) . LIPPIA TURBINATA f. MAGNIFOLIA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 5: 96. 1953; J. A. Clark, Card-Ind. Gen. Sp. & Var. Pl. issue 2h5. 19653; Schubert, Assoc. Trop. Biol. Bull. h: 73. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 1): ghey 1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 7& LL. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 199 & 366 (1971) and 2: SSk & 895. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 338 & 10. 197). Recent collectors describe this plant as a spreading subshrub with rigid branches arising at an angle of about 30° above the horizontal. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Brizuela 195 and Garcia 937 & 958, "mauve or whitish" on Sykes 23/67, and "lilac" on Cuezzo 20 25 and Herrera 72. Cabrera (1953) and Troncoso (1974) record the form from Jujuy, | Salta, and Tucum4n, Argentina. Luna Risso 663 differs in having small leaves, but the blades are broadly elliptic or obovate and mucronulate, the leaves and in- florescences both mostly ternate. The Cuezzo 25, Garcia 958, and O'Donell 251) & 2548, cited be=- low, were previously ly (1966) mis-cited by me as typical L. turbin- ata. ~~ Additional & emended citations: ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires: Ruiz Huidobro 1388 (N). Catamarca: Brizuela 195 (N), 606 (N), 68h LN) Pierotti "h" Wh" [18/V/n] (N); Reales 1116 (N). Cérdoba: a Meyer 1291) (N); 1 Ruiz Huidobro Usl (ut— (Ut—33055)B). Mendoza: Ruiz Leal 8507 (Ut—-220553B). Salta: | Herrera 72 (N); F. E. Luna 172 (N); Luna Risso 663 (N)5 B. Malv4rez 180 180 (N); O'Donell 2514 (Ca—165621, N), | 2548 (Ca—164813, N), 2732 (N, N), 53h7 (N), 5370 (N); Ruiz Huidobro 618 (Ut—220565B). S. Santiago del Estero: P. Garcia 937 937 (N), 958 (Ca—1166982, N); F. E. Luna 265 (N), 1179 (N), 1201 (N). tetmier Cuezzo 25 (N, S). CULTIVATED: New Zealand: W. an Sykes 23/67 [Herb. Bot. Div. D.S.I.R. 176287] (2). 78 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, Now 1 LIPPIA TURNERIFOLIA Cham. Additional & emended bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Can=- doll. 3: 266. 1858; Briq. in Chod. & Hassl., Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 4: 1157—1159. 190; Briq. in Chod. & Hassl., Pl. Hassler. 2: 493—-95. 190; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18: 170. 1958; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 576. 1965; Martinez-—Crovet— to, Bonplandia 2: 1, 52, 59, & 63. 1965; Dombrowski & Kuniyoshi, Araucariana 1: 1). 19673; Moldenke, Phytologia 1): 18. 1967; An- gely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 836 & xi, map 1387. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 157, 183, 187, 189, & 199 (1971) and 2: 545, 567, & 895. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229. 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 335, 30, & 410. 1973 Mol- denke, Phytologia 30: 263 & h79 (1973) and 39: 180. 1978. Recent collectors describe this species as an herb or shrub, 70 cm. tall, the stems 1 or a few, rising from a thick root or xylopodium, and have encountered it on campos, high or dry campos, rocky campos, campo limpo, cerrado and burned-over cerrado, at lakesides, along campo roadsides "where sods have been cut", burn- ed roadsides, and in ruderal grassland on hills, at altitudes of 800=-1000 m., flowering from September to December as well as in March and April, fruiting in October. Lindeman & Haas found it growing "on campo near border of planalto". Arbo and his associ- ates encountered it on "taipas". Irwin & Soderstrom refer to it as "locally common", The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Arbo & al. 1000, 16661, Kummrow 2 & 637, Lima & al. ICN.20990, Quarin & al. 2712, and Schinini 87268, "yellow (5Yb/12)" on Lindeman & Haas 20, "golden-yellow" on Lourteig 1909, "inside yellow (2 1/2¥8/10), outside pale (2 1/2 Y8/12) on Lindeman & Haas 2528, "yellow, red- orange at center” on Irwin & Soderstrom 7290, "amarillas y roji- zas" on Krapovickas & al. 26396, "orange" on Schwarz 6022, and "orange (10YR7/10)" on Lindeman & Haas 2h61. Angely (1971) records this species from Parand, Rio Grande do Sul, Santa Catarina, and S#o Paulo, Brazil -- his work bears the incorrect titlepage date of "1970". Briquet (190) appears to list as synonyms of L. turnerifolia Cham. the L. turneraefolia Chod. and L. turnerifolia Chod., but I relegate both of these homonyms to the synonymy of L. tristis Briq. Troncoso (197) makes L. turnerifolia the type species of a Section Dioicolippia Troncoso. She cites Dombrowski 1967 from Paran4, Brazil, and Cano & HernAndez 616 from Corrientes, Argen- tina, both in the San Isidro herbarium. Hatschbach & Scherer 30L03 is a mixture with L. asperrima Cham. Material of L. turnerifolia has been misidentified and distrib- uted in some herbaria as L. morongii Kuntze. On the other hand, the Herter 989 [Herb. Herter 82591], distributed as L. turnerifol- 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 79 ia, actually is L. morongii Kuntze. ” additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Hatschbach & Kummrow 34963 (Ld); Irwin & Soderstrom 7290 (N, N, N). Ma Mato Grosso: Hatschbach & Sche: Scherer 30403 in part (Ld, ean Parand: Hatschbach 1713 (Ld), 30636 (Ld), 32731 (Ld), 33436 (Ac), 3357 (Gz), 39173 ; (Ld); Jonsson on 35a (Mu) ; Kummrow 2 (Kh), 637 (Ld); Lindeman & | & Haas 20 . (Ld), 2h61 (Ut—320])2h)) , 2528 (La), > 3251¢ (Ut--320N1); V: Van n der Veen 31 31 (Ut--320h19). “Rio Grande do Sul: Lima, Vianna, Irgang, & Fe: Ferreira ICN.20990 (Ut--320l)2) ; Rambo 53437 (B); Si Sellow s.n. [Brasilia, 17.9.1828; Macbride photos 34333] (W—photo of type). PARAGUAY: Lourteig 1909 (N); Woolston 130 (N). ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Arbo, Schinini, Ahumada, 0. de Coll, & Vanni 1000 (Ac), 1061 (Ld); Kra vickes, Gr ctenal Arbo, Warufak, Marufiak, & Trigoyen 16661 16661 (Ws); Quarfn, Schinini, "& Gon Gon- zdlez 2 272 2 (Ld); Schinini 8728 8 (Ld). Misiones: Krapovickas h Cristébal, Marufiak, Pire, & & Tressens 15282 (Ld); Montes 11,869 (Au—271296, Ld, N Ld, N, #2656008); Sch Schwindt indt 189 (MN); G. J G. J. Schwarz 586 (1), 6022 (N). LIPPIA TURNERIFOLIA var. ANGUSTA Kuntze Additional & emended bibliography: Briq. in Chod. & Hassl., Pl. Hassler. 2: 49). 190); Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 29--31. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 187 (1971) and 2: 567 & 895. 1971. The corollas on Schinini 1,307 are said to have been "yellow- orange" when fresh and this collector found the plant in flower in March. Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Schinini 307 (Z). LIPPIA TURNERIFOLIA var. SESSILIFOLIA Moldenke Synonymy: Lippia turnerfolia var. sessilifolia Moldenke, Lloydia 13: 22), sphalm. 1950. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 31.1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 157 (1971) and 2: 567 & 895. 1971. LIPPIA UKAMBENSIS Vatke Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.= Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 278 & 281. 1900; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees 588. 1961; J. A. Hutchins., Journ. Tangan. Soc. 64: 105. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 09 & )18—~)19. 1967; Glover, Stew- art, Fumerton, Marindany, & Andersen, Gloss. Botan.—Kipsig. Names 160° & 256. 19695 Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 237 & 21 (1971) and 2: 895. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 39: 106 & 395. 1978. Recent collectors describe this species as an upright branched shrub, 6—8 feet tall, "coppice-growing", the sap colorless, the flower-heads “yellow-greenish", the flowers not fragrant, and have found it growing along forest roadsides and in riverside thickets on black loam soil, at altitudes of 4500—5375 feet, flowering in November. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Tanner 1862. The vernacular name, "mmokyot", is recorded for it [as it 80 PRET Di Ooh ek Vol. 40, Now 1 is also for L. javanica (Burm. f.) Spreng.] by Glover and his as- sociates (1969). Baker (1900) cites only the type collection, Hildebrandt 2739, from what was then British East Africa. Dale & Greenway (1961) reduce both L. kituiensis Vatke and L. schliebeni Moldenke to synonymy here, a disposition with which I do not concur. Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Tanner R.T.1862 (Ba, N). KENYA: Perdue & Kibuwa 8033 (Mu). LIPPIA UMBELLATA Cav. Additional bibliography: Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 352. 1819; Schau., Linnaea 20: 80. 1817; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266. 1858; Goyena, Fl. Nicarag. 1: 561. 1911; Roys, Ethno-bot, Maya [Tulane Univ. Mid. Am. Res. Ser. Publ. 2:] 296 & 322. 19313 M. Martinez, Pl. Medic. Mex., ed. 1, 42) & 621 (1933) and ed. 2, 26 & 608. 1939; Cummins, Lloydia 3: 16. 190; Gémez Pompa, Estud. Bot. Reg. Misantla 93. 1966; Rzedowski & McVaugh, Contrib. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 70 & 107. 1966; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 7: 7190 (1966) and 48: 87). 1967; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. All: 10) & 50k. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 1h: 19. 1967; Hocking, Pharmaceut. Ab= str. 9 (3): no. 1067. 1968; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 9: 199. 1968; Palacios Ch., Anal. Esc. Nac. Cienc. Biol. 16: 89, fig. 285 & 286. 1968; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 2, 315. 1968; Harley & Kunimoto, Bull. Entomol. Res. 58: 787-792. 1969; M. Martinez, Pl. Medic. Mex., ed. 5, 460 & 639. 1969; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 123. 1969; "E. M. D.", Biol. Abstr. 51: 1076. 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2h (9): 216. 1970; J. Rzedowski, Anal. Esc. Nac. Cienc. Biol. 18: 94 & 97. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 72 (1971) and 2: 5h3, 563, & 895. 1971; Altschul, Drugs & Foods 2h);. 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 339 & 410. 1974; Hinton & Rzedowski, Anal. Esc. Nac. Cienc. Biol. 21: 75. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 38: 75 & 477 (1978) and 39: 253, 256, & hh2. 1978. Additional illustrations: Palacios Ch., Anal. Esc. Nac. Cienc. Biol. 16: fig. 285 & 286. 1968. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 2—l m. tall, or a small tree, 6--8 m. tall, aromatic, the trunk to 7 cm. in di- ameter, the leaves aromatic, and the flowers small, in heads, with the odor of menthol, and have found it growing in mesophytic, pine, or oak woods, oak-pine forests, disturbed oak woods, pine-fir for- ests, Cupressus—Quercus or Quercus—Liquidambar woods, woods of Quercus and Arbutus, and on basaltic slopes with mesophytic oak veg= etation, at altitudes of 2025-2850 m., flowering from October to February, fruiting in January, February, October, and November. McVaugh refers to it as "scarce in pine forests mostly on rolling summits with pine, fir, and oak on the precipitous slopes". Rze- dowski encountered it on "ladera tobosa con vegetacién de encinar". The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Palacios s.n. and on Rzedowski 26935 & 28020, "yellowish" on Rzedowski 26156 & 28722, "greenish~yellow" on Hinton 15706, “yellow or fawn" on Hin- ton 13550, "yellow-green or white" on Hinton 11910, and "greenish" | 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 81 on McVaugh 26122. Common names reported by recent collectors are "cominos rusticos", "hierba de mula", "hierba de la mila", "juanislama del monte", "nacare", "old-woman's staff", "salvia", "salvia poblana", "tabaquillo", "tobaquillo", "toposana", "topozana", "xolte nuc", "xolte-xnuk", "xolté-x-nuc", and "yerba de Santa Gertrude". Troncoso (197) makes L. umbellata the type species of Section Rhodolippia Schau., a section of 9 or 10 species which she char= acterizes as having "Cabezuelas 'lupulinas', por lo general glo- bosas. Br&cteas grandes, anchamente ovales o redondeado-cordadas, membrandceas, coloreadas, venoso-reticuladas, que cubren y ocul- tan las corolas". The included species are found from Mexico to Brazil, principally in Brazil. Palacios (1968) describes the pollen as follows: "Granos: tricolporados, tectados, subprolatos o esferoidales, de 31 (37) 39 m x 31 (3h) 38 mu. Vista polar inter—hexagonal, con un dian- etro de 31 (36) 39 m. Exina: 2.5 mu de grosor; elementos de la columela imperceptibles, superficie psilada. Surcos: de 18 (22) 25 mu de longitud x 2.5 m de fisura, con terminaciones agudas y constrefiidos en el ecuador. Surcos Transversales: de 17 m de largo x 2.5 m de fisura, con terminaciones agudas y situados en el centro de los colpas." Uphof (1968) regards L. substrigosa Turez., L. pringlei Briq., and L. chiapasensis Loes. as synonyms of L. umbellata, but I re- gard them all as abundantly distinct taxa. Cummins (190) records the fungus, Prospodium lippiae (Speg.) Arth., as attacking Lippia umbellata in Guatemala, based on Holway 554. The beetle, Plagio- hamms spinipennis (Thoms.), is also said to feed on it. Gibson (1970) comnenta: Lippia umbellata, which has been poorly under- stood and which probably includes L. pringlei Briq., was original- ly described (Cav. Icon. Pl. 2: 75, t. 194. 1792) as having 'flores umbellati, umbellis pluribus axillaribus in ramorum summitatibus' and the illustration clearly shows primary peduncles with several 'rays' forming definite dichasia. I have seen no material of L. umbellata nor the closely related L. pringlei from either Guatema- la or Chiapas." Actually, most of the material now regarded as true L. umbellata does not show branched or dichasial inflores- censes. Altschul (1973) reports a decoction made from L. umbellata is used to treat rheumatism, while Martinez (1969) says that in Duran- go it is used to treat colic. Roys (1931) says: "L. umbellata is a shrub or tree, reported from Izamal as 10 feet high. The flowers are yellowish, turning red.....With it they cure night-fevers, es- pecially in the case of babies....The Maya text prescribes an infus- ion of the crushed leaves as a remedy for dysentery accompanied by mucus or pus in the stools." The Stern, Eyde, & Ayensu 1722 [wood voucher USw.33585], dis- tributed as | yer umbellata, actually is L. americana f. pilosa Mol- denke, while H Hinton 12918 is L. callicarpaefolia H H.B.K.5 Heyde & 82 PHY O.4 OT & Vol. 0, No.1 SS ns came aaaanamal? cephala var. hypoleia (Briq. ) Moldenke; Cummins ns 70-220H, Ernst 24h6, 2476, & 2558, Herb. Zuccarini s.n. ~{h. Noi Monac. 1836), s.n SMe {Hortus bot. lionacensis], & SoM. [Hortus Monac. anno 185], “Hin- ton 1299 & 1361), Karwinski s.n. [Hab. in Mexico], Kruse ae Kummer s. s.n. (Hort. Monac. 1839.36 3.1], T. MacDougall H 628k, Je Ge Ortega 5707 & 6548, K. Reiche 1029, Fa Rzedowski 19280, and | Smith 193 are sat pringlei Briq.; He Heyde & & Lux 302 & 4389, J. D. Smith 1888, Tiirckheim 811, and Webster, Adams, Miller, & Miller 11821 are are L, substrig substrigosa T Turcz.5; and Pittier & & Tonduz 1700 and S and Stern, Byde, | & Ayensu 1997 [wood voucher USw.33769] are 1s torresii Standl. Additional citations: MEXICO: Federal District: Bourgeau 968 (Mi, N, S, W-~256645); J. Rzedowski 21961 (Au--2),9300, Ip). Jal- isco: Re McVaugh 10070 10070 (Au—236037, Ld, N), 26122 (Mi). México: J. Rzedowski 26456 (Ld (Ld, Mi, Ws), 28020 (Ld, Mi, Mi, N), 28722 (Au-= 3037 20, Mi). Tideheapkat Hinton 11910 (Se—97681, Tu-=112038) , 12791 (Se--37682) , 13550 (Se—97680, 680, Tu—112096) , 15706 (Se-— 97686, Tu--112088); King King & Soderstrom 5161 (Au--207071) ; Pri 3948 (Ld, Ms—30883, Mu--3800, Tu--98615). Morelos: Lyonnet 5127 (W—26 36379) ; Palacios s.n. [17/%/196h1] (Ip, Ip), sen. (1)/x1/ 1964] (Ip, Ws); J. Rzedowski 26935 (Mi). LIPPIA VELUTINA Schau. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: hig. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 187 (1971) and’2: 560 & 895. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 39: 261, 263, & 455. 1978. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 1-2 m, tall, and have found it growing along roadsides and the margins of gal= lery woods, at 1200--150 m. altitude, flowering in February, Ap- ril, and November. Anderson encountered it at the edge of the forest in an area of gallery forest, adjacent sedge meadows and "campo sujo" with rocky campo on the higher drier slopes. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Anderson 811, "whitish" on Hatschbach & Pelanda 27828, and "cream, the tube yellow" on Irwin & al. 20687. The Philcox & Freeman 736, Ratter, Bertoldo, Castro, Santos, & Souza R.90), and Ratter, Santos, Souza, & Fereira R.1357, dis- tributed as L. velutina, actually are L. obscura Briq. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goi4s: J. E. Pohl s.n. [in Bras- ilia] (Mu—-16--cotype). Mato Grosso: Silva | Manso sn. [Morro do Ernesto; Herb. Martius 102); Macbride photos 7861 & 24676) (Mu— 145—cotype, Z—cotype). Minas Gerais: W. R. Anderson 8411 (Ld, N)3 Hatschbach & Pelanda 27828 (Ld); Irwin, “Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20687 (N, zy 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 83 LIPPIA VERNONIOIDES Chan. Emended synonymy: Lippia hirsuta var. vernonioides (Cham.) Kuntze apud R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18: 170. 1958. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266. 1858; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18): 170. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 19. 1967; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 836 & xi. 19713 Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 157, 183, & 387 (1971) and 2: 551, 552, 556, & 895. 19713 Moldenke Phytologia 27: 67. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 3780. 197h; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 439, 0, & 459. 1973; Troncoso, Darwin= jana 18: 338 & 410. 197). Close inspection of the material presently passing as L. ver- nonioides reveals that two taxa are involved. In the typical form of the species the pubescence is persistently divergently stiff- hirsute, while in var. attenuata (Mart.) Moldenke it is more or less appressed and usually shorter. I have re-examined and re~ annotated the material in the New York herbarium (including the Columbia University, Princeton University, and College of Pharma- cy herbaria), but that in other herbaria remains to be re-examin- ed. Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb or subshrub, 0.5--2 m. tall, erect, the inflorescences or heads white or greenish-white, and have found it growing on grassy campos and in gallery forests, at altitudes of 00--900 m., flowering from April to July, fruiting from April to June. Hatschbach encoun- tered it on "campo cerrado encosta rochosa de morro", while Irwin and his associates report it from "cerrado with 'cascalho' soil". Troncoso (197)) makes this species the lectotype of Subsection Paniculatae (Schau.) Briq. in Series Paniculatae Schau., charac terizing the subsection as having "Cabezuelas subglobosas pedun= culadas, agrupadas en inflorescencias terminales racimoso- paniculadas." Angely (1971) records the species from Par&, Maranh%o, Mato Grosso, Goids, Minas Gerais, and S#o Paulo, but all of the mater- ial which I have re-examined from Par& and Maranhfo proves to be var. attenuata. As stated under other taxa in this series, his book is misdated "1970" on its titlepage. The corollas of L. vernonioides are said to have been "white" with yellow center" on Steinbach 7027, "white, yellow on inside of tube" on Hatschbach 31969, and "whitish, interior of tube yel- low" on Hatschbach 32062. The following collections, distributed as L. vernonioides and 8h P’E-Y..T: 0:4. 0.6, 2°A Vol. 40, Now 1 2709, sen., & Com. Rondon 130, Hoehne & Gehrt s.n, [Turvo, April 2h, 2h, 1926), Hunt 550, Hun Hunt -&R Ramos 550, Irwin, Souza, Grear, & Reis dos Santos 17537, Kie Kiehl SNe, Kuntze Sone (Velasco, VII VII .92] & Sen. [Yapacani, 6.9 6.92], Macedo do 2288, Martius ius 87 & 22h, Mendes Magalh%es 19025, Mosén L319, Murga Pires 2361, Murga Pires & Black 2116, 2319, & 2361, Paredo sen. [6—XII-196], Riedel & Lund 2073, Rusby 926 & 927, and Steinbach ach 5581. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: 1 Irwin, Souza, Grear, & Reis dos Santos 1792) (Ac, N). Mato Grosso: aaor Pancha h 31969 (Z), 34,730 y (Ld) ; Hatschbach & Guleerees 21895 (Ac); Irwin, Souza, | Grear, R.1588 (N). BOLIVIA: Santa Cruz: uzi Je "Steinbach 7027 ’ (E9368) « LIPPIA VERNONIOIDES var. ATTENUATA (Mart.) Moldenke, Phytologia 212 Ot =,3 9130 Synonymy: Lippia attenmmata Mart., Flora 21, Beibl. 2: 59. 1838. Lippia hirsuta f. latifolia Kuntze ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 10, in syn. 1965. Lippia hirsuta var. vernonioides f. latifolia Kuntze, in herb. Bibliography: Mart., Flora 21, Beibl. 2: 59. 1838; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 589. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 265. 1858; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 95 (189), imp. 2, 2: 95 (1946), and imp. 3, 2: 95. 19603 Moldenke, Phytologia 273 "67. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 3780. 197; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 39, ho, & 459. 197). This variety, only recently recognized as such, differs from the typical form of the species in having the pubescence on its stems and branches more or less appressed and usually shorter, not long and persistently divergently stiff-hirsute. The original description by Martius (1838) is: "caule tetragono suffruticoso, strigilloso; foliis lato-lanceolatis vel oblongis in petiolos cuneato-attenuatis, antice serratis, postice integerrimis, supra hirsuto-asperis, subtus villoso-tomentosis, subincanis; spi- cis cylindricis in pedunculis alaribus, vel terminalibus dichotomo- paniculatis, bracteis obovato-rhombeis acutis dorso hirsuto-= incanis. Crescit prope Cujab&4. Majo floret." In my previous publications on this genus I included this taxon in typical L. vernonioides Cham., but more recent study persuades me of its distinctness and worthiness of nomenclatural status. The type of the variety actually is Martius 87 [22h] in the Munich herbarium. Kuntze's L. hirsuta f. latifolia as well as his L. hirsuta var. vernonioides f. latifolia are based on his collection made at 00 meters altitude at Yapacani, Santa Cruz, Bolivia, in 1892, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. According to notes in his own handwriting on the label he planned to characterize f. latifolia as having "fol- iis caulinis 1: 2—3" and f. longifolia [typical L. vernonioides] as having "foliis caulinis 1: 1/2". 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 85 Recent collectors describe var. attenuata as an herb, subshrub, or shrub, 0.5—3 m. tall, the tips of the bracts brown, and have found it growing in open grassy soil, on campos, campo cerrado, campo limpo, and among stones on high campos, at altitudes of 80— 1000 meters, flowering and fruiting from April to June, as well as in October and December, The corollas are said to have been "white" on Duarte 78, Gehrt s.n., Hoehne s.n. & Com. Rondon 1304, Hoehne & Gehrt s. SMe, Kuntze s.n., Murca Pires & Black 21h6, 2319, & 2361, “and Steinbach 5581, Mwhite, thr throat yellow, ma mauve in age" on Hunt & Ramos 55)0, "white, rose ead yellow in center" on Macedo 2288, *. "yellowish-white" on Mendes Magalh&es 19025, "pale-lilac"™ on Oi Betaehbadh & Ahumada 31228, and "lavender" on Irwin & al. 17537, while on W. Hoehne 2709 2709 a is stated "inflorescencia amarelada", Material of this taxon has in the past been unifomly distribu- ted as L. vernonioides Cham. or as Lantana sp. Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Irwin, Souza, Grear, & Reis dos San- tos 17537 (Ac, N); ase Pires & Ss & Black ck 2361 _@). Maranhfo: | Murga IT SR a | terete aa 5510 ae ae qe Martius 87 [22h] ans ahora of isotype, Mu--1)7—type, N--photo of isotype, Si—photo of isotype, Z—photo of isotype). Minas Gerais: Duarte 778 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 5883] (N); Hatschbach & Ahumada 31228 (Ld, N, N, W— 2706089); Hoehne & Gehrt s.n. [Turvo, April 2h, 1926] (N, Sp— 17475); Macedo 2288 (N); Mendes Magalh&es 19025 [Herb. Brad. 28163] (N); Mosén 4319 (N, S). Para: Murca Pires 2361 (N); Pin- heiro & Carvalho alho 498 98 (Ld). So Paulo: Gehrt s.n. SN. [Itarapina, _ April 30, 1923] (N, Sp--8351); F. C. Hoehne s.n. n. (Mogy-mirim, May et, 1927] (N, N, Sp—2011); W. Hoehne Hoehne 2709 (Bh, It, ML, N, Qu, . W); Kiehl s.n. (Herb. Inst. Agr. Est. S. Paulo 3761] (N, Sp-- 41982) ; Riedel & L & Lund 2073 (N). BOLIVIA: El Beni: H. H. Rusby 927 in part (C, N, Pa, Pa, Pr). La Pag: H. H. Rusby 926 (C). Santa Cruz: M. Gendenas’ 1936 (N), 2028 (N); Ki Kuntze Son. [ Velasco, MAL 92) (N, N, W—701988) , S.n. [Yapacani, 6.92] (N)5 Peredo sen. [6- XII-191)6] (N, S)3 J. Steinbach 5581 (N, Ug). LIPPIA VILLAFLORIDANA Kuntze Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 7: 7190 & 84.71. 1966; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 167--169. 1966; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.1ll: 10). 1967; Hocking, Pharmaceut. Abstr. 9 (3): no. 1067. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 157, 187, & 189 (1971) and 2: 55h, 568, & 895. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 335, 30, & 10. 197; Moldenke, Phytologia 38: 80. 1978. Troncoso * (97h) says that "las especies de esta nueva seccién Dioicolippia, fueron segregadas de la seccién Z Zapania, series Axilliflorae y Paniculatae, del sistema de Schauer. [to be continued] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L,. Moldenke "ADVANCES IN BOTANICAL RESEARCH Volume " edited by R. D. Preston & H. W. Woolhouse, xi & 0 pp., 69 b/w fig. & 20 tab. Aca- demic Press, Ltd., New York, N. Y. 10003 & London NW1 7D70. 1977. $32.85 or £16.80. The book is composed of four important papers: (1) Callow's "Lectins in Host-Parasite Interactions" proposing that an aviru- lent fungal race will differ from its virulent counterpart in that a surface-localised lectin becomes modified so that it is now recognized as a parasite by the products of the host resistance genes or sensors, (2) John and Whatley's "Paracoccus denitrificans as a Mitochondrion", the best candidate among any other known bacteria as the closest existing free-living relative of the pro= karyote which, on entering the protoeukaryote, evolved into the present-day mitochondrion, an endosymbiont, (3) Cowan's "Stomata Behaviour and Environment" as gas-exchange elements in a system of interacting loops, and (4) Lovis' "Evolutionary Patterns and Processes in Ferns" from paleontological, cytological, polyploidal and distributional information. The statement that "Probably no special meiotic system exists in ferns" is very interesting. "CHROMOSOME IDENTIFICATION — Technique and Applications in Biol= ogy and Medicine" edited by Torbjorn Caspersson & Lore Zech, 355 pp., 281 b/w fig., 8 b/w tab. Academic Press, London & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1973. $28.50. Herein are the condensed proceedings of the 23rd Nobel Sympos- ium convened at the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, September 1972. These 50 papers by 75 authors are still currently important and deal with the cytochemistry and nature of fluorescence, Giemsa, C-band, R-band and other banding techniques in chromosomes and their applications in human-other animal somatic cell hybridi- zations, human male sterility, trisomy-8, children with mental re- tardation, etc. Concise discussions after certain papers and a sume marizing conclusion add much that is helpful. "BIOCHEMISTRY" by Lubert Stryer, xiv & 877 pp., 626 (b/w & color) fig. & 55 tab. W. H. Freeman & Company, Reading, @ngland RG1 3AA & San Francisco, California 910). 1975. $19.95. This excellent text was gestated in Stanford and Yale Universi- ties classes of undergraduates, graduates and medical students. There are simpler texts but not clearer ones; there are more ad- 1978 Moldenke, Book reviews 87 vanced ones that could benefit from this one's clarity. It is organized around five major themes: (1) conformation of 3-dimen- sional structure of proteins and their biological activity, (2) generation and storage of metabolic energy, (3) biosynthesis of macromolecular precursors, () genetic information storage, transmission and expression, and (5) interactions of information, conformation and metabolism in molecular physiological processes. At the end of most of the 35 chapters there is a summary, an an=- notated list of selected readings and a set of problems. Answers to them, often in shortened form, appear in the back of the book. "DEVELOPMENTAL SYSTEMS: Insects. Volume 2" edited by S. J. Counce & C. H. Waddington, xiii & 615 pp., 127 b/w fig. & 21 b/w tab. Academic Press, Inc., Publishers, London NW1 7DX & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1973. $27.50. This excellent study consists of five papers that stress the basic principles, biochemical steps and developmental aberrations and normalcies rather than just an entomological orientation. Each paper is well prepared, well presented and well documented bibliographically. The first one, by the first editor, is on "The Causal Analysis of Insect Embryogenesis". Following this are "The Development of Spatial Patterns in the Integument", "The Imaginal Discs of Drosophila", "The Role of Hormones in Insect Development" involving each step in the molting sequence and con= comitant polymorphism, and "The Morphogenesis of Patterns in Drosophila" by the second editor as in reference to the scutellar bristle pattern. This book is planned for advanced level stu- dents, researchers, teachers, etc. "BIOLOGICAL CONTROL OF PLANT PATHOGENS" by Kenneth F. Baker & R. James Cook, xv & 431 pp., 56 b/w fig. & 2 b/w tab. W. H. Freeman & Company, San Francisco, California 910) & Reading, England RGl 3AA. 197). $12.50. This book is one in a series on the Biology of Plant Pathogens edited by Kelman & Sequeira. It is so directly and clearly writ- ten that it makes an excellent text for undergraduate agriculture students and for individual study. Its emphasis and orientation are also assets: "The biological world is a vast interesting net- work of living populations in a state of dynamic equilibrium..... [where] the individual species follow their normal cyclic changes eeeeeWithout significant effect on the whole network, because compensating changes in other components maintain the balanceeee. in accord with thermodynamic laws....and long evolutionary adjust- ment." The role of such "antagonists in biological control of plant pathogens as bacteria, actinomycetes, fungi, viruses, higher plants, and predatory microfauna such as protozoa, nematodes, ro- tifers, collembola, and mites" is effectively explained. 88 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 1 "AN INTRODUCTION TO GENETIC ANALYSIS" by David T. Suzuki & Anthony J. F. Griffiths, xii & 68 pp, 383 b/w illus. W. H. Freeman & Company, San Francisco, California 9410). 1976. $13.95. Designed for an introductory semester course in college genet ics, written in informal style, oriented to problem solvings, and provided with page-flipping animations sequences, this is an in- terestingly different text. It is evident that the authors are dedicated successful teachers who must imbue a goodly number of their students with the scientific, educational, social and polit- ical significances of their subject matter. Minor criticism involves problems in which white-flowered plants are called white plants, in which the practical solution would involve the destruction of the only possible voucher speci- men, etc. "IMMUNOLOGY — Readings from Scientific American" edited by F. M. Burnet, x & 275 pp., 135 color & 115 b/w illus. W. H. Free- man & Company, San Francisco, California 910). 1976. $7.00 soft cover & $1.00 hardcover. This book, like previous volumes in this excellent series, pro- vides another topical arrangement that is very well developed and illustrated. Most of the papers date from during the past 20 years because they refer to the modern molecular/biophysical/bio~ chemical concepts of immnity. Sir Macfarlane Burnet has provided a preface, an epilogue and other notes indicating the scope of this immunology field today. The only drawback of this volume is the poorer quality paper upon which it is printed, especially effecting the printed photo- graphs. The many thousands of readers who have and will peruse both the magazine articles and this book will notice the differ- ence immediately. "THE SCULPTURE OF LIFE" by Ernest Borek, xiv & 181 pp., 27 b/w & 2 color illus. Columbia University Press, London & New York, N. Y. 10025. 1973. $2.95 paperbound, $10.00 clothbound. Borek, molecular biologist/professor and charmer/exciter with words and ideas, gives this interim report from the laboratory on work that is just emerging and of "what is known and not known a= bout normal regulation and its derangements which result in the monstrous growths known collectively as cancer". "Yan's brain, that unique product of Evolution, may yet achieve its supreme goal: the improvement of the frail, disease-ridden body in which it is housed.....Many techniques are at hand and new ones are constantly being perfected....It would be probably less than one-tenth of the cost of preparations aimed at destroying man, body, brains and all...Until sentient man approved, the splendors of Evolution were lost for want of an appreciative witness." PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication yol. 40 August 1978 No. 2 CONTENTS far -FAASEN, P., Crossing studies in Guardiola (Compositae)......... 89 1 t JOHN, H., Novelties in Clermontia and Cyanea (Lobeliaceae). q TERY IGUIE SIUC TF 65 8. ye a8 Wiehe + Soca) mse Co 97 | cA APLIGIL, B., Past and present pines of Turkey ........0.00005 99 AOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Lippia. XIIJ....... 200 M OLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Aegiphila. XXIV ... 205 . M0 NRT we TODA PEVIEWS. 5. 9.46054! 5 bod cigho Vk le ace en 00hew eleva 236 LIBRARY AUG 1 6 1978 ] NEW YORK } BOTANICAL GARDEN Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 4 303 Parkside Road 4 Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 - U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; per volume $9.75 in advance or 10.50 after close of the volume; 75 cents extra to all foreign addresses; 512 pages constitute a full volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number. Subscriptions accepted A by volume only. ad ‘ i $4 he « CROSSING STUDIES IN GUARDIOLA (COMPOSITAE) Paul Van Faasen Hope College Holland, Michigan 49423 Eleven of the twelve Guardiola species are closely related epap- pose species with opposite-leaved annual herbaceous stems produced from a perennial woody caudex. They are distributed in the western mountains of Mexico. Few qualitative characters are present in the heads, so the species are distinguished primarily on the basis of vegetative characters. The twelfth species (G. pappifera) is a pap- pose, lowland, herbaceous annual readily distinguished from the other species. METHODS. Seven perennial species are represented in this study. Specimens of G. arguta did not flower so were not available for con- trolled laboratory experiments. The other four species (G. papptfera, G. carinata, G. odontophylla, and G. odontophylla) are known only by a total of six collections in various herbaria. I did not collect any of the four. The plants used in this study were grown from field-collected seeds. The Guardiola achene has a very hard seed coat, and this com- bined with waterproofing properties of the seed coat and inner mem- branes retards the germination process. To obtain a rapid and high percentage of germination, achenes were placed on damp blotters in petri dishes and maintained in a warm (75-80°F), dark chamber for 2 or 3 days. After this time the seed coat and inner membranes were dissected from the embryo proper, and the excised embryo was returned to the incubation chamber. The embryos grew rapidly, and after 2-3 days the resulting seedlings were large enough to be planted in indi- vidual pots. Seedlings were maintained in the growth chamber until the stems were approximately 10 cm high, and then were transferred to the greenhouse. They were maintained in the greenhouse until buds formed, when they were returned to the laboratory for experimen- tal procedures. Guardiola ray florets, with only rare exceptions, are pistillate, the disk florets are staminate, and the plants were found to be com- pletely self-incompatible. Therefore, emasculation was not necessary prior to hand pollination of the ray florets. Hand pollination was necessary because each head bears only 1-5 ray florets, so it was important to be sure that pollination had been accomplished, and to be as thrifty as possible in making crosses. At anthesis a disk floret was removed from a head with forceps; then under a dissecting microscope, the pollen was applied directly to stigmatic surfaces of the ray florets. This technique made possible the use of several disk florets of a head in different crosses. The heads were tagged and allowed to mature in the growth chamber or in the laboratory if the plants were too large for the growth chambers. Mature heads were 89 90 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 harvested and the achenes removed and germinated according to the procedures outlined above. Production of a full-sized, apparently mature, fertile achene following hand pollination was considered a successful crossing at- tempt. Plants grown from seeds of these crosses were compared to parent plants. Data for the crossing attempts are summarized in Table 1 and illustrated in Figure 1. As an additional check on fertility of the parent plants, the offspring which did flower, and of some dried specimens, pollen stainability with cotton blue in lactophenol was investigated. Pollen stainability among the individual Pj plants with two excep- tions, viz. 78.6% and 83.7%, varied from 90.5% to 99.3%. Of the progeny from intraspecific matings only five plants flowered. These had 71.1%, 87.9%, 92.9%, 95.9%, and 98.1% stainable pollen. Four progeny from the interspecific matings flowered and had ° 95.2%, 97.8%, 97.9%, and 98.0% stainable pollen. OBSERVATIONS. Usually the ray florets emerged from the bud a day or two prior to the emergence of the disk florets. However, in Many instances, apparently normal disk florets occupied the position of one or more ray florets in the outer ring of flowers and emerged with the ray florets. The ray floret style with its two stigmatic branches is erect and white when receptive to pollen and will remain thus for about a week if not pollinated. If, however, the ray florets are pollinated with viable, compatible pollen, one can see a yellowing of the style begin to occur in about 6-10 hours (or in one case 3 1/2 hours) after pollination. After 24 hours the style and stigma are brown, withered, and withdrawn to the mouth of the tube of the ray corolla. If pollen used for the pollination is either incompatible or no longer viable, the ray stigma remains white and erect. Thus, about 24 hours after pollination I could read the previous day's crosses as to "'take" or "no take''’. During the time I read this reaction to determine if it was more than coincidence, the reading of the reaction was correct in 196 of 232 instances (84.4%), establishing the generalization that the success of a cross can be determined after 24 hours. The majority of the incorrect determinations of crossing success were in cases where seeds were set subsequent to a "no take" reading. In nature insects (We noticed primarily small Diptera on Guardiola heads.) pollinate the ray florets with pollen from the disk florets which bloom several days after the ray florets open. The in- sects may be attracted to the plants by the copious nectar produced by the very large nectaries of the disk florets. 1978 Van Faasen, Crossing studies in Guardiola 91 Table 1. Summary of crosses attempted in Guardiola. Pollen Parent Seed Parent angustifolia thompsonit tulocarpus Successes G. G. angustifolia 0:2 0:2 0:1 0:9 G. mexicana 32:56(10) 10:15 20:27 87:135 G. platyphylla S27. Bz 4:5 24:36 G. roset 3:4 8:20(5) 2:5 26:47 G. rotundifolia 2 fy) 1:4 7:16 G. thompsonii 8:8 6:6 6:8 28:37 G. tulocarpus 13:24 10:30(11) | 41:81 Successes 213:361 *0:2(2) is read as no successes in 2 attempts with 2 of the attempts being selfs. Total successes, all attempts 213:361 59.0% Successes excluding 39 selfs 213:322 66.1% Successes of interspecific attempts 156:231 67.5% Successes of intraspecific attempts excluding selfs 57:91 62.6% ss se OC He N OO a =-—_ 8 CO CH NSN Narrow-leaved Seed Parent ooo coco oc © Summary of time required for maturation of seeds in Broad- leaved Seed Parent Guardiola. Table 2. 92 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 G thompsonii es Figure 1. Experimental crosses in Guardiola. Heavy lines indicate successful seed set. Broken lines indicate crosses attempted but no seeds set. Figure 2. Experimental crosses using G. mexicana as the seed parent. A typical leaf of the seed parent is in the center of the figure. Typical leaves of pollen parents are around the periphery. Typical leaves of the F, obtained between the parents. Figure 3. Experimental crosses using G. tulocarpus as the seed parent. Van Faasen, Crossing studies in Guardiola 93 1978 Figure 4. Experimental crosses using G. thompsonii as the seed parent. Figure 5. Experimental crosses using G. rosei as the seed parent. Figure 6. Experimental crosses using G. rotundifolia as the seed parent. Figure 7. Experimental crosses using G. platy- phylla as the seed parent. oh PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 The disk florets are touch-sensitive when they mature. When touched, the style emerges a little from the tube formed by the con- nate anthers and carries some pollen out with it. At the same time the floret describes a small circle. Stamen irritability is also reported in Arnica by Vuilleumier (1969) and Small (1915) who state that there are two basic types of stamen irritability. One involves elongation of the style and the second, contraction of the filaments, causes tilting of the floret toward the tactile stimulus. Hoffman (1894) also noted filament irritability in some Cynareae, especially Centaurea, and in Perezia multifloria Less. and Trixts discolor Gill of the Mutisieae. The mechanism involved in Guardiola, whether elon- gation of the style or contraction of the filaments, is not known at this time. However, on occasion it was noted that the style of the ray florets also exhibited this movement. Therefore, it seems likely that stylar elongation, perhaps due to release of tension, is respon- sible for the pushing out of the pollen, and that the circular move- ment of the entire disk floret is due to sequential contraction of the filaments. Thus, when an insect lands on a mature disk floret, presumably to obtain nectar, it touches the style, thus initiating the circular movement of the floret, and a little pollen is pushed out and may be rubbed onto the ventral surface of the insect. When the insect then investigates a ray floret it may transfer the pollen to the ray stigma, thus effecting pollination. The disk floret re- quires about 15-30 minutes to recover from the touch-stimulated move- ment, and may repeat the process. Table 1 shows that of 361 total crosses attempted, 213 or 59% were successful; that is, set seed. There were 39 attempts, none of which were successful, to self plants. If these selfing attempts are removed from the total attempts, then 213 of 322 attempts or 66.1% were successful. The success rates of interspecific (67.5%) and intraspecific (62.6%) were essentially the same. Successful seed set apparently depended on the condition of the plant at the time of pol- lination and on the viability of the pollen used. Guardiola pollen appears to be viable, and sticky, for only two or three days. Some crosses were made deliberately using pollen which was powdery and no longer sticky as it is when fresh. No seeds were set under these circumstances, and it is assumed that the pollen retains its viability for a rather short period of time. Some plants would successfully set seed following pollination with pollen from almost any source and then suddenly stop setting seeds for no apparent reason. Light level may have been important in some circumstances, for I had poor success with plants which were too tall to fit into the growth chamber and were maintained under reduced light conditions. Plants of Guardiola angustifolia were especially problematical because when a budding plant was brought into the laboratory from the greenhouse, the buds would abort before flowering. The time required for maturation of the seeds (from pollination to release of mature seeds) varies considerably; broad-leaved and narrow-leaved species differ (Table 2). When a broad-leaved plant was the seed parent, seed maturation averaged 23.5 days with a median 1978 Van Faasen, Crossing studies in Guardiola 95 of 23.5 days, and a range of 20-28 days. When a narrow-leaved plant was the seed parent, seed maturation averaged 19.5 days with a median of 19 days and a range from the remarkably short time of 9 days to 27 days. Mean maturation time for crosses involving two broad-leaved parents was 23.20 days, while that for two narrow-leaved parents was 18.97 days. A t-test comparison of these means indicates that the difference is highly significant at the 5% confidence level. This data supports the contention of evolutionary divergence of those two species groups. A t-test comparison of the influence of the pollen parent on the mean days required for seed maturation indicated acceptance of the Means as the same at the 5% confidence level when a broad-leaved seed parent is involved and at the 2% confidence level when a narrow- leaved seed parent is involved in the cross. This suggests that the source of the pollen used does not significantly alter the mean days required for seed maturation. Similar comparisons of the influence of the seed parent on the time required for seed maturation indicate highly significant differ- ences at the 5% confidence level for both broad-leaved and narrow- leaved species groups. This suggests a strong seed parent influence on the time required for seed maturation. Success in establishing hybrid plants in nature depends on seed viability, seedling vitality, and ability of the Fj plants to repro- duce. Viability of seeds set in these experiments was 96.1%. The embryo in apparently fertile seeds which did not germinate was either malformed or absent. Approximately 75% of the Fj, seedlings survived at least long enough to produce plants of flowering size. Non-survival of the seedlings was due largely to unknown causes, but also contributing were greenhouse pests which destroyed a number of seedlings, and mal- functioning growth chambers, which on two occasions refrigerated to about 2°C, a temperature below the tolerance limits of some of the seedlings. Very few of the surviving Fj plants, many of which were nine months old, flowered under greenhouse conditions. Under similar con- ditions, plants grown from field-collected seeds flowered in 3 1/2 to 5 months. INTRASPECIFIC MATING ATTEMPTS. Seed set occurred in 62.6% of the intraspecific mating attempts (Table 1). There were successful intra- specific matings within all Guardiola species studied except G. angustifolia in which the few florets available were all used in interspecific mating attempts. 96 Peony T Ob:0'e Ph Vol. hO, No. 2 Seeds produced from the intraspecific matings germinated. The resulting seedlings grew readily to flowering size. As expected, the range of variation of these plants was within the range of varia- tion of these plants was within the range of variation of the parent species. However, only a few buds were produced by these progeny. Some of the buds were sacrificed in order to examine meiosis, in which pairing appeared normal. The rest of the buds were allowed to flower for use in various mating attempts, none of which were suc- cessful. INTERSPECIFIC MATING ATTEMPTS. Interspecific mating attempts were 67.5% successful (Table 1), essentially the same as in the intraspecific matings. There were no successful matings involving G. angustifolia as the seed parent. However, the 60% success rate when G. angustifolia was used as the pollen parent suggests that the problems were physi- cal rather than genetic when G. angusttfolta was used as the seed parent. Otherwise there was no clear pattern of success or failure. Seeds resulting from the various interspecific matings were germinated and grew readily to flowering size. The plants varied, but as expected, were intermediate between the parental species. Figures 2-7 illustrate typical leaves from parent plants used in the crossing experiments and pictorially describe the leaves of the hybrid plants derived from the crosses. Almost none of these plants set flowers, but in those which did, meiotic pairing appeared normal. A few buds were allowed to flower and all mating attempts using them as either pollen or seed parent failed. While the sample is small, it suggests a fertility barrier in the progeny, a barrier which would prevent reproduction by any hybrid plant which might occur in nature and thus support the integrity of the various species. Be- cause of the small sample, further work is necessary in order to make certain that such a reproductive barrier exists and what may be its nature. LITERATURE CITED Hoffmann,O. 1894. Compositae in Engler and Prantl, Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien. 4: 217. Smal1,J. 1915. The pollen-presentation mechanism in the Compositae. Ann.’ Bot: 29:°457 = 470. Vuilleumier, B. S. 1969. The genera of Senecioneae in the south- eastern United States. Jour. Arnold Arb. 50: 104 - 123. NOVELTIES IN CLERMONTIA AND CYANEA (LOBELIACEAE) HAWAIIAN PLANT STUDIES 79 Harold St. John Bishop Museum, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii, 96818, USA. Below are described three new endemic members of the Lobeliaceae in the Hawaiian flora. Clermontia tuberculata Forbes, var. subtuberculata var. nov. Diagnosis Holotypi: A species differt in petiolis laminis et inflorescentiis cum tuberculis minutis et remotis. Diagnosis of Holotype: Differs from C. tuberculata by having the tubercles of petioles, leaf surfaces, and inflorescence sparse and minute. Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, east Maui Island, Hana Forest Reserve, on ridge aboe n. rim of Kipahulu Valley, with Myrsine, Broussaisia, Cyrtandra, Metrosideros, and Cheirodendron, 6,000 ft alt., 29.VI. 1973, Betsy Harrison 289 (BISH). Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, east Maui Island, Hana Forest Reserve, along ridge above n. rim of Kipahulu Valley, with Brousassia, Vaccinium, And echemnodendron,, 5,950, £t alti... Z9-Nai. o7s), Harrison 288 (BISH). Cyanea Grimesiana Gaud., var. Obatae var. nov. |e We |e Diagnosis Holotypi: A specie differt in corollis in alabastris in parte % infera in lineis albi-hirsutulis nuper glabratis, lobis calycis 3-8 mm longis 2-2.5 mm latis integribus acutis eis majoribus planis ligulatis illis minoribus deltoideis. Diagnosis of Holotype: Differing from var. Grimesiana by having the corolla tube in bud white hirsutulous in lines on the lower half, later glabrate; and in the calyx lobes 3-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, entire, acute, the larger ones plane, ligulate, but the smaller ones deltoid. Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Waianae Mts., Kaluaa Gulch, 2,000 ft alt., Nov. 28, 1965 John Obata (BISH). oT 98 PRY T-O: hb. Oe A Vol. 40, No. 2 Discussion: C. Grimesiana Gaud., var. Grimesiana also grows in the Waianae Mts., and commonly in the Koolau Range. It differs from the above variety by having the corolla tube glabrous, and the calyx lobes 15-38 mm long, 5-12 mm wide, lanceolate, with undulate margins. This new variety is dedicated to the collector, John K. Obata (1925- ), science teacher at Kawananakoa School, Honolulu. Cyanea longissima (Rock) comb. nov. CG. scabra Hbd., var. Longissima Kock, Bs. bs Bishop Mus., Mem. 7(2): 259, 1919; E. Wimn., Engler's Pflanzenreich IV, 276b: 66, 1956; St.John, Pacif. Trop: Bot. Gard. ;,"™ Mem: a S425) LOTS Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Maui Island, Honomany ditch trail, swampy shaded woods, Mt. Haleakala, April, 1911, J. F. Rock 8,790 (BISH). Discussions: This plant differs from C. scabra in being unayed throughout; petioles 3-5 cm long, decurrent margined; blades 30-50 cm long, narrowly oblanceolate; peduncle 8-15 mm long; calyx lobes 2-3 mm long, narrowly deltoid, glabrous; corolla glabrous. C. scabra has the stems prickly; petioles 6.2-10 cm long, marginless, with stout prickles; blades 18-34 cm long, elliptic to broadly elliptic oblanceolate; peduncle 1.5-7 cm long, hispid; calyx lobes 4-6 mm long, obovate to oblanceolate, hispid; corolla tube hispid and the lobes muricate. C. longissima, of the wet, north side of Haleakala, is judged to be specifically distinct from C. scabra, of both east and west Maui. C. longissima is known only from the abundant type collection. 2cm Fig. 1. Cyanea Grimesiana Gaud., var. Obatae St. John,.‘calyx, corolia base; x 2. PAST AND PRESENT PINES OF TURKEY* Baki Kasapligil, Biology Department, Mills College, Oakland, Calif. 94613 The genus Pinus L. comprises 66 species according to Shaw (1914), who employed a condensed classification by combining the related taxa, while Gaussen (1960) includes 120 species through a narrower species concept by raising the infraspecific taxa to the species level. Mirov (1967) in his monograph of the genus accepts 105 species, while Little and Critchfield (1969) recog- nize 94 species in the most recent classification of the genus Pinus. According to the distribution maps of the pines of the world by Critchfield and Little, the genus Pinus is distributed throughout the temperate zones of the northern hemisphere, dominating the forest lands more than any other conifer. Pinus merkusii Jungh & de Vriese is the only species of the genus which extends south of the Equator into Sumatra. The highest concentration of species occur in the United States and Mexico, California alone having 19 species. Eurasia is another center of evolution with 34 species. Five distinct species are native to Turkey (Krause 1936, Birand 1952, Kayacik 1954, Davis 1965, Critchfield & Little 1966, Mirov 1967, Little & Critchfield 1969, Karamano§lu, 1976). All five species of the Turkish pines belong to the Diploxylon section of the genus Pinus (Shaw 1914): 1) |-o brutia Ten. = Turkish pine (Turkish name: K1z11¢am) 2) P. halepensis Mill. = Aleppo pine (Turkish name: Halep Cam7) 3) P. nigra Arnold = Austrian pine (Turkish name: Karacam) 4) P. pinea L. = Italian stone pine (Turkish name: Fistik (ami) 5) P. sylvestris L. = Scotch pine (Turkish name: Saricam) The pines are the most dominant conifers of the forested land of Turkey. According to GUniz (1954), the total area of *This research was supported by the grant No. DEB 76-06883 from the National Science Foundation. 99 100 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 the forested land in Turkey is 10.5 million hectares and the share of the pine species of this total area is 38.5%. The total amount of timber produced in Turkey during 1954 (GUniz p. 15) was 1118 360 m? and more than half of this amount was obtained from the various pines (601 854 m3 or nearly 54.5% of total timber produc- tion). The significance of pine products in the Turkish economy and their dendrological and silvicultural aspects have been thoroughly investigated by several Turkish foresters (Yigitoglu 1941, Firat 1942, Oksal 1943, Berkel and Hus 1952, Giilen 1959, Alemdag 1962, Saatgiojlu and Pamay 1962, Selik 1963, Eligin 1971). However, I shall briefly point out the economic uses of the pine species of Turkey in the subsequent section of this paper. I. The extant species of pines in Turkey: 1) Pinus brutia Ten., Prodr. Fl. Nap. I. 22, 1811. P. pityusa Steven in Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. XI. 49, 1838; P. carica Don in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. VII. 459. 1841; P. persica Strangways ex Endlicher, Syn. Conif. 157. 1847; P. eldarica Medwejew in Act. Hort. Tiflis VI - 2, 21, f. 7902) Pinus brutia is a diploxylon pine belonging to the Sylvestres subsection of the section Pinus (Little and Critch- field 1969). It is a two needle pine with light green foliage. The ovoid cones are sessile, reddish brown or grayish brown, several of them forming whorls around the branches, horizontally oriented and not pendent. The Turkish name Kizilcgam (Red pine) refers to the reddish bark of the stems. This pine is primarily an eastern Mediterranean species distributed throughout the coastal Mediterranean zones of Turkey (Kasapligil 1952, Selik 1963, pike 1964). Outside Asia Minor (Anatolia), it also occurs in Cyprus, Crete, Aegean islands, north eastern Greece, as well as in Pitsunda between Gagra and Gudauta, northwest of Sukhumi, Georgia, U.S.S.R., central Transcaucasus, and near Soichi and the Crimean peninsula on the Black Sea coast of Russia (see map 31 in Critchfield and Little 1966). There is, indeed, a close genetic relationship between P. brutia Ten. and P. halepensis Mill. Several authors including Shaw (1914) considered P. brutia as a variety of P. halepensis and called it P. halepensis Mill. var. brutia (Ten.) A. Henry (Bailey & Bailey 1376). However, the present writer. (Kasapligil 1947, 1952) and several other authors in recent publications (Czeczott 1954, Mirov 1955, 1967, Bean 1976) regard these two pines as distinct species since they present sharply distinguish- able morphological and biochemical characteristics along with their two separate main distributional areas, i.e. Pinus halepensis primarily in the western Mediterranean region and 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 101 P. brutia in the northeastern mediterranean region. In the areas of overlapping distributions, these two species hybridize and consequently intermediate forms are found in such areas, as in northwestern Greece, the Aegean islands, and in Syria. kewiczii (Suk.) Fom., are three species of pines described from the Black Sea Coast of Russia and Central Transcaucasus. These are closely allied to Pinus brutia Ten. Both Malejeff (1929) and Gaussen (1960) treat them as varieties of P. brutia. Three years ago, while I was in Pitsunda about 40 km. northwest of Sukhumi (= Sukum Kale), in Georgia S.S.R., I had the opportunity to visit a fine stand of P. brutia var. pithyusa on the edge of the coastal sands. This forest consists of tall, handsome trees of uniform age, associated with semixerophilious mediterranean elements intermingled with mesophytic Pontian elements (cf. Kolakovsky 1962, 1975): Juniperus oxycedrus, Acer campestre, Rhus coriaria, Cotinus coggygria, Eryngium maritimum, Foeniculum vulgare, Ilex colchica, Hedera colchica, Periploca graeca, Asparagus litoralis, Tamus Communis, Smilax excelsa, Vitis aiecuris , ——-—_—— Berberis vulgaris, Ruscus ponticus, Carpinus Orientalis, Pinus pithyusa Strangw., P. eldarica Medw., and P. stan- i Fe ee Arbutus andrachne, Quercus iberica, Origanum vulgare, Teucrium chamaedrys, Polygala albovii, Paliurus spina-christi etc. The vegetative and the reproductive organs I collected from the Pitsunda pines proved identical with those of P. brutia. During the excursion, I came across the oldest specimen of the Pitsunda pine, which was fenced in. "The Patriarch" tree was 35 m. tall and 2m. in diameter. Its age was estimated at over 300 years. Unlike any other specimen of the P. brutia groups I have seen, the lower portion of the stem of the Patriarch tree was covered by burls of different sizes (Fig. 2). I did not have the opportunity to visit the relict forest of P. brutia var. eldarica in Goban dag near Tbilisi, but I have seen the cultivated cone-bearing specimens of this variety in the Eddy Arboretum of the Institute of Forest Genetics in Placerville, California. It is indeed quite similar to P. brutia rather than to P. halepensis. Likewise, P. stankewiczii of the Crimean peninsula should also be maintained as a variety of P. brutia as suggested by Gaussen (1960). Pinus brutia var. agraphiottii Papajoannou (1936), described from the Lesbos island of Greece, is characterized by deformed stems branching from the base forming a bushy, compact crown without a main axis. Recently Selik (1962) described a columnar variety from Balikesir in northwestern Anatolia, naming it P. brutia var. pyramidalis, which seems to have an ornamental potential. 102 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 Until a few years ago, Pinus brutia was a popular item for street and garden planting as a shade tree in California. It was available for a nominal price in supermarkets as well as in variety stores under the name of Turkish pine. However, older trees I observed in the parks, private gardens, and on various campuses proved to be P. halepensis which had been introduced from the western mediterranean region at an earlier date. In its native land, P. brutia is used primarily for timber production because of its hard, durable wood. It is also an important source of oleoresin (Okay 1940). Fossil record: Kolakovsky (1965) reported the occurrence of eight different pines from the Tertiary period of western Georgia in the Caucasus. Two of these fossil pines, P. euxina Kolak. (= P. pontica Kolak. non Koch) and P. praepithyusa Palib. (= P. pithyusa Strangw. fossilis) are clearly related to Pinus brutia and it is most likely that these two fossil species represent the ancestral forms of the P. brutia group including the Caucasian varieties mentioned earlier. As I judge from the cone illustrations, the outline of the apophyses of the ovuliferous scales in P. euxina is quite variable ranging from quadrangular to hexagonal shapes while the apophyses of the extant P. brutia are mostly rhombiform although the apophyses near the cone apex of the latter species often approach polygonal outlines. The P. praepithyusa cone has a more or less cylindrical outline while the cones of the extant Species are conical or ovoid. However, the ovuliferous scales of P. praepithyusa are quite similar to those of P. brutia since the apophyses exhibit horizontal keels. The upper edges of the apophyses in P. praepithyusa cone are rounded. Such cone scales with rounded apophyses along the upper edges are confined to the basal portion of the cone in the extant species. A summary of the fossil taxa related to P. brutia Ten. is given below (After Czeczott 1954, Kolakovsky 1965, Nemejc 1968 and others). Fossil taxa Age Locality P. praepithyusa Palib. Oligocene to Western Transcaucasus Meothian P. pithyusa Strangw. Tertiary, upper Western Georgia, fossilis Pliocene Abkhasia, S.S.R. P. palibinii Dorof. Sarmatian Paman Peninsula, Azov Sea, U.S.S.R. P. paraeuxina Kolak. Sarmatian Kavaklik Hills, Western Georgia, USSR 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 103 Fossil taxa Age Locality P. paraeuxina Kolak. Meothian Kodor River, Abkhasia, Seo. P. euxina Kolak. Pontian strata Kavaklik hills, W. Georgia, U.S.S.R. P. sarmatica Palib. Miocene Crimean Coastal region, US:iS?R. P. wassoewiczi Palib. Miocene, Transcaucasus, Georgia, Sarmatian U,S.Sok. P. salinarum Partsch Lower Miocene Wielitzka, Poland P. sp. aff. brutia Miocene Zemplen Mountains , Ten. N.E. Hungary P. ferreri Massal Miocene Sinigallia near Ancona, Italy P. saturni Unger Middle Miocene Radojob, Yugoslavia Recently, Aytug and Sanli (1974) reported the occurrence of carbonized wood remains of Pinus brutia from the late Tertiary brown coal deposits at Agacli on the Black Sea Coast near Bosphorus. 2) Pinus halepensis Mill., Gard. Dict. 8th ed. Pinus No. 8, 1768. _- |-o|-0| 0] “0-9 ° . J . J maritima Lambert, Gen. Pin. I. 13, t. 10, 1803; arabica Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. III, 886, 1826; renaica David in Ann. Soc. Hort. Paris, 186, 1833; hispanica Cook, Sketches in Spain, II, 337, 1834; abaSica Carriere, Trait. Conif., 352, 1855.) Pinus halepensis is also a diploxylon pine from the Sylvestres subsection of the section Pinus. Aleppo pine is a two-needle pine, with slim and tender foliage 6-12 cm. long, yellowish green in color. According to Kriissmann (1972) and Bean (1976), the number of needles varies from two to three, but I personally did not see any specimens with three needles in this particular species although I observed variation in the number of needles in several other pine species. The most distinguishing characteristic of the Aleppo pine is the recurved condition of the ovulate cones on firm peduncles 10-20 mm. long, 6-10 mm. thick (Fig. 31). In a closed state, the seed cones are 5-10 cm. long and 3-4.5 cm. wide at the base. The mature cones remain attached to the trees for several years. The Aleppo pine is primarily a western mediterranean species most abundant in Spain and the Balearic islands, but extending eastward less commonly through southern Europe to the mediterranean coasts of Asia Minor. In north Africa, it is distributed from Morocco to Libya in many isolated occurrences. Strangely enough, 10h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 since it is not found in Aleppo, its name is misleading. However, it is indigenous to Israel, forming extensive forests in Gilead and reaching its southernmost limit near Hebron (Zohary 1973). It is the principal tree of the coniferous forests in northwestern Jordan (Kasapligil 1956 a and b). Isolated groves of P. halepensis occur along coastal areas of Syria, Lebanon, and Turkey. According to Dallimore and Jackson (1967), it is also a native of Cyprus, but the natural occurrence of the Aleppo pine in Cyprus requires verification. in Turkey are based on cultivated material (Krause 1936). first collections of this species were obtained during July 1944 from cultivated trees at the Stock Breeding Station in Cukurova, north of Adana (Birand 1952) during a field trip with Professor Savni he, of the Forestry College at Istanbul. According to my field notebook, these cultivated specimens were transplanted from the "Sarigam Forest," situated a few miles north of the station along the road to Kozan. Kayacik (1954) verified this locality and later, he discovered new localities (Kayacik 1973) which are marked on the distribution map. During the same field trip in July 1944, I made notes concerning the sympatric distribution of P. halepensis and P. brutia in the maquis around the Karayilanli Village at an altitude of ca. 350-400 m., between Payas and Iskenderun. Unfortunately, I did not make specimens and this locality needs to be revisited for verification. The isolated distributions of Pinus halepensis in Turkey, Syria, Lebanon, Israel, and Jordan are an indication of the relict nature of this species in the Middle East. The early records regarding the occurrence of P. halepensis ). My Pinus halepensis is closely related to P. brutia and these two species cross naturally. However, it is a distinct species from P. brutia in regard to its chemical properties. The turpen- tine of P. halepensis is dextrorotatory while the turpentine of P. brutia is Taevorotatory (Mirov 1955 and 1961). Likewise the needle anatomy of P. halepensis differs from that of P. brutia as described and illustrated by Selik (1963) and Harlow (1931). While P. brutia is resistant to the scale insect Matsucoccus, P. halepensis is susceptible to this disease. Another instance of a natural hybrid between P. halepensis and P. pinaster was reported by P. Schitt. Pinus halepensis has several varieties which can be consid- ered as ecotypes of diverse climatic zones of the western mediter- ranean region. It is noteworthy to mention P. halepensis var. algeriensis Gaussen described from Algeria. This variety is characterized by its profusely branched, compact form and by its large pollen wings. Because of its irregular stem formation, Pinus halepensis is not as desirable as P. brutia for timber production. It is a 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey source of oleoresins and of fuel wood. of the western mediterranean region, it is used for erosion control and in afforestation since it is tolerant to heat and drought and can grow in poor soils. Fossil records: 105 In Spain and in other parts Apparently, Pinus halepensis had a wide distribution during the Tertiary period. It extended from the shores of the Tethys sea to Poland in northern Europe and penetrated the central Anatolian plateau during the Miocene. recent discovery of Pinus halepensis ssp. alpanii in the Gurcti This is verified by the Valley of Gtivem village near Kizilcahamam about 90 km. north of Ankara. taxa related to P. Here I would like to summarize the list of the fossil halepensis from the available literature. However, this is not a conclusive list and the correct identity of these fossil materials deserves a thorough revision. many of these binomials are synonyms. Fossil taxa related to P. 1954, Gaussen 1960, Nemejc 1968 an Fossil taxa | consimilis Sap. |7 cortesii A. Brong. P. hageni Heer P. halepensis Mill. P. halepensis Mill. P. halepensis Mill. P. h. var. algeriensis “Gauss. P. aff. halepensis Mill. ey - hepios Ung. | . hepios Ung. Age Miocene Tertiary Lower Miocene Upper Miocene, Pannon E. Pliocene Pleistocene Pleistocene Plio- Pleistocene Middle Miocene Tertiary Pliocene Possibly, halepensis Miller (after Czeczott ST CETTE Klaus 1977) Locality Rochesaure, Ardéche, France Northern Bohemia, Czeches lovakia; Durkheim, Lower Main Valley, Germany. Baltic region. Near Vienna, Austria Sofia, Bulgaria; Romania Saint Martial, Gard, France. Pollen grains from Ahaggar (Hoggar) Mountains in Southern Algeria. Saint Marcel near La Valentine, France. Leoben, Austria. Serbia, Southern Yugoslavia; Lower Main Valley, Germany. Northern Bohemia, Czechos lovakia. 106 PHYTOLOGTIA Vol. hO, No. 2 Fossil taxa Age Locality P. kotshiana Ung. Miocene Zemplen Mountains, northeastern Hungary; Transylvania, Romania. P. leptophylla Sap. Oligocene Armisan, France P. macroptera Sap. Miocene Near Narbonne, Southern France. P. ornuta Stern. Pliocene Bohemia, Czechoslovakia. P. platyptera Sap. Oligocene Armisan, France P. pultonis (Bai ley) Eocene England Sew. P. salinarum Partsch. Lower Miocene Wielizca, Poland P. setiformis Sap. Oligocene Armisan, France Pinus plutonis (Bailey) Sew. illustrated by Gaussen (1960, p. 218, fig. 364/7) after Gardner is represented by three slender cones each with separate peduncles derived from a common stalk. This material seems to be quite remote from P. halepensis since the apophyses of the cone scales are mostly hexagonal and lack the transverse keels. It may represent a teratological specimen. 3) Pinus nigra Arnold, Reise Mariazell 8, t, 1785. (P. laricio Poiret in Lamarck, Encycl. Meth. 5, p. 339, 1804; P. halepensis Bieb. (not Miller), Fl. Taur. Lauc. 2, p. 408, T1808, P. pinaster Besser (not Aiton), Fl. Gallic., 2, p. 294, 1809; P. maritima Aiton (not Lambert), Hort. Kew 5, p. 315, 1813; P. sylvestris Baumgart. (not Linn.) Baumgart, Stirp. Transsilv. 2, p. 304, 1816; P. pyrenaica Lapeyrouse, Hist. Pl. Pyren., Suppl. 146, 1818). This species, having a wide distribution throughout central and southern Europe from Spain to Turkey, has several subspecies depending upon its genetic populations confined to isolated occurrences, altitudinal ranges, island adaptations. The Turkish materials I examined in the field or in herbaria may be referred to P. nigra ssp. pallasiana (Lamb.) Holmboe in Berg. Mus. Skr. 1, p. 29, 1914 (P. pallasiana Lamb. Pin. 2 ed. 2, 1828; P. laricio var. pallasiana Antoine, Conif. 6, 1840; Asch. and Graebn. Syn. 1, 2 ed. p. 333; E.V. Wulff, Fl. Krimea 1, 34; P. laricio M. Bieb. 3, p. 623, 1819; P. maritima Pall. Ind. Taur. p. 59, 1795; P. nigra var caramanica Rehder Man. Cult, trees N. Amer. p. 61, 1927; P. pinaster Stev., Verz. Taur. wildw. Pfl. 2, 1857; P. nigra Antoine var. pallasiana Antoine ex Bernhard, Mitteil. d. deutsch dendrolog. Ges. 39, 1931; P. fenzlii Ant. and Kotschy ex Carr., Traite gen. Conif. p. 496, 1867). 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 107 The Turkish black pine is a diploxylon pine with two needles and it belongs to the subsection Sylvestres Loud. of the section Pinus (Little and Critchfield 19637, It is characterized by dark green, stiff needles, 8-18 cm. long, brownish yellow twigs which match the color of the sessile cones, 5-10 cm. long, at maturity. The apophyses of the cone scales are more or less rhombic but often exhibit rounded upper edge, especially in the scales at the cone base or among those near the cone apex. The umbos are ovoid or rhombic with a short persistent mucro at maturity. Pinus nigra Arnold ssp. pallasiana (Lamb.) Holmboe is widely distributed in northern, western and southern Turkey (see the map). The isolated groves of this pine are scattered in central Anatolia like little islets within the vast steppes (Kasapligil 1960), mostly associated with Quercus pubescens Willd. and other oaks. In Russia, it occurs along the Black Sea coast of the Crimean peninsula, which is the type locality of this subspecies. In the fall of 1976, while botanizing along the Black Sea Coast of Eastern Thrace, I saw fine stands of this pine between Kiyikoy (=Midye) and Kasatura (=Kastros) associated with Quercus hartwissiana, Arbutus unedo, Calluna vulgaris, Erica verticillata, Osyris alba and several other mediterranean elements. The Black pines in this locality were 15-20 m. high with the diameters ranging from 50-75 cm. at breast height. The oldest specimens in this forest were approximately 150 years old and they were branching into 2-3 sizeable stems at breast height. I was pleased to notice the abundance of young seedlings of all ages on the forest floor, which is a good indication of a successful regener- ation. Many trees near the Black Sea Coast of Kasatura were destroyed by a forest fire in 1966 and such areas deserve imme- diate reforestation with the same subspecies. Pinus nigra has several geographical varieties such as var. austriaca Endl. (Austrian Hen § var. corsicana Endl. (Corsican pine), var. pyrenaica Grenier and Gordon (Pyrenese pine), var. calabrica fae (Calabrian pine) of Sicily and southern Italy. In addition to these, many horticultural varieties with golden or yellow leaves and dwarf, prostrate or drooping forms are well known garden favorites and readers are referred to Krissmann's (1972) comprehensive descriptions. The closest relative of P. nigra is P. heldreichii Christ of the Balkan peninsula which is recognized as a distinct species by most recent workers, although it was submerged into P. nigra by Shaw (1914). An artificial hybrid between P. nigra Arnold and P. resinosa (N.E. United States and Canada) was described by Critchfield (1964) and Little and Righter (1965). P. nigra ssp. pallasiana is a valuable timber tree for construction purposes. It also furnishes fuel wood and is a souree for turpentine and rosin. In Turkey, it grows mainly in calcareous soils and can tolerate drought and low temperatures. 108 PHYTOL OGt & Vol. ho, No. 2 The ancestral forms of P. nigra are known from the Lower Cretaceous of Europe. The only fossil record pertaining to Turkey is based on thirteen carbonized wood specimens from the brown coal deposits of the late Tertiary period located at Aga¢li near Bosphorus which is not far from the Kasatura forests mentioned above (see Aytug and $anli 1974). The related fossil taxa from the countries neighboring Turkey and from other localities are summarized below. Fossil taxa related to P. Fossil Taxa Pinus fittoni Carruth P. heidingeri Ung. P. hampeana Ung. P, junonis Kovats. P. jovis Ung. P. laricio Eng. & Kink P. laricio Ettingh. P. laricio Poir. P. lacie Porr: P. laricio Poir. fossilis laricioides Ung. lo | ° . laricioides Menzel aff. laricio Poir. laricio thomasiana Heer aff. laricio pliocenica Kink. P. laricio var. salzmanni Sap et Plan (= P. Pyrenaica Sap) |0|-0 e \ | Age nigra (After Gaussen 1960, Mirov 1967, Nemjc 1968 and others) Locality Lower Cretaceous England Pliocene Miocene Miocene (also Pliocene) Miocene Tertiary, Pliocene Miocene Pliocene Miocene, Tortonian Oligocene, Lower Miocene Oligocene, Lower Miocene Pliocene Oligocene Oligocene Upper Pliocene Pleistocene Styria and Piedmont, N.W. Italy Switzerland; Steiermark (Austria); Greece. Erdébenye, Hungary ; Rochessauve aux Coirons, Ardeche, France Radaboj, Croatia, Yugoslavia Lower Main Valley, Germany; Northern Bohemia, Czechoslovakia Leoban, Steiermark, Austria. Sofia, Bulgaria. Slatiora, Romania. Central Europe Central Europe Northern Bohemia, Czechos lovakia Samland, Eastern Prussia Baltic Region Lower Main Valley, West Germany Tuff deposits of Montpellier, S. France 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 109 Fossil Taxa Age Locality P. massalongi E. Sism. Miocene Chieri, Piedmont, N.W. Italy P. microcarpa Sap. Oligocene & Armissan, France Miocene P. nigra Arnold Pliocene Romania. P. nigra Arnold Late Tertiary Agagli, Black Sea Coast, Istanbul, Turkey. P. nigraeformis Bolkhov. Cretaceous P. repanso-squamosa Miocene Ludw. P. schnittspahni Ludw. Miocene P. thomassiana (Goepp.) Oligocene Reich. P. thomassiana (Goepp.) Oligocene, Reich. Lower Miocene thomassiana (Goepp.) Miocene Reich. thomassiana (Goepp.) Middle Miocene Reich. |_| P. thomassiana (Goepp.) Pliocene Reich. P. trichophylla Sap. Oligocene Among these fossil taxa, P. the species most frequently encountered in Europe. Moscow Province, USSR Wetterau, Prussia Wetterau, Prussia Silesia, Poland. Central Europe Kaliningrad (formerly Konigsberg) USSR. Sgby-Fasterholt, Central Jutland, Denmark. Kodor River, Georgia, UYS.SER: Armissan, France thomassiana (Goepp.) Reich. is Kilpper (1967) reported the occurrence of a diploxylon pine closely related to P. thomassiana from the Tertiary of Fortuna-Garsdorf in the lower Rhine Valley. As far as I know, the northernmost Tertiary distri- bution of this fossil species was reported by Christensen (1975) from Central Jutland in Denmark. in his plate 1, recent material. The compressed cones illustrated figures 1-4, show remarkable similarity to the Apparently, the ancestral forms of P. nigra had much wider distribution than the extant species, reaching the Jutland peninsula in northern Europe and the Caucasian region in the east. 4) Pinus pinea L. Sp. Pl. 1000. (P. sativa Lamarck, Fl. Frang. II. 1854). Pi P. maderiensis Tenore in Ann. Sci. 4753; 200. 1778; Nat. Ser. 4, II. 379. This nut pine belongs to the subgenus Pinus and to the sec- tion Pinea and to the subsection Pineae (cf. Little and Critchfield 1969, p. 11). require three years to mature (Fig. 4). It is a two needle pine with large woody cones which The edible seeds are large with thick shells and rudimentary wings which detach readily. 110 PHY TOLOGIS& Vol. 0, No. 2 The natural distribution area of the Italian stone pine extends from the Iberian peninsula through the Mediterranean islands and southern Europe to Turkey. Because of its nutri- tious seeds and widely spreading crown upon aging, this pine has been under cultivation for many centuries in the Mediter- ranean region as well as in other parts of the world with a mild Mediterranean climate. Firat (1942, p. 15) gives a detailed account of the authenticity of the distribution of this pine in Turkey. It forms extensive pure stands in Kozak near Bergama (Pergamus) in western Turkey and between the Aksu and Manavgat rivers on the way from Serik to Side in southern Anatolia. Other localities of natural stands are between Aydin and Milos, Ayvalik (cf. Karamanoglu 1976), along the Bay of Edremit and the vicinity of Gemlik (Kayacik 1957). The sizeable, old specimens along Bosphorus (Fig. 6) represent cultivated material as pointed out by Krause (1936). The isolated groves are located in Onsan Village near Maras, Iskenderun (Alexandrette) in southern Turkey, and Diizkoy (Kalanema) 20 km. south of Akgaabat and Goruh Valley were botanized by Radde (1899) who gave a detailed description of the Pinus pinea forests he observed on the left slopes of the Goruh river near the village of Nasviye (=Naswia). According to Radde (pp. 126-127), the name of the village is derived from the local name of Pinus pinea and that the pinion cones were sold for the extraction of the edible nuts in the markets of Artvin under the same name. Today, the same locality is known as "Fistikl1" which is the Turkish equivalent for pine nuts. "Nasviye" is not a Turkish word and I assume it represents a Georgian term applied to the pine nuts since the Georgian language is spoken commonly among the villagers and forestry workers, even at the present time, in the vicinity of Artvin. Bernhard (1929-31), Firat (personal correspondence 1965) and Kayacik (1965) suggest that the stands of the pinion pine near Artvin possibly represent an introduction by man. During the summer of 1964, I visited Artvin and the Goruh Valley for the first time while studying the variation and distribution of Corylus along the Black Sea Coast of Turkey. I was very impressed with the park-like aspect of the P. pinea stand near Fistikli Village about 7 km. west of Artvin on the way to Hatila Valley (Fig. 3). The trees were equally spaced, 8-10 m. high and their diameters at breast height ranged from 30 cm. to 40 cm. Age determination was made by obtaining core samples by an increment borer from selected trees as well as by counting the growth layers on the stumps of fallen trees. The average age of the stand was calculated 80 years, coinciding with the year A.D. 1884 during which northeastern Turkey was occupied by the Russians following the Russo-Turkish war, 1877-1878. Artvin, Kars, Ardahan, Bayazit, Sarikamig, and Erzurum remained under the Russian occupation until 1918 when the northeastern provinces 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey i of Anatolia were returned to Turkey upon a treaty with the Bolshevik forces. Curious elderly villagers stopped by to chat with me during my field work in the pinion pine forest near Artvin. Some of them did claim that this forest was established by planting during the Russian administration of the area. I checked this point through the foresters and old archives at the forestry headquarters in Artvin, but my attempts were fruitless since no one could find any written document about the past history of the pinion pine forest. I went back to the forest again and reexamined the vegetation associated with the pinion pines for an inventory. The typical mediterranean elements were abundant in the accom- panying flora. Twelve years later, I visited the Fistikl1 locality of Artvin, in September 1976. This time, I was accompanied by Prof. Daniel Axelrod and by several foresters from the forest districts of Trabzon and Artvin. My first impression was that the pinion pine stand had been heavily grazed and that the best specimens with straight stems and widely spreading umbrella- snaped crowns were selectively cut and removed, possibly for construction purposes by the encroaching villagers around the forest. Woody plants and the herbaceous perennials in the undergrowth were in prostrate forms under grazing pressure and the soil surface was largely exposed without any plant cover in many places. The eastern and northeastern slopes have a land inclination of 70% where I could hardly stand straight without leaning against a tree or holding on to the creeping shrubbery. The lower edge of the forest starts from 150 m. from sea level reaching the altitudes between 600 and 650 meters along the upper edge. The animal trails along the contours were my "life saver" to botanize within the pine stand. Once more, I collected and inventoried the accompanied flora many of which were typical members of the mediterranean maquis. I had the feeling that the pinion pine was really in its homeland with all its natural associates until I discovered the gulleys where the basal portions of the pinion pines were completely eroded, exposing the bottoms of the stems constricted by girdling of the lateral roots. Fig. 10 depicts one of these typical constructions which can easily be fatal in individual trees during further stages of development. In nursery practice, it is well known that pine seedlings raised in containers become root bound with the lateral roots strangling the main root or the base of the hypocotyl]. That is why the young seedlings undergo root pruning upon transfer to larger containers during transplanting for afforestation or reforestation prac- tices aS a routine procedure. This common practice was not known until recently, hence, in all probability the pines of the Fistikli village by Artvin were cultivated by man, possibly during the Russian occupation which coincides with the ages of the oldest trees. During my recent visit last fall, I took four 112 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 2 core samples from the oldest specimens I could select. The ages were 76, 80, 83, and 92 (the sample tree in fig. 10 being 83 years old). The oldest specimen was dated back to the year 1884, thus coinciding with the Russian period. The pinion pine occurs in cultivation in Mingrelia (Caucasus) as well as in the southern shores of Crimea (Komarov 1934) which might have been introduced during the early kingdoms of Pontus and Colchis. Both of these kingdoms had extensive sea trades throughout the Black Sea coasts as well as with the Mediterranean countries. Pinion nuts were among the important commodities of the early civilizations and have been carried around through the early routes of human migra- tion for centuries. Teamwork between archeologists and botanists may discover the origin and dispersal of Pinus pinea which is primarily a western Mediterranean element. The Tertiary fossils of P. pinea from Turkey were reported by Aytug and §anli (1974) from the brown coal deposits at Agagli locality near Bosphorus. Zodda (1903) reported the occurrence of a Pinus pinea fossil from Messina in Sicily, but one would expect additional new fossil findings of Pinus pinea from the Iberian peninsula where it forms extensive forests in diverse environmental conditions. Another locality for Pinus pinea in the Black Sea coast was reported by Hendel-Mazzetti (1907) from the Kalanema valley, south- west of Trabzon. Last fall, we entered this valley from the coast- al town of Akgaabat, 12 km. west of Trabzon. The modern name for the Kalanema valley is SdgUtli dere which is also known as Duzkoy deresi. We penetrated the valley up to the Duzkdy village (Kalanema) 20 km. by a stabilized gravel road following the river bed where the main type of rock consists of agglomerates containing andesite. The vegetation of this valley is lush green with mesophytic broad- leaved trees such as Alnus barbata, Platanus orientalis, Carpinus orientalis, C. betulus, Populus nigra, Cornus mas, Ulmus campestris, Diospyros lotus mixed with a few mediterranean elements such as Arbutus andrachne, A. unedo, Pistacia terebinthus, Olea europea, Ficus carica, etc. Scattered Pinus pinea stands occur on both sides of the valley between the elevations of 50 m. to 500m. In Yesiltepe (Vasil or Vazil village), at the altitude of 320 m. above sea level, the residual small stands of rather young pinion pines were severely pruned (Figs. 7 & 9) by the villagers to be used as fuel wood. The principal rock of these steep slopes is augite olivene basalt exposed by soil erosion. Core samples obtained from the three largest specimens revealed their ages to be 40, 54, and 75 years. Professor Firat informed me that he counted 70 growth layers on a stump 43 cm. in diameter when he visited the same locality in 1949. According to the information Professor Firat gathered from the villagers, the older specimens with straight boles were extracted selectively and transported by the river to Akgaabat for timber and the remaining stands were maintained by cultivation for fuel wood extraction. In Yesiltepe locality, the pinion pines are associated with Prunus laurocerasus, Cydonia oblonga, Acer campestre, Alnus barbata, Carpinus orientalis, 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 13 Quercus petraea, Corylus pontica, Pinus sylvestris ssp. hamata, and with a few Mediterranean elements such as Juniperus oxycedrus (arboreal forms), Cistus salviifolius, Ficus carica and Olea europaea. Most probably, like the figs and olives, pinion pines have been naturalized in this locality through the years, since the area in question was one of the early settlements of the Pontian Kingdom, 6th century B.C. (cf. Hammond's Historical Atlas 1963). The pinion pine stands of the Yesiltepe locality (old Vasil village of Kalanema) are interspersed with corn fields and vegetable gardens in small lots where tobacco, eggplants, tomatoes, green peppers, string beans, cabbages, pumpkins, squashes and hazelnuts are cultivated. With the exception of the native filberts, all the vegetable crops are introduced to this area and it is quite possible that the pinion pines represent one of the earliest introductions. Pinus pinea wood is utilized as timber for construction and fuel. According to Baytop (1963), the stem wood contains 7.75% oleoresin and the seeds are an export item, each tree yielding an average of 6-8 kg. (11-15 lbs.) of shelled pinion nuts. 5) Pinus sylvestris L. Sp. Pl. 1000, 1753. (P. rubra Miller, Gard. Diet. ed. 8, 1768; P. tatarica Miller, Gard, Dict. ed. 8, 1768; P. mughus Jacquin (not Scopoli), Icon. Pl. Bar. 1. t. 198, 1781; P. resinosa Savi (not Aiton), Fl. Pisa, 2. 354, 1798; P. humilis Link in Abhand]. Akad. Berlin, 171, 1827; P. frieseana Wichura in Flora 42, 409, 1859; P. regensis Desf. Cat. Hort. Paris Arb. 2, 61.) The so-called "Scotch pine" occupies a larger distribution area than any other species in the genus. Latitudinally, it extends from the Scandinavian peninsula to the Iberian peninsula in western Europe and longitudinally from Scotland to the Sea of Okhotsk in eastern Siberia. Due to the fact that Pinus sylvestris grows under a great variety of edaphic and climatic conditions, it has many ecotypes. The continuity of the general distribution area of the Scotch pine was disrupted by geological changes during the Tertiary period and by the following glaciations of the Neogene which resulted in geographical isolations and many geographical races. Therefore, the Scotch pine is a very complex species with many subspecies, varieties, and forms. Gaussen (1960) divided the "varieties" of P. sylvestris into seven groups. In a recent monograph of P. sylvestris, Pravdin (1964) distinguished five subspecies based on the variation of the geographical races: - P. sylvestris L. ssp. sylvestris in western Europe and the European part of U.S.S.R., excluding Crimea and Caucasus. lly PHYTOLOGIA Vol. O, No. 2 P. sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven) Fomin. in Crimea and Caucasus. P. sylvestris L. ssp. lapponica Fries. Northern Europe and Asia, north of 62° N. - P. sylvestris L. ssp. sibirica Ledeb. Distributed between 52° N. and 620 N. in Asia. P. sylvestris L. ssp. kulundensis Sukaczew. In the transitional zones to the steppes of U.S.S.R. in Asia, south of 529 N. According to the comprehensive discussion of P. sylvestris in the Mediterranean region by Mirov (1967, pp. 257-261} and my earlier correspondence with him (Mirov 1965), the Turkish materials of P. sylvestris L. belong to the subspecies hamata (Steven) Fomin which is distributed throughout northern Anatolia from the Russian border in the northeast to the vicinity of Afyon in the west. According to Pravdin's infraspecific classification, P. sylvestris L. ssp. sylvestris does not occur in Turkey while P. sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven) Fomin is represented by several ecotypic varieties and growth forms which need to be studied. The synonyms of this subspecies prevalent in Turkey are P. hamata (Steven) Sosnowsky and P. sosnowskyi Nakai. Pinus sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven) Fomin is a diploxy- lon pine with two needles and it belongs to the Sylvestres Loud. subsection of the section Pinus. It reaches a height of 20-30 m., and has reddish yellow bark, hence the Turkish name Sarigam (= Yellow pine). Its crown is quite variable depending on the nature of branches such as "drooping type," "horizontally branching type," "erectly branching type," “pyramidal” and "compact" types (cf. Eligin 1971). P. sylvestris ssp. hamata is distinguished from other indigenous pines of Turkey by its resinous buds, twisted needles (2.5-8 cm. long), yellow brown and shiny cones born on short stalks. The apophyses of the cone scales are projecting prominently, forming recurved hooks so characteristic for this pine. Two causacian varieties of P. sylvestris ssp. hamata seem to be widely distributed along the coastal mountain range of north- eastern Anatolia: a) P. sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven)Fomin var, armena (Koch) Pravdin (cf. Pravdin 1964, p. 137-138) is depicted in fig. 12, Kasapligil No. 3879. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 115 (Syn.: P. armena Koch in Linnaea 22, 297, 1849; Id. Dendrol. 2, 2, 2813; Fom. in Monit. Jard. bot. Tbilisi 24, 20-22; Vseukr. AD NS Trudy Fiz. =" Mat. Vidal" 11, No. 1, 263 P. sylvestris L. ssp. armena Koch (Fomin 1914); P. caucasica Fischer Fao altissima Ledebour (1889); pi erzerumica Calvert (1858); sylvestris latifolia Gordon (1858); P. montana Mill. var. caucasica Medvedjev (1905); P. caucasica N. Busch, Tsennye eee sli 5 (KEPS) No. i P. sylvestris caucasica Hort.; P. sylvestris persica Hort P. P. This is a small pine, 7-9 m. in height, with short needles (2.5-3.8 cm. long). The cones are slightly longer than the needles and attached to the stem with a short, stout peduncle. The surfaces of the apophyses are glossy, as if they had been varnished, and milk-coffee in color. Hook-like projections of the apophyses are prominent. The seeds are 5 mm. long with a tan colored wing 2-2.5 times longer than the seed. The secondary wood of the specimens I collected from the vicinity of Artvin was white. The needle anatomy is quite different from the next variety (var. kochiana) which seems to be a useful criterion for distinguishing the sterile specimens. As seen in the cross-section (Fig. 12B), the epidermis is well-demarcated with a thick cuticle layer. The hypodermis is uniform, biseriate along the leaf margins and uniseriate on the dorsal and ventral sides of the leaf. The inner tangential walls of the hypodermal cells are thicker than the outer tangential walls. The mesophyll] consists of three layers of chlorenchyma on the adaxial and abaxial sides of the leaf, but 4-5 layers occupy the spaces between the endodermal layer and needle margins. 8-11 resin canals are external in position. The epithelial cells are extremely thin-walled and flattened. The sheaths of sclerenchyma fibers around the resin canals vary between one and two layers and the diameters of the fiber cells are variable as seen in cross sections. The endodermis appears constricted in the middle. The outer walls of the endodermal cells are thicker than their inner walls. The transfusion tissue consists of isodiametric tracheids with relatively thin walls and parenchyma cells with thick walls. The transfusion sclerenchyma forms a massive tissue of very thick- walled cells interconnecting the two vascular bundles (compare the diagrams of the needle sections of two varieties). The vas- cular bundles are intersected by medullary rays extending contin- uously through the phloem and xylem tissues of each bundle. In Komarov's (1934) Flora of U.S.S.R., this variety is treated as an independent species, P. armena Koch distributed in the Caucasus and Transcaucasus extending to Ardahan, Kars, Artvin and Oltu in eastern Turkey. Takhtajan (1954) in his Flora Armenii conbines this variety with Pinus kochiana Klotzsch. 116 PEE TOL OG & Vol. hO, No. 2 His line drawing (vol. I: 82-87. plate 26) is very similar to my specimen (Kasapligil No. 3879) depicted in Fig. 12A, except that the cone is slightly rounded at the apex, appearing ovate in out- line. I agree with Pravdin's (1964) treatment of it as a climatic ecotype of P. sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven)Fomin. The extent of its distribution in Turkey deserves further study. b) P. sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven)Fomin var. kochiana (Klotsch)Fomin (cf. Pravdin 1964, p. 137) is depicted in Fig. 13, Kasapligil No. 3880. (Syn. P. kochiana Klotsch in Linnaea 22, 296, 1848). This is a small, bushy pine with an irregular stem-formation, ascending branches and variable crown. The needles are bluish green 3.5-5 (2-8) cm. long and much wider than the needles of var. armena (see the diagram of the needle cross-section). As an average, the cones are 4-6 cm. long and they are usually shorter than the needles. The apophyses of the ovuliferous scales are gray with a glossy lacquer on their surfaces. The apophyses project prominently forming pyramidal extensions recurved like hooks. The seeds are 5-6 mm. long with slender wings three times longer than the body of the seeds. The secondary stem wood of the specimens I collected from the same locality near Artvin was yellow in color. The needle anatomy of P. sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven) Fomin var. kochiana (Klotsch)Fomin differs from that of var. armena (Koch)Pravdin in several ways. The cuticle is much thicker while the substomatal cavities are half as large as those in var. armena. The hypodermis is biseriate along the very margins of the needles, uniseriate elsewhere. The inner tangential walls of the hypodermal cells are much thicker than those of var. armena. The mesophyll consists of an outer layer of armed palisade cells with occasional internal ridges, followed by three layers of parenchyma cells with prominent invaginations. 9-10 resin canals are in external position. Thin walled epithelial cells were distorted during sectioning. The sheath of fibers is mostly one-layered, rarely two-layered. Unlike var. armena, the outermost layer of transfusion tissue of var. kochiana consists of tanniferous parenchyma right beneath the endodermis. The schlerenchyma fibers are two-layered on the abaxial sides of the phloem tis- sues and only one-layered between the two vascular bundles (see the diagram of the leaf cross-section). According to Pravdin (1964, p. 137) var. kochiana is dis- tributed in southwestern Transcaucasus, Turkey and in Iran. In Latschasvili's (1970) distribution map, it is evident that Koch's pine follows the Turkish border very closely in Georgia. According to the description given by Gulisashvili and Vasiliev (1961, 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 117 p. 147), the needles of Koch's pine are 3.5-5 cm. long while Eligin (1971) gives the needle length 11.2 (9.3-13.2) cm., which seems to be extremely long for Koch's pine. Most likely, Eligin's (1970) combination "Pinus sylvestris L. ssp. kochiana (Klotsch) Eligin" represents another variety of P. sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven)Fomin. Pinus sylvestris L. sensu lato has many horticultural forms with silvery cones and needles or golden yellow young shoots, dwarf, compact or columnar crowns. It is a highly ornamental tree introduced in many parts of the world. For the nomenclature and description of the ornamental varieties and forms, the readers are referred to the comprehensive listings of Beissner-Fitschen (1930), Den Ouden (1965), and Kriissmann (1972). It grows in a great variety of habitats with a remarkable tolerance to the extremes of climatic con- ditions. It often occupies sandy soils, loams and calcareous soils. In northern Anatolia, it forms pure stands or grows associated with Pinus nigra ssp. pallasiana and Abies born- mulleriana in the vicinity of Bolu, Kastamonu, and Ayancik, with Fagus orientalis, Abies nordmanniana and Picea orientalis in northeastern Asia Minor. It reaches timberline between 1900-2000 m. above sea level in Zigana dag, south of Trabzon (Kasapligil 1947). According to Karamanoglu (1976), the vertical range of Pinus sylvestris is between 1400 and 2400 m. in Kars, Sarikamig, Gole, and Oltu. In the continental climate of interior a ek it ranges between the elevations of 1000- 2000 m. in isolated groves (Tschermak 1950) where the growth rate is very slow as evidenced by extremely narrow annual rings (Gassner and Christiansen-Weniger 1942). Pinus sylvestris is an economically important tree yielding valuable wood for construction and carpentry work as well as fuel wood and oleoresin products. It is often used for affor- estations, sand fixation and park plantations. The ancestors of Pinus sylvestris and P. nigra were widely distributed in Europe and Eurasia since the Oligocene, and natural hybrids between the two taxa could have occurred over a long period of time. Artificial hybrids between these taxa have been reported by Duffield (1952). Marginal resin ducts in Pinus sylvestris needles are characteristic for this species while the resin ducts of P. nigra are typically parenchymatous. The occurrence of partly parenchymatous resin canals in the needles of certain populations of P. sylvestris might represent the genetic influence of P. nigra especially in the areas where individuals of these two taxa commingle, as in Anatolia. During the Ice Age, P. sylvestris retreated from the glaciated areas but survived in the refuges of unglaciated areas 118 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 of Scandinavia, Scotland, Caucasus, and northeastern Anatolia. However, it was a pioneer invader, especially in the early Holocene when the climate became warmer and P. sylvestris occupied enormous areas as the glaciation retreated. A brief summary of the fossil occurrences of P. sylvestris and related taxa are given below although no Turkish records are presently available. Fossil records of P. sylvestris L. sensu lata and related taxa. (After Gaussen 1960, Pravdin 1964, Kolakovsky 1965, and Mirov 1967) Fossil taxa Age Locality Pinus hamata Sosn. Post-Pliocene Georgia, U.S.S.R. Pinus kochiana Klotzsh Pliocene Kodor River, Georgia, fossilis UsS.50K. Pinus parvula Sap. Oligocene Shales of Aix, France. Pinus sylvestris L. Lower Pliocene’ Northern Croatia, Yugoslavia Pinus sylvestris L. Tertiary Kiev, Ukraine Pinus sylvestris L. Pliocene Frankfurt am Main, West Germany Pinus sylvestris L. Upper Tertiary Portugal Pinus sylvestris L. Middle Tertiary gH AS and Western Siberia Pinus sylvestris L. Pleistocene Sweden, France, Switzerland P. sylvestris Pliocene Lower main Valley, pliocenica Kink. West Germany I predict that future excavations in the Tertiary deposit sites of central and western Anatolia would yield several new records to this list. Il. The fossil pines of Turkey from the Tertiary deposits of Giivem Tocality near Ankara. A) Geological remarks: The fossil specimens of pines were collected from Guvem sub- district of Kizilcahamam about 90 km. north of Ankara (see the maps in Fig. 15) during several visits since 1968. The vegetative parts such as long and spur shoots with needles and reproductive 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 119 parts such as ovulate strobili and seeds occur as impressions in lacustrine diatomites. During the summer of 1976, excavations with Dr. Daniel I. Axelrod and Mrs. Esin Gundiizhan, at different collecting sites along the Gurcti Valley, yielded fine specimens. Additional pine fossils from this locality were loaned to the author by the Museum of Natural History of the Mineral Research and Exploration Institute of Turkey (Maden Tetkik ve Arama Enstituttisti is abbreviated as "M.T.A.."). Mr. Hicri Aksoy who accompanied me during my initial collections in the summer of 1968 made further collections in subsequent years and made them available for my studies. This work could not have been accom- plished without the generous assistance of the Turkish colleagues both in academic and administrative institutions of the country. The absolute age determinations of the fossil deposit sites were carried out by Teledyne Isotopes in Westwood, New Jersey by Potassium/Argon analysis of three isotope samples selected in the field by Dr. Axelrod. The report of Teledyne Isotopes regarding K/Ar age determination is summarized below: Isotopic Rock Sample Age (m.y.) scc Ar40Rad/gmx10-5 % Ar40Rad 2% (A) Andesite tuff 14.1 +1 . 262 55.4 4,37 . 236 43.2 4.39 (B) Rhyolite tuff 11.0 71 .140 38.7 3.05 Ba 4 “ag 3.07 (C) Welded tuff 11.0 = °7 . 106 22.8 2.29 .097 1a Bee; All samples are done in duplicate and biotite contained in the samples were the basis of determinations. The constants for the age calculation areA= 4.72 x 10-l0yr-1,Ag= 0.58 x 10-10yr-1 and K40 = 1.19 x 10-4 atom percent of natural potassium. Sample (A) andesite tuff was obtained from the Karga Creek site (Alt. ca. 1200 m.) which is the main source of the coniferous impressions. Therefore, these 14.1 t m.y. old deposits belong to the upper Miocene and not to the Pliocene as reported earlier (Kasapligil 1975, 1977). Sample (B) Rhyolite tuff was obtained from the locality above Yukari Qanl1 Village from a land profile along the main road to Cerkes at an altitude of 1350 m. (see the sketch map). A massif andesitic hill on the western side of the main road of Yukari Ganli seems to represent more recent volcanic activity, with continuous release of hot steam along the fault at the summit of the hill. This andesitic massif is situated only 10 km. north of Seyhamam which serves as a health spa with its well known hot springs. Specimen (C) welded tuff was obtained from a locality near Kilisekdy which is also approximately 1350 m. above sea level. 120 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 Rhyolite tuff and welded tuff of these two localities are 11.0 # 1] m.y. old. According to the Geological Map of Turkey by C. Erentéz (1966), continental Neogene formations of the Gtivem subdistrict are bordered by volcanic rocks, basic and ultrabasic intrusives. Erentéz (1975) points out that the general lithology of Central Anatolia comprises "lacustrine limestones, marls, clay tuffs and coarse clastic sediments with widespread horizontal extensions. These facies show some regional changes and have lagoonal, ter- restrial and lacustrine characteristics." The regression of the Tethyan sea took place during the Oligocene and the main outline of the Black Sea coast was well defined with minor changes during the Miocene while eastern Anatolia remained under the sea. According to Brinkman (1976), the majority of Central Anatolia was a dry land and the vicinity of Ankara and Konya was a savanna during the late Miocene time. Brinkman's statement may be true for the southern sector of Central Anatolia, but the northern sector of the region was occupied by freshwater bodies of a great variety of sizes, and one of them was a freshwater lake which occupied the Glircti valley extending from Guvem subdistrict to the foothills of Igikdag north of Kizilcahamam. As the tertiary period advanced, the sea of Tethys shrank further as the mountains continued to rise from southern Europe through the chains of the Balkan peninsula, Asia Minor, Caucasus and further east (cf. Brinkman 1959). During the Tertiary period, plant and animal life in Anatolia was similar to that in Europe, but the regression of the sea in the eastern part of the peninsula opened the migration routes from Central Asia to Anatolia, allowing the penetration of Irano-Turanian elements of the flora into eastern Anatolia (cf. Davis 1971). Further regression and desiccation of the Mediterranean Sea during Miocene (HsU 1978) established the route for floristic affinities between Central Europe and Asia through Anatolia along the southern shores of the Parathethys Sea. As evidenced by the abundance of fresh water forms of diatomaceous frustules, impressions of cyprinid fish, frogs, salamanders and several genera of aquatic angiosperms, the sediments of the Gurcii valley represent the bottom of a fresh- water body. Presently, I do not know the exact boundaries of this lake since further geological surveys are required, along with the exploration of additional fossil deposits, to establish new correlations of fossil plants and animals in the northern sector of Central Anatolia. At any rate, this Miocene lake at the locality given was surrounded by a Coniferous - oak forest particularly rich with pines (5 taxa), redwoods (2 taxa), oaks (12 taxa), and many evergreen and deciduous broad-leaved, woody 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 121 Comptonia, Diospyros, Fagus, Ficus, Ilex, Liquidamber, vagnoTia» Mahonia, Myrica, aires ers Pasania, Persea, Platanus, Populus, Rhododendron, Rosa, Salix, Sapindus , Sophora, Sorbus, Tilia, Ulmus, Vaccinium, Zelkova, and many other genera. Most likely, these genera flourished luxuriant ly in a humid-temperate climate until repeated volcanic eruptions devastated the area with enormous volcanic ash storms. On a sizzling hot summer day, I found a cool refuge in the shade of an old Black pine (Pinus nigra ssp. pallasiana) about 500 meters east of the Kerimler village. The mighty tree with its crown spreading over the village cemetery, is located at the top of a hill overlooking the desolate slopes of the Giircli Valley. The cemetery was fenced in with barbed wire to exclude grazing animals, and those traveling to the villages, from entering. So far, I have not found any fossil remains of the Black pine, nor the remains of its ancestral forms. It must be a newcomer to the area. About 15 million years ago the whole basin was the home- land of a lush green mixed coniferous forest with mighty Redwoods (Sequoia langsdorfii), deciduous swamp cypresses (Glyptos trobus europaeus) , Spruces, junipers, true cedars, white and yellow pines mixed with the broad-leaved angiosperms mentioned above. It must have been quite a dense woodland, hard to penetrate with woody lianas such as Smilax spp. Hedera, Menispermum and grape vines intertwining the tree trunks. It must have been a woodland of tranquility along the shores of the ancient lake, with bees, wasps, dragon flies and mosquitos buzzing around the cattails and reeds bordering the shallow waters. All of a sudden, the whole land started to shake with enormous volcanic eruptions. Glowing lava, flowing down the hills set violent fires, and the blowing storms of volcanic ash broke the cones, branches, leaves, acorns and flowers, and scattered them over the lake. Hot volcanic debris settling on the lake and the fiery blobs of lava slipping into the shallow shores brought steamy temperatures which killed all forms of aquatic life instantly. Fishes and amphibians, insects and diatoms, cones, seeds and leaves settled to the lake bottom and quickly sandwiched between silt, volcanic ash and diatom sediments, layers upon layers. The volcanic eruptions must have been followed by torrents of rain, which carried leaves, needles, cones, seeds, flowers and pollen grains from the surrounding hills and all these remains also sunk to the lake bottom, after being soaked in hot waters. Partly broken and fragmented plant remains suggest long distance transportation. Saturated cone scales were closed so that the impressions of the cones appear almost intact. Unfortunately, most of the organic material decayed completely and no compressions were found suitable for cuticular studies. However, the leaf impressions have sufficient detail in 122 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 their venation patterns, useful for their identification. Through the subsequent millenia, volcanic activities con- tinued, new eruptions spread additional debris and lava flows over the silt. By resolution of ground water, diatom sediments were transformed into chert, very similar to obsidian. Alternating layers of sedimentation in cherts are beige, grey,, brown or black in color and the plant fossils are well preserved although the animal remains were destroyed completely. Hunting leaf fossils in chert deposits (marked on the sketch map of the Giivem basin) was a painful operation, since every one in the collecting party developed slashed fingers while breaking the flint-like stones, with their razor sharp edges. Additional floods caused by streams flowing into the Guvem basin brought again a great variety of leaves, pollen grains, and fine silt, and deposited additional layers which were cemented with minerals dissolved in water, forming grey-colored paper shales. Tree trunks buried under sedimentation were petrified by the mineral deposits of percolating waters. These silicified wood samples are kept in the Museum of Natural History of the Mineral Research and Exploration Institute in Ankara. Likewise, all holotypes and hypotypes mentioned in this paper will be deposited in the same museum, while the replicas of the holotypes prepared with silicon rubber, counterparts, and some of the paratypes will be deposited in the Museum of Paleontology of the University of California at Berkeley. B. Descriptions of the new taxa: 1) Pinus canariensis Smith ssp. meteaensis n. ssp. (Figs. 23, 26-29 Ref. to P. canariensis Smith in Buch, Phys. Beschr. Canarins. 159, 1825. Diagnosis: Ovulate cone 15.2 cm. long and 5 cm. wide; ovuliferous scales exposed at cone base 3 - 3.5 cm.long, 1.5 - 1.8 an. broad at apophyses, sclerenchyma fibers on dorsal surface of scales forming conspicuous ridges radiating from scale base towards apophyses, bracts not evident at base; apophyses at cone center 12 - 18 mm. broad, 9 - 12 mm. high, umbos supra median marked with horizontal keels on both sides; spurs more or less ——— CC Discussion: A single cone impression of this new sub- species is beautifully preserved in diatomite with remarkable detail. A silicon rubber replica I prepared did not, cause any damage to the actual specimen during the process of peeling the latex replica. This way, I had the advantage of examining the 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 123 cone specimen from the outside rather than observing from the inside out. The ovulate cones of the extant P. canariensis ssp. Canariensis are very variable in size and structure. It is a subtropical pine endemic to the Canaries. According to Ceballos and Ortuno (1951), it grows between the elevations of 1200 m. and 2400 m. in Tenerife. It is cultivated extensively in the Mediterranean countries and in warmer parts of California. The cones of the cultivated trees vary from 15 to 23 cm. in length while the herbarium specimens I examined do not exceed 18 cm. The outline of the ovulate cone in P. c. ssp. canariensis is broad at the base, tapering towards the apex (cf. Kasapligil No. 4882 in Fig. 24). The umbos are conical, sharply defined, infra median at the cone base and median in the upper parts. Apophyses are characterized by conspicuous striations radiating from the umbos. Lateral, adaxial and abaxial views of the cone scales from the extant species are depicted in Fig. 25. Unfortunately, I did not find any twig with the needles attached to it. However the twig impression (Kasapligil No. 5617) representing the older growth below and younger growth above is referable to P. c. ssp. meteaensis. The base of the bracts is decurrent, 6-10 mm. long and 1-2 mm. broad. The tips of the bracts are adpressed or free and divergent. The branch fragment is 9.5 cm. long and 0.6 cm. wide (Fig. 26). Pinus canariensis is a three needle pine, characterized by long, slender and drooping needles with persistent sheath around the spur shoots. Individual leaves or needle fragments are abundant in the fossil deposits, but I could not find a complete spur shoot with complete needles. The incomplete three needles attached to a spur shoot and covered by persistent sheath (Kasapligil No. 5380) are referable to P. c. ssp. meteaensis. This impression in volcanic ash has three slender needles diverging from each other beyond the persistent sheath which is 0.6 cm. long. Other two specimens of three incomplete needles found in paper shale (PA-312, B.K. #6075 and in laminated diatomite (B.K. #5559A) are also referable to P. c. ssp. meteaensis, assuming the convergence of three needles at their bases (Fig. 27, 29). These needles are 1 mm. wide, but I do not know their length since I have no complete set of fossil leaves. Fossil pollen grains identical to those of the extant species are abundant in the substrate. Affinities: The oe pion relative of P. canariensis Sm. is P. roxburghii Sargent (syn.: P. longifolia Roxburgh ) which is a native of the Himalayan region extending from northern Pakistan through northern India, Nepal, Sikkim to Bhutan, more than 8000 km. away from the Canaries. The apophyses of the ovuliferous scales of P. roxburghii are conically elongated and reflexed unlike those of P. canariensis. These two species of pines, of course including P. c. ssp. meteaensis belong to the 12h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 2 subsection Canarienses Loud. of the section Pinea Endl. of the subgenus Pinus. Earlier fossil records of P. canariensis were reported from several localities in southern Europe. According to Wulff (1943), a fossil specimen discovered in Malaga, Spain is quite similar to P. canariensis. Likewise, P. o'donelli Teixeira, described from the Miocene epoch of Portugal, and P. ramesiana Sap., described from the Pliocene in Chambeuil, Cantal, France are closely related to P. canariensis. More recently, the cone remains related to P. canariensis from the Pliocene flora of the Kodor River near Sukhumi (Caucasus), were discovered by Kolakovsky (1964, 1965). From these data, it is reasonable to assume that ancestral forms of P. canariensis had a continuous distribution from the Canaries through the northern shores of the Tethys sea (Portugal - Spain - France) and through the southern shores of the Paratethys (Yugoslavia, Bulgaria, Anatolia, southern Caucasus and eastward) during the Middle Miocene (cf. Fig. 2, Paleogeographic map by Hs et al. 1977). Occurrence: Upper Miocene 14 + 1 million yrs. old; Ankara Province, Kizilcahamam district, Guvem subdistrict; Karga Creek site, ca. 750 m. southeast of Demirciter Village, Alt. ca. 1200 m. above sea level, impressions in laminated diatomite, collected in 1975. Holotype: M.T.A. 75/698, Turkish Museum of Natural History, The Mineral Research and Exploration Institute, Ankara. The replica of the holotype: Univ. of California, Berkeley, Museum of Paleontology, Paleobot.; paratypes: Kasapligil No. 5380, 5617, PA-312/ B.K. 6075 and B.K. 5559A deposited at the Turkish Museum of Natural History in Ankara. Research and Exploration Institute of Turkey." This institute is located in Ankara and it houses the Turkish Museum of Natural History. It is a pleasure to name the new subspecies in honor of the M.T.A., whose staff loaned the specimen to this writer in the summer of 1975. 2) Pinus halepensis Miller ssp. alpanii n. ssp. (Fig. 30) Reference to P. halepensis Miller, Gard. Dict. 8th ed. Pinus No. 8, 1768. Diagnosis: Ovulate cone straight, symmetrical, 8.3 cm.. long, 3.1 cm. broad at the lower one third of the cone; peduncle almost straight, 1.5 cm. long and .8 cm. thick, obscurely marked with bract scars on surface; apophyses mainly quadrangular, with 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 125 rounded upper edges near cone apex, radial striations absent, horizontal ridge prominent; umbos flat, with quadrangular markings resembling halos around them. Discussion: A single cone impression in diatomite was loaned to me by the Turkish Museum of Natural History of the Mineral Research and Exploration Institute in Ankara. The specimen is well preserved in spite of the complete absence of any organic remains. The contrast photograph as well as the latex replica of the specimen were prepared by Mrs. Yvonne Arremo at the Paleobotany Department of the Swedish Museum of Natural History in Stockholm, while the cones of the extant species of P. halepensis were photographed by the author at the Institute of Forest Genetics of the U.S.D.A. Forestry Service in Placerville,, California. A comparison between the fossil and living cones immediately reveals the fact that the apophyses as well as the umbos of the extant species exhibit pronounced protuberances. . Furthermore, pentagonal apophyses are common in the upper half of the cones while the rounded edges are predominant in the basal portions of the cones. The halos are absent around the umbos. The herbarium specimens examined from the eastern Mediterranean region always have conspicuous striations extending radially from the umbo to the margins of the apophyses. The cones from the North African herbarium material, however, lack the stria- tions, although the umbos are raised above the surface of the apophyses. In spite of these variations, P. halepensis ssp. alpanii differs from the extant material mainly by the presence of diamond-shaped or rounded halos around the umbos and by the absence of striations on the apophyses. Unfortunately, the spur shoots, needles or seeds of P. halepensis ssp. alpanii are not available at the present, but further excavations in this locality may be fruitful in collecting additional vegetative and reproductive organs of this taxon. Affinities: The closest living relative of P. halepensis Miller is P.. brutia Ten. The fossil taxa related to these two Species have been discussed earlier in this paper under the heading of each species. Occurrence: Upper Miocene, 14.7 1 million years old; Ankara Province, Kizilcahamam district, Guvem subdistrict, Karga creek site, about 750 meters south east of Demirciler village, alt. ca. 1200 m. above sea level, impression in laminated diatomite, collected in 1976. Holotype: B. Kasapligil No. 5623 ex. M.T.A. 2231, deposited in the Turkish Museum of Natural History, The Mineral Research and Exploration Institute, Ankara. The latex replica of the Holotype: U.C. Berkeley, Museum of Paleontology, Paleobot. 126 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 Pinus halepensis ssp. alpanii is named in recognition and appreciation of the generous support received from Dr. Sadrettin Alpan, Director General of the Mineral Research and Exploration Institute (M.T.A.) of Turkey. 3) Pinus nickmirovii n. sp. (Figs. 32 and 33) Diagnosis: Cones ovoid, 7-8 cm. long, 2.3-2.5 am. wide, symmetrical, tapering towards apex; peduncle absent; ovuliferous scales 2.5 cm. long and 0.9-1.4 cm. wide, apophyses rhomboidal, flat, slightly swollen at upper edge, but not projecting, sharply defined parallel edges, upper margins near cone apex somewhat rounded, horizontal ridges not projecting, but well demarcated, umbo median, smooth, 3-5 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, mutic, striations of apophyses absent or obscurely present. Discussion: The first specimen of this taxon collected by Mr. Hicri Aksoy from the Beskonak village of the Giivem subdistrict is a brown impression in diatomite. A second specimen, loaned to me by the Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A., Ankara), was also an impression in diatomite with a considerable amount of dark-colored organic remains in the cone scales. The winged seed impression collected from the Karga Creek site of Demirciler village (Kasapligil No. 5403) is referable to this new species. The total length of this seed is 15 mm.; the wing alone is 11 mm. long and 4 mm. wide, resembling the seed of P. massoniana Lamb. described by Uyeki (1927). The wing is broadest in the middle part and slopes towards a rounded tip. The seed is 4 mm. long and 2.5 mm. wide. Unfortunately, the needle pairs with the spur shoots belonging to this pine have not been discovered. The fragments of individual needles are abundant in Beskonak and Karga Creek sites, but it is not possible to assign them to the new taxon Since the needle impressions are not suitable for cuticular preparations. Pinus nickmirovii differs from P. massoniana mainly by its longer and sessile cones. The apophyses of P. nickmirovii are flat and smooth with one horizontal ridge only, while the apophyses of the P. massoniana cones I examined are thicker and protruding somewhat from the surface. Furthermore, the apophyses of the herbarium specimens collected from Swangsi province of China (R.C. Ching No. 8486, U.C.) have supra median umbos, mostly ellip- tical in outline. According to Masters (1904), the umbos of P. massoniana are depressed, but contrary to this condition, the living specimens in the Eddy Arboretum (Institute of Forest Genetics, Placerville, Calif.) exhibit slightly projecting umbos. The specimens from northern China have a vertical ridge below the umbo on the basiscopic half of the apophyses. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 127 Affinities: P. nickmirovii n. sp. is a diploxylon pine belonging to subsection Sylvestres of the section Pinus. Its closest living relative, P. massoniana Lambert occupies an enormous area from Honan in northern China to Hongkong in the south. It extends from Szechuan in western China to the shores of the China Sea in the east. Isolated populations of P. massoniana recur in North Viet-Nam and on the islands of Hainan and Taiwan. The following east Asian pines have taxonomic affinities to P. massoniana Lamb.: Pinus tabulaeformis Carr. (Chinese pine), P. densiflora Sieb. et Zucc. (Japanese red pine), and P. thunbergiana Franco (Japanese black pine). All of these diploxylon pines are classified under the Subsection Sylvestres (cf. Critchfield & Little 1966) together with the extant Turkish species P. nigra Arnold, P. halepensis Mill., P. brutia Ten., P. sylvestris L. Probably our living P. nigra is descended from P. massoniana, which possibly migrated from eastern Eurasia to western Eurasia along the northern shores of the Tethys Sea during the upper Cretaceous or early Tertiary. Presently, P. massoniana grows extensively in the mixed mesophytic forests of the Lower Yangtze Provinces of China associated with Acer, Alnus, Carpinus, Castanopsis, Fraxinus, Ilex, Kalopanax, Liquidamber, Ma TLC Pistacia, Populus, Pterocarya, Quercus (several ae Tilia, Ulmus, and Zelkova (Wang 1961). In southern Anhwei, the accom- panying trees are Acer, Magnolia, Cladrastis, Tilia, Staphylea, Sorbus, Tsuga, Fraxinus, Symplocos, Ilex, Quercus and further west in the vicinity of Hwangshan, the associates are Platycarya, Liquidamber, Torreya, Morus, Pistacia, Sassafras, Tilia, Ulmus, 7athovan etc. In southern Hunan the main constituents of sclerophyllous forests are evergreen trees such as Castanopsis, Pasania, Quercus, Magnolia, Cinnamomum, "Bucklandia_ etc. in dry habitats and deciduous broadleaved trees such as Acer, Betula, Fagus, Liguidamber, Cercis, Rhus, Tilia, Sorbus, Carpinus, Diospyros in humid sites under maritime influence (Wang 1961, p. 145). It is very remarkable indeed that the genera listed above are represented in the tertiary flora of Giivem occurring together with Pinus nickmirovii. The fossils of P. massoniana Lamb. reported by W. Szafer from the Pliocene of Poland may be closely allied to Pinus nickmirovii. Occurrence: Upper Miocene, 14 + 1 million years old, Ankara Province, Kiz1lcahamam district, Guvem subdistrict, Gircii valley, 1975. Holotype: M.T.A. No. 75-687, in Turkish Museum of Natural History, The Mineral Research and Exploration Institute (M.T.A.), Ankara. Paratype: Kasapligil No. 5618 ex Hicri Aksoy, complete cone impression in diatomite collected from the Beskonak village of Giivem subdistrict from the banks of the main road from Kizilcahamam to Gerkes and deposited at the Turkish Museum of Natural History, M.T.A., Ankara; Topotype: Kasapligil No. 5403 seed impression collected from the Karga Creek site, 750 m. S.E. of Demirciler village of Guvem subdist., also deposited in the 128 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 Turkish Museum of Natural History, M.T.A., Ankara. Pinus nickmirovii is named for Dr. Nicholas T. Mirov of the Univ. of California, Geography Dept. in recognition of his contribution to the chemotaxonomy of the genus Pinus. 4) Pinus pinaster Aiton ssp. mioancyrensis n. ssp. (Figs. 34-36) Reference to Pinus pinaster Aiton, Hort. Kew. 3:367, 1789. Diagnosis: Ovulate strobili ovoid-conical, asymmetrical, 11-12 cn. fang and 4-5 an. wide near the base, tapering towards the apex and somewhat curved. Peduncle absent; apophyses of the ovuliferous scales rhomboidal, 12-17 m. ohh 8-12 mm. thick, ——— FF ee ee. SO umbos Si or rhombic projecting pyramydally 2-3 mm. above cone surface and terminating into a persistent bristle pointed towards the cone apex. Discussion: The first cone specimen of this taxon collected by Dr. W. Fry in 1969 is an excellent impression preserved in diatomite with a high content of volcanic ash. A second cone impression representing two thirds of a complete cone was collected from the Karga Creek site in 1976. The latex replicas of these cone impressions were most helpful in observing the external structural details. Pinus pinaster Ait. (syn., P. maritima Poiret), French maritime pine, is a western mediterranean pine ranging from Portugal, Spain, and southern France to northwestern Italy, Corsica, and Sardinia. In north Africa, it extends from Tunisia to Morocco. Since it is widely cultivated along the coasts of the Mediterranean region for sand fixation and afforestation purposes, its exact natural distribution can not be defined with certainty. The distributions given for Dalmatia (cf. Jalas & Suominen 1973, 4 17) and Greece ‘es Dallimore & Jackson 1967) need veri fication. pinaster had a much wider distribution, from north Africa to Tretand and from the Iberian peninsula to Asia Minor during the Tertiary period. The extant species has several varieties and geographical races which are hard to distinguish from one another. The herbarium materials from natural populations as well as the cultivated materials I examined have projecting cone scales with deflexed apophyses. In addition to transverse keels, they also ie a vertical ridge. The transverse keels and the umbos in pinaster ssp. pinaster are median or infra median in position. The umbos are sharply pointed or dome-shaped and lack bristles. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 129 A leafy impression with two stout needles attached with a long persistant sheath (Kasapligil No. 5489) is referable to P. pinaster ssp. mioancyrensis. Unfortunately, the base of the spur shoot is poorly preserved and the needles are incomplete. These fragmentary needles are 53 mm. long and slightly over 1 mm. thick. The stiff appearance of these two needles is a character- istic feature of the maritime pines in general (Fig. 36). Affinities: P. pinaster Ait. ssp. mioancyrensis is a diploxylon pine which belongs to the Sylvestres subsection of the Section Pinus. Pin maritime de Corse or Corsican pine is described as an independent species, P. mesogeensis Fieschi et Gaussen, and seems to be quite identical with P. pina Atta (cf. Gaussen 1960, p. 112 and Fig. 332 on p. 117). According to Schtitt (1959), P. pinaster crosses naturally with P. halepensis which indicates the genetic affinity between these two taxa. The fossil relatives of P. pinaster are summarized in the following table: Fossil records of P. pinaster and the taxa related to it. (After Pilger 1926, Gaussen 1960, Mirov 1967 and Nemejc 1968) Fossil Taxa Pinus fittonii Carr. Pinus ornata Stern Pinus oviformis End]. Pinus oviformis End]. Pinus pinaster Sol. Pinus pinaster Sol. Pinus aff. pinaster Pinus pinastroides Ung. Pinus plutonis Baily Pinus praepinaster Teiera Pinus spinosa Herbst Age Lower Cretaceous Pliocene Pliocene Oligocene & Lower Miocene Upper Miocene- Early Pliocene Pliocene Miocene 01igocene-Lower Miocene Miocene Pliocene Tertiary Locality England Northern Bohemia, Czechos lavakia Northern Bohemia, Czechos lavakia Central Europe Coiron, Central France Sofia, Bulgaria Rochessauve-aux-Coirons, Ardeche (Rhone Valley) France. Central Europe Antrium, Northern Ireland Rio Major, Portugal Silesia, Poland 130 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 Occurrence: Upper Miocene, 14 + 1 million years old; Ankara Province, Kiziicahamam district, Guvem Subdistrict, Gurcu Valley, 1968 Holotype: Kasapligil No. 6078, PA-312 ex Wayne Fry, in Turkish Museum of Natural History, The Mineral Research and Exploration Institute (M.T.A.), Ankara, the replica of the holotype in Univ. Calif. Museum of Palaeontology, Palaebot. Paratype: Kasapligil No. 5530, cone fragment, impres- sion in diatomite, collected from the Karga Creek site, 750 m. south east of Demirciler Village of Guvem subdistrict, alt. Ca. 1200 m., Sept. 4, 1976; deposited in the Turkish Museum of Natural History, M.T.A. Ankara; replica of paratype No. 5530 is stored in U.C. Museum of Palaeontol., Palaeobot. Paratype: Kasapligil No. 5489, two needles attached to a spur shoot, Gurcu Valley of Guvem subdistrict, also deposited in the Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A.), Ankara. The name of this subspecies is derived from Ancyra which was the ancient name of the capital city of Ankara dating back to the 9th century B.C. 5) Pinus firatii n.sp. (Figs. 38-50) Diagnosis: Cones ovoid or conical, pointing towards apex, 10-14 cm. long (according to restored outline), 3.5-4.5 cm. wide near base, peduncle lacking; ovuliferous scales 60-80 per cone, 2.2-2.6 cm. long, 1.2-1.7 cm. wide, abaxial surfaces ribbed lengthwise with prominant fibro-vascular bundles, apophyses oblique rhomboidal, rounded on lateral sides, 1.2-1.8 cm. wide (transversely), 0.8-1.2 cm. high (vertically); umbos terminal, rhombic or rhomboidal in dorsal view, deflexed, horizontal or pointed towards cone apex in closed condition, rhomboidal and ointed at tip, 3-4.5 mm. wide (transversely) 2-3 mm. high ieartieatty ; striations of apophyses in continuity with dorsal ribs of seed scales, converging near the base of umbos. Leaves in cluster of five needles, variable in length, ranging from 4 to 9 cm., 1 mm. wide, margins obscurely serrulate, tapering at apex; spur shoots 2 mm. long, with deciduous sheath around; scars of the subtending bracts on stems narrowly rhom- boidal, 2.5-3 mm. wide, 0.5-1 mm. thick. Seed wing adnate to seed, 13-19 mm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, rounded or tapering at apex; seeds 6-7 mm. long, 3-5 mm. wide, seed coat striate. Discussion: Two cone impressions in diatomite were | collected by Mr. H. Aksoy from two different sites of the Gurcu Valley of the Giivem locality. Both impressions have excellent structural characteristics although the very apices and the basal parts of the specimens are missing. These two cones show a 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 131 remarkable resemblance to the extant species Pinus morrisonicola Hayata, a native of Taiwan (cf. Li, 1963 p. 49 and fig. 9 on p. 50). Apparently both of the cones were fossilized in water, since the cone scales are in a closed position. Again, the replicas of these cones provided me with suitable study material for the structural details of the ovuliferous scales which are similar to the oblong-ovoid scales of P. morrisonicola as de- scribed by Li (1963). However, according to Cheng (1930), the ovuliferous scales of P. morrisonicola are elliptical in outline, 3 cm. long and total 40 scales per cone. According to recon- structed cone outlines of P. firatii, the number of seed scales per cone would vary between 60 and 80. The tips of the apophyses in P. firatii are thick and the umbos are sharply pointed, while the apophyses of the P. morrisonicola cones that I studied are thinner and terminate into a rounded umbo. Another cone impres- sion borrowed from the Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A. #75-687), of the same locality, is much larger than the first two specimens and its total length is estimated at 14 cm. This specimen has a small portion of the cone axis exposed at its base, but the peduncle is missing again. I had the opportunity to study nine different specimens of needle clusters varying considerably in size. The shortest cluster (S. Basaran No. 3B) has four slender needles, one of them incomplete, the remaining three needles are nearly 4 cm. long and all of them are attached to a short shoot without a sheath at the base. Possibly, the fifth needle is missing or remains buried within the substratum. Another fine cluster of five complete needles attached to a spur shoot (S. Basaran # 3B) has the total length of 6.5 cm. Three diatomite impressions with scattered and overlapping dense foliage (Kasapligil No. 5619 ex H. Aksoy, Kasapligil No. 5621, H. Aksoy and Kasapligil No. 5622 ex. H. Aksoy) are all traceable to five needles per cluster and No. 5619 is a particularly good specimen since three long shoots appear with numerous spur shoots attached to them. These foliage specimens were collected from the Beskonak site of the Giirci Valley where the holotype (No. 5620) and paratype (No. 5193) cone impressions were discovered. During my 1976 visit to the Karga Creek site, I collected two impressions of 5 needles (Kasapligil No. 5520 and No. 5625) converging towards the base, but without the spur shoots. Another specimen (Kasapligil No. 5443) from the same locality has a long shoot with spur shoots and needle clusters. Although parts of the leaves were missing, the longest needle measured in this specimen was 9 cm., which indicates that the complete needles may be even longer. Finally, a hardened diatomite shale (Kasapligil 5492) collected from the chert deposit site on the main road near the cemetery has an impression of five needles with a spur shoot and two winged pine seeds also referable to P. firatii. 132 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 2 The seeds of P. firatii are similar to those in the description of P. formosana Hayata (a synonym of P. morrisonicola Hayata) by Uyeki (1927, p. 86). The wing size is variable, but the outline of the wing and its terminal position in relation to the seed are constant. Paratype B.K. No. 5626 shows the breakable nature of the wing while the specimen No. 2la of S. Basaran repre- sents an unfertilized seed with a rudimentary ovule at base. Such abortive seeds were common in the herbarium material of P. morrisonicola I examined. Affinities: Pinus firatii is an haploxylon pine belonging to subgenus Strobus section Strobus and subsection Strobi. Its closest living relative, P. morrisonicola of Kwangtung, Taiwan, and the Hainan islands (Lee 1973) is allied to P. parviflora Sieb. et Zucc. (comprising P. pentaphylla Mayr and P. himekomatsu Miyabe and Kudo) from Japan and with Pinus armandii Franchet; a native of southern China and Taiwan. The oleoresin chemistry of the latter species is quite similar to that of P. morrisonicola, Suggesting genetic affinity (Mirov 1967). Although P. morrison- icola is included under P. parviflora by Shaw (1914), the latter differs strickingly from P. morrisonicola as well as from P. firatii by its concave umbos and broadly rounded wings, embracing the external margins of the seeds (cf. Uyeki 1927, plate 8, fig. C.). According to Wang (1961), P. morrisonicola Hay. grows in the evergreen broadleaved forests of Hainan together with Quercus, Castanopsis, Pasania, Magnolia, Cinnamomum, Rhododendron, Bucklandia, Engelhardtia, etc. all of which are the familiar genera of the Tertiary floras. Therefore, this author believes that P. morrisonicola Hayata is a Tertiary relict species with limited distribution in eastern Asia some 9000 km. east of the fossil beds of Glivem where the remains of P. firatii were collected. The fossil relatives of Pinus firatii are summarized in the following table (after Pilger 1926, Miki 1957, MacGinitie 1953, Gaussen 1960, and Kolakowsky 1965). Fossil Taxa Age Locality Pinus echinostrobus Miocene Armisan, Aude, France Sap. P. geanthracis (Goepp.) Tertiary Western Georgia, USSR E. Reichenb. P. geanthracis (Goepp.) Eocene Silesia, Poland E. Reichenb. P. hordacea (Rossm. ) Tertiary Western Georgia, USSR ~ Engeth. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 133 Fossil Taxa Age Locality P. hungarica Kov. Upper Miocene Northern mountain regions of Hungary. P. monticola D. Don Post Pliocene Omoloi, Arctic Siberia, UE SeSeRe Pe palaeopentaphy| la Mio-Pliocene Ningyo-Toge between Tanai & Onoe Tortori & Okayama prefectures, Japan. P. palaeostrobus Miocene Zemplon Mts., N.E.. (Ettingsh. ) Heer Hungary. P. palaeostrobus Miocene Soma locality, Manisa (Ettingsh. ) Heer and Sekbanbeli locality, Tavganl1, Kiitahya, Turkey P. palaeostrobus Eocene Austria (Ettingsh. ) Heer P. palaeostrobus Paleogene Greenland (Ettingsh.) Heer P. palaeostrobus Oligocene Middle Dnieper, Tim, (Ettingsh. ) Heer UrSwSiRe P. palaeostroboides Miocene Guarene, Piedmont, Sism. N.W. Italy P. parviflora Sieb. Pliocene to 16 localities from et Zucc. Pleistocene Japan (Miki 1957, p.247) P. reussii Corda Lower Czenezic, Bohemia, Cretaceous Czechoslovakia P. strobiformis Cretaceous Moscow Province, USSR Bolkhov. P. strobus L. Pliocene Frankfurt am Main, West Germany Piestrobus. ls, Pliocene Romania ( P. strobus fossilis Upper Pliocene Lower Main Valley, Gayl. et Kink Germany P. wheeleri Cockerel] (aff. P. montivola Douglas ) Oligocene Florissant beds, near Colorado Springs, Colorado, U.S.A. Most probably, the needle specimens of P. palaeostrobus (Ettingsh. ) Heer at the Turkish Museum of Natural History, which were collected from western Turkey, should be referred to P. firatii. The speci- men with four needles on a spur shoot from Tavganli (M.T.A. No. 61051) possibly lost a needle during Fassia Further search and collections at the Soma and ee Ey localities may yield the cone and seed impressions which wou d bring additional evidence to ascertain the correct identification of the needle clusters. 13h PET Poets Vol. 0, No. 2 The pollen grains extracted from diatomite and paper shale rocks from different collecting sites of Giivem locality have been surveyed and photographed. Both psilate and non-psilate types of pine pollens are abundant in the substrata. Since Pinus firatii is the only Haploxylon pine occurring in the GUvem deposits, the non-psilate pollen grains have been referred to Pinus firatii. These pollen grains will be described in a separate article. The dominance of the pine and oak pollens in every slide suggests that both haploxylon and diploxylon pines together with several species of oaks, were the dominant trees of this Tertiary conifer-broadleaved forest.. Occurrence: Upper Miocene, 14 + 1 million yrs.; Ankara Province, Kizilcahamam District, Guvem subdistrict, Glirci Valley. Holotype: Kasapligil No. 5620 ex. H. Aksoy, ovulate cone impres- sion in diatomite, collected from the Beskonak site deposited at the Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A.) Ankara; the replica of the holotype in U.C. Palaeontol. Mus., Palaeobot. Paratypes: Kasapligil No. 5193 ex. H. Aksoy (cone) and M.T.A. No. 75-687 (cone) deposited in Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A. ) Ankara; the replicas in U.C. Palaeont. Mus, Palaeobot. Foliage paratypes: Semra Basaran 3B (two different specimens under the same number) in School of Pharmacy, Univ. of Ankara; Kasapligil No. 5619 ex H. Aksoy, 5621 ex H. Aksoy, 5622 ex H. Aksoy (all collected from Beskonak site) deposited in the Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A.) Ankara and the photographs in U.C. Palaeontology Museum, Palaeobot.; Kasapligil No. 5443, No. 5520, No. 5625 (all from Karga Creek site, 750 m. SE of Demirciler village) deposited in the Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A.) Ankara; Topotype: Kasapligil No. 5492 a, Guvem-Gerkes road, from the chert deposit site below the lone pine near the cemetery, alt. ca. 1150 m., The Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A.) Ankara. Seed Paratypes: Kasapligil No. 5626, Karga Creek site, 750 m. S.E. of Demirciler village, alt. ca. 1200 m. in Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A.) Ankara; S. Basaran No. 21 a, abortive seed from the Gircti Valley, in School of Pharmacy, Univ. of Ankara; topotypes: Kasapligil No. 5492 b and c, Gtivem-Cerkes road, below the lone pine, near cemetery, in Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A.) Ankara. This fossil pine is named in honor of Professor Fehim Firat of the Forestry College of the University of Istanbul in recognition of his contribution to the management of Pinus pinea L. forests in Turkey. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 135 Summary and Conclusions: A review of the extant species of the genus Pinus in Turkey and their fossil representatives in Turkey or elsewhere was necessary for the identification and evaluation of the Miocene pine taxa collected from the Gurcli Valley of Giivem Subdistrict located 90 km. north of Ankara. The living taxa of pines of Turkey are discussed at specific and infraspecific levels. Out of five living pines present in Turkey only two occur in Girci valley from Isikdag in the north to Glivem in the south: Pinus nigra Arnold ssp. pallasiana (Lamb.) Holmboe and Pinus sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven) Fomin (cf. Figures 1, 15 and 16). Neither one of these pines was present in the miocene forest which occupied the shores of a fresh water lake around the Gurcii Valley area approximately 15 million years ago. Five new taxa of fossil pines have been described and their affinities to the living pines are discussed. Pinus canariensis Sm. ssp..meteaensis n. ssp. is represented by impressions of a seed cone, of a twig without foliage, several leaf impressions and abundant pollen grains in the lacustrine sediments. Its closest relatives are Pinus canariensis Sm. of Canary Islands and Pinus roxburghii Sargent of the Himalayan region. The Canary Island pine is extinct in the Mediterranean basin but the fossil remains of its ancestral forms have been reported from Portugal, Spain, France and Caucasus. Possibly, it had a wider range extending eastward through the southern shores of Paratethys sea during Middle Miocene. Pinus halepensis Aiton ssp. alpanii n. ssp. is represented by a single cone impression in diatomite. Its closest living relatives are P. halepensis Aiton ssp. halepensis and P. brutia Ten. which are distributed in the coastal regions of Turkey. Pinus nickmirovii n. sp. is represented by two impressions of seed cones quite similar to the ovulate cones of P. massoniana Lamb. , a native of China, Viet Nam and Taiwan. Pinus pinaster Aiton ssp. mioancyrensis n. ssp. is repre- sented by two cone impressions and two needles attached to a spur shoot. Pinus pinaster is extinct in Asia Minor, but during the Tertiary period, it had an extensive distribution from northern Ireland and England through Central Europe and the Balkan Peninsula to Anatolia. Pinus firatii n. sp. is the only haploxylon pine of the Upper Miocene flora of the Gtivem locality. This pine is repre- sented by impressions of two cones, two seeds, long and spur shoots with clusters of five needles in diatomites. It is closely allied with Pinus morrisonicola Hayata, an extant species native of eastern Asia. 136 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. O, No. 2 All holotype and paratype specimens of these fossil taxa are deposited in the Turkish Museum of Natural History, Mineral Research and Exploration Institute of Turkey (M.T.A.), Ankara. Silicon rubber replicas of the cone impressions and contrast photographs of the other type materials are deposited in the Paleontology Museum of the University of California, Berkeley. From the survey of literature, I believe that most of the modern genera of the gymnosperms were differentiated as early as the beginning Eocene epoch of the Tertiary period. The new taxa described from the Upper Miocene of the Glivem flora in this paper are remarkably similar to the extant species. However, due to certain structural differences observed and the ecological changes which occurred during the past fifteen million years, the present author feels justified to apply new names to the Miocene materials described here. Obviously, some of the fossil specimens collected in the field are quite incomplete, lacking vegetative parts and seeds. Discovery of additional materials and of complete specimens with branches with the cones and foliage attached to them or a thorough survey of the allied fossil pines reported from other Tertiary floras of Europe and Asia may reduce some of the proposed names into synonymy. Until then, the nomenclature proposed in this article should serve the purpose of communication. The occurrence of five different fossil taxa of pines in the Miocene flora of Glivem which occupies a relatively small area is not surprising at all. Martinez (1963) lists ten species of pines for Valle de Mexico, one of the smallest states of Mexico with a total area of 1555 square miles. Seven species of pines grow in the Lake Tahoe Basin (cf. Griffin & Critchfield 1972 and G. L. Smith 1973). It is very likely to discover additional taxa of pines by exploring the other Tertiary fossil deposits in Asia Minor. Other gymnosperms associated with the Miocene pines of the Guvem locality are: Glyptostrobus, Sequoia, Taxodium, Keteleeria, Picea, Cedrus, Tsuga, Cupressus, Juniperus, Thuja, Libocedrus, Cephalotaxus and Ephedra. The broadleaved trees of this conifer-hardwood forest are represented by twelve species of fossil oaks and many other genera such as Acer, Alnus, Ailanthus, Arbutus, Broussonetia, Betula, Carpinus, Castanea, Castanopsis, Cercidiphyllum, Cercis,Cinnamomum, Crataegus, Diospyros, Fagus , Ficus, Gleditschia, Juglans, Liquidambar, Nacnatie Myrica, Neolitsea, Persea, Platanus, Populus, Salix, Sapindus, Symplocos, Tilia, Ulmus, Zelkova, etc. Several tree genera such as Glyptostrobus, Sequoia, Taxodium, Keteleeria, Tsuga, Thuja, Libocedrus, Cephalotaxus , Broussonetia, Castanopsis, Cerdidiphyllum, Cinnamomum, Magnolia, Myrica, Neolitsea, Persea, 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 137 Sapindus and Symplocos are extinct in the present flora. However, many other Tertiary genera are well-represented in the relict forest of Hatila Valley near Artvin in northeastern Turkey. This relict forest deserves the immediate attention of the Turkish Forestry Service for a strict preservation as a national park. Anong various fossil collecting sites along the Gurcu Valley of Guvem (see Figure 16), Karga creek site situated 750 meters southeast of Demirciler village is the richest source of the fossil remains. Unfortunately, thousands of fossil specimens in diatomite and paper shale slabs have been sold to the tourists by the children of the neighboring villages or smuggled out of the country by foreign visitors. The Miocene deposits of the Karga Creek area need to be fenced in for immediate protection as a natural monument. Acknowledgements : First of all, I would like to extend my gratitude to the National Science Foundation, U.S.A. which financed the major part of this research. I wish to thank my following friends and colleagues who helped me generously and patiently in many ways during the course of this study: Mr. Hicri Aksoy (Turkish Forestry Service, Ankara, Turkey), Dr. Sadrettin Alpan (Director General of the Institute of Mineral Research and Exploration, Ankara, Turkey), Dr. Daniel I. Axelrod (Professor Emeritus, Botany Department, University of California, Davis, California), Dr. Rimo Bacigalupi (Curator Emeritus, Jepson Herbarium, University of California, Berkeley), Miss Semra Basaran (College of Pharmacology, University of Ankara), Mr. Zekai Bayer (Director General of the National Parks, Turkish Forestry Service, Ankara), Dr. Lincoln Constance (Professor Emeritus, Botany Department, University of California, Berkeley)., Professor Fehim Firat (College of Forestry, University of Istanbul, Turkey), Dr. Wayne Fry (Paleontology Department, University of California, Berkeley), Professor Harry D. McGinitie (Museum of Paleontology, Univ. of California, Berkeley), Dr. Herbert L. Mason (Professor Emeritus, Botany Dept., University of California, Berkeley), Dr. Elizabeth McClintock (Curator Emeritus of California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco), Professor M. Miraboglu (College of Forestry, University of Istanbul, Turkey), Dr. Robert Ornduff (Director of the Herbarium, University of California, Berkeley), Mr. Howard Schorn (Department of Paleontology, University of California, Berkeley), Dr. Jack A. Wolfe (U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California). It is impossible to list all the staff members of the various government agencies and universities I visited. However, I would like to mention just a few of them with my especial thanks: Mrs. Esin Gunduzhan, Dr. Ibrahim Tekkaya and his staff (M.T.A. Paleontology Section, Ankara), Professor Necmi Sonmez and his staff (Dept. of Agricultural Engineering, University of Ankara), Staff members of 138 PobeY.-T OrL OrGT A Vol. hO, No, 2 the Turkish Museum of Natural History (M.T.A., Ankara), Director of the Archeology Museum in Ankara, Professor Britta Lundblad and Professor Rolf Santesson and their staff members (Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm), Professor Olof Selling (Danderyd, Sweden), Professor R. Givulescu (Baia Mare, Romania), Mrs. A. Folea and Dr. Luciana Artin (Paleobotanie, Institutul Geologie, Bucharest, Romania). 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 139 REFERENCES Alemdag, Seref 1962 Development, yield and management rules of red pine = Pinus brutia Ten. forests in Turkey. Ormancilik Aragtirma Enst. Yayinlari, Teknik Bulten Ser. II, 160 pp. (in Turkish with English Summary ) Aytug, Burhan et Ismet Sanli 1974 Forets de la fin du tertiaire aux environs du Bosphore (Istanbul Bogaz1 ydresinin tersiyer sonu ormanlar1). Istanbul Univ., Orman Fakiltesi Dergisi, Ser. A. 24(2):64-78 (in French and Turkish). Bailey, L.H. and E.Z. Bailey 1976 Hortus Third, a concise dictionary of plants cultivated in the United States and Canada. MacMillan Publ. Co., Inc. , New York. Baytop, Turhan 1963 Tiirkiyenin tibbi ve zehirli bitkileri (The medicinal and poisonous plants of Turkey). Istanbul Univ. Yayinlar No. 1039, Faculty of Medicine, publ. No. 59. (in Turkish). Bean, W.J. 1976 Trees and shrubs hardy in the British Isles. 8th ed. peo (D.L. Clarke, chief ed.), Vol. III. John Murray, London. P Beissner-Fitschen 1930 Handbuch der NadelholzKunde. 3rd ed. Paul Parey, Berlin. Berkel, A. & S. Hug 1952 Turkiye ee tlrlerinden Saricam (Pinus silvestris L.) ve Fistikgami (Pinus pinea L.) govde odunu igersindeki ham terebantin miktari ve yayilisi Uzerinde arastirmalar. Orman Fak. Dergisi, 2(2): 3-15. 1h0 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. O, No. 2 Bernhard, R. 1931 Die Kiefern Kleinasiens. Mitt.d. Deutsch. Dendrolog. Ges. 43: 29-50. 1929-31 Das Vorkommen der Pinie in Kleinasien. Mitt. d. Deutsch. Dendrolog. Ges. 1929, p. 24; 1930, p. 63. Birand, H. 1952 a Turkiye Bitkileri. Plantae Turcicae. Ankara Univ. Fen Fak. Yayinlari No. 58/Botanik I, 330 pp., +2 maps. Ankara. Brinkmann, Roland 1959 Abriss der Geologie, vol. 2-Historische Geologie Ferdinand Enke Verlag, Stuttgart. VIII + 360 pp. 1976 Geology of Turkey. 158 pp., 68 figs., Ferdinand Enke Verlag, Stuttgart. Ceballos Fernandez de Cordoba, L. et Ortuno Medina 1951 Vegetacion y flora forestal de las Canarias Occidentales. Instituto Forestal de Investigacionesy Experiencias. Madrid. Cheng, Wanchun 1930 A study of Chinese pines. Contrib. from the Biol. Lab. of the Science Soc. of China, Bot. Ser. 6(2):5-21. Nanking, China. Christensen, E.F. 1975 The Séby Flora: fossil plants from the Middle Miocene delta deposits of the Sgby-Fasterholt area, Central Jutland, Denmark. Part I. Geol. Survey of Denmark II. Series, No. 103, 41 pp., 10 pls., Kg¢benhavn. Critchfield, William B. 1964 The Austrian X red pine hybrid. Silvae Genetica 12:187- 192, ilTlustr. and Elbert L. Little, Jr. 1966 Geographic distribution of the pines of the world. U.S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Publ. 991, 97 pp., illustr. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 11 Czeczott, Hanna 1954 The past and present distribution of Pinus halepensis Mill. and P. brutia Ten. 8th Internat]. Cong. Bot., Paris & Nice, Papers, 8 (Sect. 2, 4-6): 196-197. Dallimore, W. & A. B. Jackson 1966 A handbook of Coniferae and Ginkgoaceae. 4th ed. revised by S.G. Harrison, XIX + 729 pp., St. Martin's Press, New York. Davis, P.H. 1965 Flora of Turkey and the East Aegean Islands, vol. I, at the Univ. Press, Edinburg. 197] Distribution patterns in Anatolia with particular reference to Endemisim. p. 15-27 in Plant Life of South-West Asia (ed. P. H. Davis, P. C. Harper & I. C. Hedge). Bot. Soc. Edinburgh. Den Ouden, P. and B. K. Boom 1965 Manual of Cultivated conifers hardy in the cold and warm-temperate zone. The Hague/Martinus Nijhoff. Duffield, J. W. 1952 Relationship and species hybridization in the genus Pinus. 2. Forstgenet. Forstpfl. Zucht, vol. I, No. 4. Eligin, Gokhan 1970 Tiirkiyede Sarigam (Pinus silvestris L.) nin ekolojik altturi. ssp. Kochiana (Klotz.) Elicin. Istanbul Univ., Orman Fakiiltesi Dergisi, Ser. A. 20(2):289-299. 1971] Turkiye Sarigam (Pinus sylvestris L.) larinda morfogenetik aragtirmalar (Recherches morphogénétique sur les pins sylvestres de Turquie). Istanbul Univ., Orman Fakultesi Yayinlari No. 180, 149 + XII pp. (in Turkish with French summary ). Erentoz, Cahit 1966 Contribution a la Stratigraphie de la Turquie. Bull. Mineral Research and Exploration Institute of Turkey, 66:1-41+ a chart of land profiles and the Geol. Map of Turkey. (Text in French & English). 142 Po eT10 t. OsGcPA Vol. hO, No. 2 1975 Explanatory Text of the Geological Map of Turkey: Ankara. Edited by H.N. Pamir & C. Erentéz. Maden Tetkik ve Arama EnstitGsU Yayinlarindan, Ankara. Firat, Fehim 1942 Fistik Gami Ormanlarimizda meyva ve odun verimi bakimindan arastirmalar ve bu ormanlarin amenajman esaslari. (Inves- tigations on the seed and timber yields of our Pinus pinea forests and the principles of their management). Yiksek Ziraat Enst. Qaligmalar 141, pp. IV+176, Ankara. Sept. 21, 1965 Personal correspondence. Gassner, G. and F. Christiansen-Weniger 1942 Dendroklimatologische Untersuchungen Uber die Jahres- ringentwicklung der Kiefern in Anatolien. Nova Acta Leopoldiana d. Kais. Leopoldinisch-Carolinisch Deutsch. Akad. d. Naturforscher 12(80):1-137+14 pls. Halle. Gaussen, H. 1960 Les Coniferales actuelles et fossiles. Fascicule VI. Les Coniferales Généralités, Genre Pinus. Toulouse Univ., Faculté des Sciences, Lab. Forest. Trav., Tome e, wOl, Ly chap. ZL... 272 po. Griffin, J. R. and W. P. Critchfield 1972 The distribution of forest trees in California. U.S.D.A. Forest Service Research Paper, Pacific Southwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, Berkeley, California. Gulen, Ilhan 1959 Karagam (P. nigra Arnold) Hacim Tablosu: (Schaftolz Massentafel fur Schwarkiefer). Istanbul Univ. , Orman Faki:ltesi Dergisi 9(1):97-113. Gulisashvili, V.Z. and A.V. Vasiliev 1961 Dendroflora Kavkaza, vol. I - Gymnospermae-Monocoty ledoneae. Akad. Nauk Gruzinskoi, S.S.R. Guniz, Vehbi 1954 Forests and Forestry in Turkey. Turkish Forestry Service, Ankara. 28 pp.+1 map. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 143 Hammond's Historical Atlas 1963 C.S. Hammond & Co., Maplewood, New Jersey. Handel-Mazzetti, Heinrich Freih v. 1909 Ergebnisse einer botanischen Reise in das Pontische Randgebirge im Sandschak Trapezunt, unternommen im Jahre 1907. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien, XXIII:6-212+9 pls. Harlow, William M. 1931 The identification of the pines of the United States, native and introduced by needle Structure. Bull. New York State College of Forestry vol. 20, No. 2 Techn, Bull. No. 32. Hsu, K. J. et al. 1977 History of the Mediterranean salinity Crisis. Nature vol. 267 (5610):399-402. 1978 When the Black Sea was drained. Sci. Amer. 238(5): 52-63. Jalas, Jaakko and Juha Suominen 1973 (ed. ) Atlas Florae Europaeae, Distribution of vascular plants in Europe. vol. 2, Gymnospermae. Helsinki. Karamanoglu, K. 1976 Tiirkiye Bitkileri Ankara Univ., Eczacilik Faktiltesi Publ. No. 32, vol. 1, 1277 pp., Ankara. Karlberg, Sten 1960 Forests and forestry in Turkey. Acta Horti Gotoburgensis 23:41-70. Kasapligil, Baki 1947 Kuzey Anadoluda Botanik Gezileri (Botanical trips in northern Anatolia). Tarim Bakanl1g1, Orman Genel Mudirliigti, Sayi:32, 196 pp., Istanbul. (in Turkish). 1952 The forest vegetation in the Mediterranean regions of Turkey. Istanbul Univ., Orman Fakultesi Dergisi, 2(2):47-65. (in Turkish and English). hy PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 5 1956 a An ecological survey of the vegetation in relation to forestry and grazing. Report to the Government of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan. FAO of the U.N. 156/9/7164 Report JOR., 39 pp., Rome. 1956 b PTants of Jordan, with notes on their ecology and economic uses. 130 pp., Forestry Dept., Amman. Jordan. 1960 Forest remains of interior Asia Minor, Proceed. Fifth World Forestry Congr. vol. 1:384-386. Univ. Washington, Seattle, Wash. 1975 The Pliocene flora of Guivem village near Ankara, Turkey. Abstracts of the papers presented at the XIIth Inter- national Botanical Congress. p. 115. Akademia Nauk SSSR, Leningrad. 1977 A late-Tertiary Conifer-Hardwood Forest from the vicinity of Guvem village, near Kizilcahamam, Ankara. Bull. Mineral Research and Exploration Inst. of Turkey, Foreign Ed. No. 88:25-22+41 figures. Kayacik, H. 1954 } Turkiye camlari ve Bunlarin Cografi Yayilislari Uzerinde Arastirmalar. (Pines in Turkey and an investigation about their geographical distribution) Istanbul Univ. Orman Fak. Dergisi. 4(1-2): 44-64 with 16 pl. 2 maps and English summary. 1957 Gemlik kérfezi kiyilarindaki fistik gam.mesgcereleri ve bunlar tizerinde mlisahedeler (Beobachtunden liber die lokale Verbreitung der Pinie (Pinus pinea L.) in der Nahe von Gemlik, an der Marmara Meerkiste). Istanbul Univ. Orman Fakultesi Dergisi Seri A, 7(1):7-21 (in Turkish with a summary in German). 1963 Tarkiye gamlari ve bunlarin cografi yayiliglari uzerinde arastirmalar II. (Pines in Turkey and an investigation about their geographical distribution). Istanbul Univ. Orman Fak. Dergisi Ser. A. 13(1):1-10. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 145 1965 Orman ve park agaglarinin ozel sistematigi (Systematics of forest and park trees ), vol.I. Gymnospermae, 2nd ed., Istanbul Univ. , Orman Fakultesi Yayinlari No. 98, Istanbul. 1973 Tiirkiye gamlari ve bunlarin cografi yayilislari uzerinde arastirmalar III. (Pines in Turkey and an investigation about their geographical distribution III. Aleppo pine). Istanbul Univ. Orman Fakultesi Dergisi Seri A, 23(2): 147-160 (in Turkish with English and German summaries). Kilpper, Karl 1967 Die Koniferen des niederheinischen Tertiars. Sonderveroff. Geol. Inst. Univ. Koln. 13:43-53. Klaus, W. 1977 Der Fund einer fossilen Aleppo-Kiefer (Pinus halepensis Mill.) im Pannon des Wiener Beckens. Beitr. Palaeont. Osterreich 2:59-69. Kolakovsky, A. A. 1962 Pontian Flora of Pitsunda. Trans. of Sukhumi Botanical Garden, issue XIV, Sukhumi (in Russian). 1964 A Pliocene Flora of the Kodor River Akad. Nauk Gruzinskoi SSR, Sukhumskii Botan. Sad, Monogr. I, Sukhumi. 1965 Tertiary pines of western Georgia. Botanichesky Zhurnal, vol. 50(7): 990-995 (in Russian). 1975 Botanical Excursion Guide, Abkhasia (Miusersky, Pitsundsky and Ritsinsky Reserve) XII. Internat]. Bot. Congr. 17 pp., Leningrad. (in Russian and English). Komarov, V.L. 1934 (ed.) Flora of the U.S.S.R. vol. I Archegoniatae and Embryophyta. Bot. Inst. Acad. of S¢iences, U.S.S.R. (Translated from Russian & Published for the Smithsonian Institution U.S.A. and the National Science Foundation, Washington, D.C. by the Israel Program for Scientific Translations). 16 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 Krause, K. 1936 Turkiyenin gynmospermleri (Die Gymnospermen der Tiirkei). Yiiksek Ziraat Enstitusti Caligmalarindan No. 17, Ankara, 42 pp. (in Turkish and German) Krussmann, Gerd 1972 Handbuch der Nadelgeholze Paul Parey, Berlin & Hamburg. Pinus halepensis Mill. p. 236-237. Latschaschvili, I. 1970 De Pinis Georgicis. Akad. Nauk Gruzinskoi, S.S.R. Botanicheskii Inst., Notulae Systematicae ac geographicae instituti botanici Tbilisienses 28: 13-20. Lee, Shun-ching 1973 Forest Botany of China, Supplement. Chinese Forestry Association, Taipei, Taiwan. Li, Hui-Lin 1963 Woody Flora of Taiwan. A Morris Arboretum Monograph, Livingston Publ. Co., Narberth, Pennsylvania. Little, Elbert L. Jr. and William B. Critchfield 1969 Subdivisions of the Genus Pinus (Pines). U.S. Dept. Agr. , Forest Service, Misc. Publ. No. 1144, 51 pp., illust. Little, Elbert L. and Francis I. Righter 1965 Botanical descriptions of forty artificial pine hybrids. U.S. Dept. Agric., Forest Service, Techn. Bull. 1345, Washington, D.C. Mac Ginitie, Harry D. 1953 Fossil Plants of the Florissant Beds, Colorado. Carnegie Inst. of Washington, Publ. No. 599, Washington, D.C. Martinez, Maximino 1963 Las Pinaceas Mexicanas. Tercera Edicion Inst. de Biologia, Univ. Nacional Autonoma de Mexico. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 147 Masters, M.T. 1904 A general view of the genus Pinus. J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35:560-659. Malejeff, W. 1929 Pinus pithyusa (Stev.) and und Pinus eldarica (Medw.), zwei Relict Kiefern der taurisch-Kaukasischen Flora. Mitt. d. deutsch. Dendrolog. Ges., Jahrbuch: 138-150. McDougal, Ian 1977 Extension of the geomagnetic polarity time scale to be 6.5 m-y.:K-Ar dating, geological and paleomagnetic study of a 3500 m lava succession in western Iceland. Research School of Earth Sciences, Australian Natl. Univ., Canberra, A.C.T. 2600; K. Saemundsson & H. Johannesson, Natl. Energy Authority, Reyk-Javik, Iceland; N.D. Watkins, Grad. School of Oceanography, Univ. of Rhode Island, Kingston Rhode Island; L. Krist Jansson, Sci. Inst., Univ. of Iceland. ReyKjavik, Iceland. 15 p., 6 figs., 1 tbl. Mirov, N.T. 1955 Relationships between Pinus halepensis and other insignes pines of the mediterranean region. Bull. Research Counc. of Israel, Sect. D. Botany, vol. 5D(1):65-72. 1961 Composition of gum turpentines of pines. U.S.D.A. Forest Service, Techn. Bull. No. 1239. 1965 Personal correspondence. 1967 The Genus Pinus. The Ronald Press Company, New York. Nemejc, Frantisek 1968 Paleobotanika III. Systematicka CAST. Nakladatelstvi Ceskos lovenske Akademie Ved, Praha. Okay, Mecit Ibrahim 1940 Uber die Gewinnung und Verarbeitung des Terpentins von Pinus brutia. Arbeiten aus dem Yidksek Ziraat Enstitiisu, 106:1-44. Ankara. 148 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 2 Oksal, E. M. 1943 Orman ve park agacglarimiz (Forest and park trees) vol. I, Istanbul (in Turkish). Pamay, Besalet 1960 Recherches sur la regeneration naturelle des pins sylvestres (P. sylvestris L.) en Turquie. Istanbul Univ. Orman Fakiltesi Dergisi, Seri A,10(2):37-67 (in Turkish and French). Papajoannou, J. 1936 Eine neue Varietat von Pinus brutia Ten., var. agrophiotii. Extrait des practica de 1'Academie d'Athenes, IT. Pilger, R. 1926 Coniferae, in A. Engler's Die naturlichen Pflanzen- familien, 2nd ed. Vol. 13:121-403. Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig. Pravdin, L.F. 1964 Scots Pine. Variation, intraspecific taxonomy and selection. Akad. Nauk. S.S.S.R., State Comm. for Lumber, Pulp and Paper, and wood-Processing Industry, and Forestry of the S.S.S.R. state Planning Comm. Silvic. Lab. Moskva. Engl. Tras]. by Israel Program for Sci. Transl., Jerusalem 1969. Radde, Gustav 1899 Grundzuge der Pflanzenverbreitung in den Kaukasuslandern von der unteren Wolga Uber den Manytsch-Scheider bis zur Scheitelflache Hocharmeniens Leipzig: Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann 500 pp. Saatcgioglu, F. & B. Pamay 1962 Adana Bolgesinin Kalkinmasinda Kizilgamin (Pinus brutia) Gneimi ve silvikulturu (The importance of Pinus brutia in the development of Adana region and its silviculture). Istanbul Univ., Orman Fak. Dergisi, Ser. A 12(2):88-101. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 149 Selik, Muzaffer 1963 Kizilcgam (Pinus brutia Ten.) in botanik ozellikleri uizerinde arastirmalar ve bunlarin Halep gam (Pinus halepensis Mill.) vasiflari ile mukayesesi. (Studies on the botanical characteristics of Pinus brutia Ten. and their comparison with the traits of Pinus halepensis Mill.). Orman Genel Midirligu Yayinlari No. 353, Istanbul. (in Turkish). 1962 Eine neue Varietat von Pinus brutia Ten. (Pinus brutia Ten. var. pyramidalis Selik var. nov.) Mitt. d. Deutsch. Dendr. Gesellsch. No.62:98-101+1 pl. Shaw, George Russell 1914 The Genus Pinus. Publ. of the Arnold Arboretum No. 5, The Riverside Press, Cambridge. pefik, Yavuz 1964 Kiz1lcam (Pinus brutia Ten.) Kozalak ve tohumu uzerine aragtirmalar. (Studies on the Cone and seed of Pinus brutia) Istanbul Univ. Orman Fak. Dergisi, Seri A, 14(2): 35-70. Smith, Gladys L. 1973 A flora of the Tahoe Basin and neighboring areas. The Wasmann Journal of Biology, 31(1):1-231. Univ. of San Francisco, San Francisco, California. Takhtajan, A. L. 1954 Flora Armenii. Akademii Nauk Armenskoy, S.S.R., Erevan. Tschermak, L. 1950 Waldbau, Springer Verlag, Vienna (see pp. 145-150 for Pinus sylvestris and its distribution map in fig. 33 on p. 146). Uyeki, Homiki 1927 The seeds of the genus Pinus, as an aid to the identifi- cation of species. Bull. Agric. & Forestry College, Suirgen, Corea, Japan. 150 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 Wang, Chi-Wu 1961 The forests of China with a survey of grassland and desert vegetation. Maria Moors Cabot Foundation, Publ. No. 5, Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. Wulff, E. V. 1943 An introduction to historical plant geography. Chronica Botanica Co., Waltham, Mass. (translated by E. Brissenden from the Russian text "Istorisheskaya geografiia rastenii," Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R. Moscow). Yigitoglu, A.K. 1941 Turkiye iktisadiyatinda ormanciligin yeri ve ehenmiyeti (The place and importance of forestry in Turkish economy). Yuksek Ziraat Enst. (aligmalar No. 110, Ankara. Zodda, Guiseppe 1903 II Pinus pinea L. nel Pontico di Messina. Malpighia, 17 (11-12): 488-491. Zohary, Michael 1973 Geobotanical foundations of the Middle East. Vol. 2. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 151 Figure 1: The distribution of wae: Fe species of pines LE ita (1) Pinus brutia Ten 2) P. halepensis mls 3) P. nigra Arn. ssp. pallaSiana Holmboe, (4) P. pinea L., (5) PL sylvestris L. (sensu lata). Note Fit the ate for the Tertiary pines is marked by crossed hammers underneath the word Giivem, north of Ankara. 152 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 4O, No. 2 Sin B LAE OK 3 1 regs dnd Lae 1 5 ®Kastamonu 5 4 1 é 3 elzmit 5 1 1 aa on ye Nene. 1 Bursa 1 33 3 3 3.3 4 5 . 3 5 51 3 5 en 3 3 3 3 3 3 453 3 3 33 3 eAtyon a 9 3 a : gv 34 Ah - ge 3 34 ore 3 3 3 3 13 Bis eKaraman 1 » | * Sings 4 a Ar ee 3 ee 3, a4 3 3 Mersin! ‘ 3 3 4443 a Ris y 13 3°, [Antalya 113 3 1 1303, 33 > tae sh igi iag * rie "MEDITERRANEAN SEA Figure | 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 153 Y IS Mee A 5 S 5 @ Artvin 5 a 5 : 5 S Trabzon Rize 5 4 : ekors 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 s 5 SErzurans = eErzincan ; p Vv Van Zz ‘ e Molatya Tigris (Dicle N.) oe 6 30 t00km. My Pinus brulia Ten. (2) Pinus halepensis Mill. (3) Pinus nigra Arn. 88p. pallasiana Halmboe | (4) Pinus pinea L. \(5) Pinus sylvestris 4. (5 a 15h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 2 Figure 2: "Patriarch tree" of Pinus brutia var. pityusa in Pitsunda forest reserve between Gudauta and Gagra northwest of Sukhumi, Georgia, U.S.S.R. This specimen is approximately 300 years old. Note the burl formation around the basal portion of the stem. Figure 3: Pinus pinea forest in Fistikl1 locality near Artvin in north eastern Anatolia. Typical evergreen shrubs of maquis in foreground and the Goruh River in the background. This photograph was taken during the summer of 1964. Note that the trees of this stand are more or less equally spaced. Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 156 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, Ne. 2 Figure 4: Pinus pinea L. (Kasapligil No. 3878 b, collected from the Fistikhi village near Artvin). A: The vegetative branch with needle clusters and recurved bracts; B: The upper portion of a mature cone with prominent apophyses; C: Abaxial view of an ovuliferous scale with two immature seeds. Drawing by Miss Janet Duecy. 157 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 1978 158 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 Figure 5: A fine specimen of Pinus pinea L. near Fistikli village, about 7 km. west of Artvin, on the way to Hatila Valley. This picture was taken during the summer of 1964 when I visited this locality together with Mr. Orhan Ataman, a senior forestry officer from the Forest District Headquarter in Trabzon. Since then, trees suitable for timber production have been cut by encroachers and dense undergrowth suffered from overgrazing. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 159 160 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 2 Figure 6: Cultivated specimens of Pinus pinea along the shores of Bosphorus, Istanbul. Due to housing developments and population increase, these decorative trees are disap- pearing fast. Figure 7: A Pinus pinea L. stand near DUzkéy Village (formerly Kalanema Village) about 20 km. south of Akcaabat on the Black Sea coast. Scattered stands of the Pinion pine occur between the elevations of 50 m. to 500 m. alon the slopes of Stgutlli Dere (formerly Kalanema valieee Figure 8: The Pinion pines growing in maquis along the Mediterranean Coast of Turkey between Aksu and Manavgat near Antalya. This photograph was taken in 1952 before the tourist industry developed in the area. The consequences of human pressure upon this grove deserve investigation. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 161 162 PRETO HOGers Vol. hO, No. 2 Figure 9: A group of young Pinion pines along the roadside near Yesiltepe village of Kalanema Valley about 20 km. south of Akgaabat on the Black Sea coast. These trees as well as those in the background are severely mutilated for fuel extraction. Figure 10: A Pinion pine at Fistikli locality near Artvin showing the constriction of the stem base through girdling of a lateral root. This sample tree was 83 years old and its base is exposed by erosion on this steep slope about 600 m. above sea level. Figure 11: Core sampling of a Pinion pine in Yesiltepe village of Kalanema Valley by Mr. Hasret Atasoy, a forestry engineer who is a native of this valley. This Specimen growing at an altitude of 320 m. was 75 years old. The associated flora had some Mediter- ranean elements such as Arbutus andrachne, A. unedo, Pistacia terebinthus, Juniperus oxycedrus, Cistus Salviifolius a.S.o. Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 163 1978 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 2 Figure 12: Pinus sy ues tts L. ssp. hamata (Steven)Fomin var. armena (Koch) Pravdin. The specimen was collected from a magnificent young tree growing near the upper edge of the Pinion pine forest in Fistikli village 7 km. west of Artvin in 1964, Kasapligil No. 3879. Unfortunately, these pines are no longer in existence in this locality. A: a branch with a mature seed cone and short needles; B: photomicrograph of the needle cross-section showing epidermis, hypodermis, marginal resin canals, three-layered chlorenchyma, constricted endodermis, two vascular bundles interconnected by transfusion sclerenchyma; C: amature seed with wing, slightly reduced. Drawing by Miss Janet Duecy. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey as Figure 12 165 Pie tO, eea sk Vol. O, No. 2 Figure 13: Pinus sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven)Fomin var. kochiana (Klotsch) Fomin. A branch with long needles, a mature seed cone and two developing ovulate cones (near the tip of the long shoot). A mature seed with its wing at the lower left corner is slightly reduced. This specimen also was collected (Kasapligil No. 3880) from the Fistikli locality of Artvin in 1964; again, they are completely eradicated since then. See the text for description and dimensions. Drawing by Miss Janet Duecy. 167 ey il, Pines of Turk Kasapligil, 1978 Figure 13 y, PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 Figure 14: Seoscope drawings of needle cross-sections of Pinus sylvestris L. Solid black areas represent the sclerenchyma tissues in all drawings. For explanation of anatomical features see the text. A: Pinus sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven)Fomin var. armena (Koch) high ss Artvin, Kasapligil No. 3879, U.C.B. Herbarium; B: Pinus sylvestris L. ssp. hamata (Steven) Fomin var. kochiana (Klotsc omin. Artvin, Kasapligil No. 3880, U.C.B. Herbarium; C: Pinus sylvestris L. forma arvifolia Heer from Sweden, Vestrogothia, par Toasp, Tubbared, A. 0. Olson, September 8, 1925 (specimen courtesy of Botany Dept. , Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm; D: Pinus s sylvestris L. var. genuina (Heer) A. & G. forma plana Christ. All drawings are approximately 40X. 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 169 170 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 Figure 15: The Tertiary pines described in this paper were collected from the Gtivem subdistrict (shaded area north of Kizilcahamam) about 90 km. north of Ankara. The map of Turkey at the lower right corner shows the Province of Ankara in relation to Anatolia. (Map courtesy of Professor Necmi Sénmez, Head of the Department of Agricultural Engineering, College of Agriculture of the University of Ankara). 2) ary eR Pe —s PS ee a aS SSIs J4Oy eyoseuy of ¥9/26/24) Hy : | ce srond PLEYUD, anjens 3 ; Sayrr SIAL ; SU 47 sumer s 2282) 2214]3'P 99S saguag 7207510 peqidey “soy 4 JUITSIPING ” JIA UE Arepunag pProurrory ‘vee VN 73! a) Av 20gk 78 i 10g 9 i BYP dW2e, DIUINDy PIL YUP OZ 19I7E/24 UL D>142SIPYNS MAND PUP P2PSIT LAE HIE 1978 Kasapligil, Pines of Turkey 171 172 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 Figure 16: Sketch map of Gurcu Deresi (= Georgian Valley) showing the main road from Kizilcahamam to (Gerkeg and the fossil collecting sites marked by crossed hammers and the dates of collections. The earliest collecting site, Beskonak locality which was visited in 1968 is situated south of Ajadz (= Akéz) village. Karga Creek site which is the richest source of well-preserved fossil impres- sions is located 750 meters south east of Demirciler (BG1akbas1) village. The shaded areas represent the settlements; (A) andesite, (B) Rhyolite tuff and (C) Quarz latite, designate the locations of rock samples used for age determination. . o 2 91 ainB 1 3SWIN3y aziagore | L IS¥a VIAVAUIM SD4IIPUDW ( mgolavy. yf spate. ha PL aoe =. YVILPYNL = Y3T 934 YVIWISVY DB | ‘L MVOVIVYV . de ‘ Sas —_ Ke / 1 Dees = 91 ainBi4 oN oe ii Se x“ — a a7 ene | : 1 3SWiy3y L 1S¥a VIAVAUIN = =" Pec ‘. Xs ASD JIpudj magoiavy- + e 3 en . cea lem oe y y C ae ci TAS ) 41S Zedoy 928) ge CO ap eg ose 371mg 010 AEGIPHILA BRACHIATA Vell. Additional & emended bibliography: Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 650-651. 187; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1658; Lom bardo, Fl. Arb. & Arbores. Urug., ed. 2, 120. 1963 Moldenke, Phy- tologia 25: 292--293 & 319. 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 390 & 408. 197k. The corollas on Hatschbach 35152 are said to have been "green- ish-cream" when fresh, while those on Hatschbach 3733 were "cream" and those on Tressens & al. 34 were "white". Hatschbach describes the plant as a shrub, 2==3 m. tall, found it growing in 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 211 "capoeira xiloteca", and records the vernacular name, "peloteira", for it. Lindeman & Haas found it growing in rainforests. It has been collected in fruit in December. It should be noted here that the fig.33 given by Troncoso (197) as the male-predominant form of A. hassleri Briq. matches very well most of the specimens at present regarded as represen- ting A. brachiata, as does the Tressens & al. from Corrientes ci- ted below. The two taxa need further intensive investigation. If they prove to be conspecific, A. brachiata is the older name and will have to be adopted. Additional arg BRAZIL: Parand: Hatschbach 30331 (N, W— 2706991), 35152 (Ld), 37343 (Ld); Lindeman & Haas 3h0k (Ld, Ws). Santa Catarina: Smith & Reitz 12)51 1 (Au—-219871). PARAGUAY: Wool- ston 1201 (W-—2692381). ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Tressens, Arbo, _ Carnevali, & Correa 31) (Mi). AEGIPHILA BRACTEOLOSA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 69. 18h7; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 25: 293 & 325, 1973; Soukup, Biota ll: . 1976; Moldenke, Phytologia 36: 0. 1977. Maas describes this plant as a common shrub in secondary vege- tation along roadsides, 1 m. tall, with white flowers and yellow fruit in March, while Davis describes it as a tree, i m. tall, growing in the * moist remnants of primary forests, with creamy= white corollas, flowering in October. The Lindeman & Haas 373, distributed as A. bracteolosa, actu- ally is A.ssllowiana Cham. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Vaupés: E. W. Davis 103 (G). BRAZIL: AmazGnas: Maas & Maas 21h (Ut—328608B, Ut—328609B) . AEGIPHILA BRASILIENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 29h. 1973. AEGIPHILA BREVIFLORA (Rusby) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 352. 1973. AEGIPHILA BUCHTIENII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 352. 1973. AEGIPHILA CANDELABRUM Briq. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 75., 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: [392], fig. 34j. 197h; Moldenke, Phyto~ logia 3%: 33. 1977. Illustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: [392], fig. 34j. 197h. Lindeman & Haas describe this plant as a "leaning shrub, 2.5 m. tall, fruit via olive-yellow turning red (7 1/2R)/12), also the pulp, seeds", and found it growing in varzea land at the bor- der of a forest on slopes at 180 m. altitude, fruiting in June. Irwin and his associates refer to it as a liana, to 6 m. long, 212 PHY 70 LOGI Vol. hO, No. 2 the "receptacle" [=calyx?] green, and the fruit orange, and have found it growing in gallery forests in an area of cerrado and gallery forest, at 525 m. altitude, fruiting in March. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fonseca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 26809 (N). Parand: Lindeman Td demas & Haas Haas 1664 6 (Ld) » AEGIPHILA CAPITATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 290. 1973. AEGIPHILA CASSELIAEFORMIS Schau. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 290. 1973. AEGIPHILA CAUCENSIS Moldenke Synonymy: Aegiphila causensis Lépez—Palacios, in herb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 148 (1973) and 28: 3h. 19743; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 5679. 1973 Hock= ing, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 5. 19753 Moldenke, Phytologia 3h: 25h. 19763 Soukup, Biota 11: h. 1976. Lépez—Palacios and Idrobo refer to this plant as an “Arbusto 1--2 m. Tallos blanquecinos. Frutos amarillos, inmatures aramillo-verdoses", found it growing at 1050 m. altitude, fruit- ing in August. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Arauca: Lépez-Palacios 39h3 (Ld). Valle del Cauca: Lépez—Palacios & Idrobo 3710 (N, Z). AEGIPHILA CEPHALOPHORA Standl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 75. 1973; Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 102, 104—105, & lsh. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 3h: 253. 1976. Croat describes this species’ as a vine, to 8 m. long, with white caducous flowers. The Burgers, who are the first collec- tors to have encountered this species outside of Panama, describe it as a woody climber, climbing to 10 feet into forest trees, with its leaves pale yellowish-green and the corollas yellowish- white. They found it growing in areas of remnant original for=- est now being logged on small hills of otherwise cleared agri- cultural land, at an altitude of 150—250 meters, in flower in August. Gentry & Mori describe it as a shrub, 2.5 m. tall, ora small tree, 5 m. tall, with cream-colored corollas and green fruit in Jamary. They found it in lower montane wet forests at 1300-120 m. altitude. Mori & Dressler refer to it as a "small tree, m. tall", the corollas white. The Gentry, Tyson, & ’ payer 3491, distributed as A. cephaloph= ora, appears to be A. hoehnei var. spectabilis Moldenke instead. Additional citations: COSTA RICA: Heredia: er & Burger 8133 (N). PANAMA: Colén: Mori & Dressler 7911 (N). Darién: Gentry & & Mori 13622 (Ld), 13755 | (Z). Barro Colorado Island: Croat 11465 (W—2730182) . 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 213 AEGIPHILA CHRYSANTHA Hayek Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 352 & 376 (1973) and 31: 38h. 1975; Soukup, Biota ll: 4. 1976. Recent collectors describe this species as a shrub, 1=-~2 m. tall, or as a vine or liana climbing to treetops, the leaves undu- late, shiny, deep-green, the flowers fragrant, the calyx green, the stamens and stigma white, and the fruit at first green, then turning bright-orange. They have found it growing on terra firma along roadsides, in cacao plantations, high woods, and rainforests, at altitudes of 680—-1290 meters, flowering in December, and fruiting in April, July, and November. Pinheiro found it "em brotos",. The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Santos 767, "deep yellow-green" on Schunke 5200, and "brilliant yellow 5Y9/9" on Schunke 5852. Material of this species has been distributed in some herbaria as Solanaceae. On the other hand, the Hatschbach & Guimar&es 19047, distributed as A. chrysantha, actually is A. lanceolata Moldenke, a closely related taxon. Additional citations: ECUADOR: Los Rfos: Asplund 15539 (Ld). PERU: Hudnuco: Schunke Vigo 5200 (N, W—-27h6350); F. Wolfe 12361 (F--1728087). Loreto: Schunke Vigo 5852 (1d). BRAZIL: Amazénas: Prance, Maas, Woolcott, Monteiro, & Ramos 15922 (Ws). Bahia: Pinheiro 1023 (N); T. S. Santos 767 (1d). AEGIPHILA CHRYSANTHA var. GLABRA Moldenke Additional bibliegraphy: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 296 & 297. 1973; Soukup, Biota 11: . 1976. AEGIPHILA CORDATA Poepp. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 75 & 16h (1973) and 3h: 257. 19763 Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 38. 1976; Soukup, Biota 11: h. 1976. Recent collectors describe this species as a vines, 3 m. long, or as a shrub, m. tall, with pubescent leaves, the fruit yellow (immature?) or red. The corollas are said to have been "brilli- ant-greenish-yellow (7.5 Y 9/9)" en Schunke 568). The plant has been encountered at 210——300 m. altitude, flowering in December, fruiting in June and December. The Holm-Nielsen, Jeppesen, Léjtnant, & Pligaard 28h, dis- tributed as A. cordata, is not verbenaceous. Additional citations: PERU: Amazonas: Ancuash 53 (W—2786610). Loreto: Schunke Vigo 6652 (W—2703809). San Martin: Schunke Vigo 568 (N). AEGIPHILA CORDATA war. COLOMBIANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 297-298 & 321. 1973; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 21h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 17: 38. 1976. Lépez=Palacios (1976) cites Cuatrecasas 13993 from Valle del . Cauca, Haught 1885 from Santander, and Uribe 587 from Antioquia, Colombia, but comments: "No ser4n m&s bien alguna forma de Aegiphila fendleri? Al examinar sus floras vi en ellas las brdécteas (bractéolas) 3-laciniadas caracterfsticas de la Ae. fendleri. Yo he colocado en este filtimo taxon a Uribe 1357 (COL), Acacfas, Meta, y en mis notas he escrito lo siguiente: 'Ojol C&liz glabro, cubierto por brécteas trifido-laciniadas, my similares a las que aparecen en los ejemplares colocados bajo Ae. cordata var. colombiana, pero en sta el cfliz es indumenta- do'. En verdad que fuera do lo anterior no encuentro entre ellas ninguna otra diferencia." AEGIPHILA CORDATA var. VILLOSISSIMA (Moldenke) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 298 (1973) and 3k: 257. 1976. Plowman describes this plant as a shrub with scandent branches, 2.5 m. tall, the calyx dull yellowish-green, and the fruit orange, and encountered it in rocky woods, flowering and fruiting in April. Additional citations: PERU: Hudmco: Plowman 5816 (1d). BRA- Lima 11828 (N). Mato Gresso: Krukoff 1300 (W—photo of type). AEGIPHILA CORDIFOLIA (Ruiz & Pav.) Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Pers., Syn. Pl. 1: 133. 18053 Pers., Sp. Pl. 1: 343. 1817; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 73. 18583 Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 290--291 & 36h. 1973; Sou- kup, Biota 11: ). 1976. AEGIPHILA COSTARICENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 102 & 14h. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 291 (1973) and 28: 452. 197h; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 3. 1976. Gentry & Mori describe this species as a treelet, 5 m. tall, with white corollas, and encountered it in "lower montane wet forest — premontane wet forest transition" areas, at 1,00 m. al= titude, flowering in February. Additional citations: PANAMA: Bocas del Toro: Kirkbride & Duke 593 (N). Darién: Gentry & Mori 1170 (1d). AEGIPHILA COWANI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 63, 76, & 82 (1973) and 28: 437. 197h3 Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 3780. 197k. a citations: GUYANA: Cowan & Soderstrem 2022 (N— isotype). 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 215 AEGIPHILA CUATRECASASI Moldenke Synenymy: Aegiphila cuatrecasasii Moldenke, Phytologia 36: }0,. in syn. 1977. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.21: 30. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 76 & 361 (1973) and 36: 40. 1977~ AEGIPHILA CUATRECASASI var. NITIDA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.21: 30. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 76. 1973. Lépez—Palacios & Idrebo describe this plant as an "4rbol de )—~ 7 m., meduloso y quebradizo. Infructescencias erectas. Drupas verdosas de 2 cm. de didmetro" and found it growing at 1700 m. al- titude, fruiting in September. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cauca: Lépez-Palacios & Idrobo 3755 (Ld, N). AEGIPHILA CUNEATA Moldenke Synonyay: Aegiphila cuneata var. cuneata Simpson ex Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 392, in syn. 1975. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 300—301 (1973) and 313 392. 1975; Soukup, Biota 11: h. 1976. Material ef this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Cephaélis sp. or Faramea sp. On the other hand, the Schunke Vigo 1337, distributed as . A. cuneata, actually is A. uabraculiformis ancien: Additional citations: PERU: Madre de Dios: R. E. Schultes 655 (W195 308) . ARGIPHILA CUNEATA var. HIRSUTISSIMA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 301. 1973; Soukup, Biota 11: . 1976. The Schunke Vigo 137k, distributed as A. cuneata var. hirsut- issima, “actually is A. um umbraculiformis Moldenke. AEGIPHILA DEPPEANA Steud. Additional & emended bibliography: Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. li: 654-655. 18473 Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Loes., Verh. Bot. Ver. Brand. 53: 81. 19123 Moldenke ae Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 103, 119-120, & 1h). 973 Woldenke, Phytologia 27: 291 (1973), 28: 452 (197k), and : 40. 1977. Recent collecters have found this plant growing in black sandy soil covered by primary vegetation, at 6 m. altitude, flowering in December. Martinez Calder6én refers to the flowers as "green". Material of A. deppeana has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as "Clerodendron sp." Additional citations: MEXICO: Oaxaca: Orcutt 3057 (E-—-1716559), 3h18 (Z-—-2168581). Veracruz: Martinez Calderén 322) (N)3 Edw. Palmer 16h (E—77676:). COLOMBIA: Magdalena: H. H. Smith 861 (Id), 186) (Ld). 216 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 AEGIPHILA ELATA Sw. Additional bibliography: Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 323 (1826) and ed. 2, 16. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 550. anaes Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550. 1839; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Can- doll. "3s 9. 1858; Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 103, 117—118, & 14h. 19733 Moldenke Phytologia 27: 291292 & 359 (1973) and 28: 3k, 435, 52, & 453. 197h5 Howes, Dict. Useful Pl. 2h. 19743 Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2 2: 309 & 310, fig. 132. 197k; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 15: 51. 19753 Molina R., Ceiba 19: 95. 1975; Mol- aay Phytologia 31: 381 (3875), 3h: 264 (1976), and 36: 39. 977. Additional illustrations: Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 310, fig. 132. 197h. Breteler describes this plant as a shrub, 2 m. tall, slightly straggly in growth, the leaves papery in texture, with glands a- long the midrib, slightly glossy and medium-green above, paler beneath, the calyx pale-green, the corolla yellow, its tube about 8 mm. long. He found it grewing in an open site at the edge of a rivulet, at 350 m. altitude, flowering in May. Dwyer & Dieckman encountered it at sealevel to 50 feet altitude. The leaf-blades on J. V. Santos 2 315 are conspicuously acute basally. The Breteler 3921 collection, cited below, was previously mis- identified by me as , as possibly being A. floribunda Moritz & Moldenke and I am indebted to Santiago Lépez-Palacios for this correction in determination. He describes the species in Colombia as an "ar— busto de unas 3m. Inflorescencias terminales. C4liz fructifero erodado. Frutos amarillos". He found it in fruit in December. Other recent collectors refer to the plant as a shrub with arching branches or as a scrambling shrub, 10—12 feet tall, and have found it growing in premontane wet forests fromsealevel to 300 feet altitude, flowering in August. The corollas on Dwyer 1111) & 1117) and on Ferndndez—Pérez & Jaramillo Mejfa 7103 are said to have been "yellow" when fresh, while on Pittier 120 12017 they were "yellowish", on Dwyer & Dieckman eee & 1300 "lemon—yellow", and "cream" on Gentry 8601 8601. On Adams 8069 the corolla—buds are said to have been "yellow, open~ in pale-yellow". Both Sweet (1830) and Loudon (1832) call this species "tall aegiphila" and list it as among the cultivated plants of Great Britain, sake from the West Indies in 1823. The Storck 8 1/2, distributed as A. elata, actually is A. pan amensis Moldenke. Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: J. V. Santos 2315 (Au—263538). GUATEMALA: El Petén: Contreras 337) (Au— 228048), 9905 (W-—27953h9). BELIZE: Dwyer 11111 (N), 1117h (N)3 Payer & & Dieckman 13033 (W—2787809) , 130h0 (W—2787798, >) Ws); a. 8601 (W—2788520). COSTA RICA: Puntarenas: Pittier 12017 = JAMAICA: C. D. Adams 8069 (Mu); Collector undetermined s.n 8.n. 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 217 [Port Royal Mts., Aug. 180] (Pd); Morley & Whitford 763 (W— 272h78h); Proctor 23913 (Id). TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO: Trinidad: Herb. Trin. Bot. Gard. 238) (W—136114)). COLOMBIA: Caldas: Fer- néndez-Pérez & Jaramillo Mejfa 7103 (N). Norte de Santander: Lépez—Palacios 3575 (Ld, (Ld, N). VENEZUELA: Barinas: Breteler 3921 (W——-2658L5) . ARGIPHILA ELATA var. MACROPHYLLA (H.B.K.) Lépez-Palacios Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 292 & 359 (1973) and 28: 435, 52, & 453. 197h; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 15: 51. 19753 Moldenke, Phytologia 3h: 25h. 1976. Lépez—Palacios refers to this plant as an "arbusto escandente de unos m. Flores amarillas my claras". He found it in flow- er in November. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Arauca: Lépez-Palacios 390 (Ld, a MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 70--71. 193k (W). AEGIPHILA ELEGANS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 353. 1973; Soukup, Biota 11: 4. 1976. AEGIPHILA EXIGUIFLORA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Rizzini in Ferré, Simpos. Sébre Cer- rado 119. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 308. 1973. AEGIPHILA FALCATA Donn. Sn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 79 & 166. 1973; Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 102, 113—11h, lbh, & 145. 19733 Molina R., Ceiba 19: 95. 19753 Moldenke, Phytologia 3h: 252. 1976. Molina (1975) records this species from Honduras. Kirkbride & Duke describe it as a shrub, 3 m. tall, with orange-yellow fruit, and found it fruiting in April. The Warner & White 61, distributed as A. falcata, actually is A. integrifolia var. var. guianensis (Moldenke) Lépe Fralebice® Additional citations: GUATEMALA: Quezaltenango: Tonduz & Ro = (E—869008). PANAMA: Bocas del Toro: Kirkbride & Duke “ge = (N). AEGIPHILA FARINOSA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 309. 19733 Lépez=Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 38. 1976. Lépez=Palacios (1976) says: "Existe el ejemplar tipico de Cuatrecasas 21696 (VALLE), hoya del rio Cali, lado derecho del Pichindé, La - Palma, 2h-7-196, 2500 m., y ae cita Lépez-Figueiras 8307 (us), Bey tor ats 2: 392. 1947. El ejemplar de Cuatrecasas corresponde a otros interpretados por mf como Ae. odontophylia, 218 P.BOY+T.01L,0 QcTk Vol. 40, No. 2 Debe hacerse una comparacién de los tipos de ambos taxa, pues es. muy posible que tanto el material colombiano como el venezolano colocado en Ae. odontophylla necesite mevo estudio." AEGIPHILA FASCICULATA Donn. Sm. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 310. 1973; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 95. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 3h: 252. 1976. Molina (1975) records this species from Honduras. AEGIPHILA FENDLERI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 292. 19733 Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 38. 1976. Lépez-Palacios (1976) suggests that A. cordata var. colombiana Moldenke may belong in the synonymy of A. fendleri, and, indeed, this is very possible. I await his further field studies. AEGIPHILA FERRUGINEA Hayek & Spruce Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 310 & 13. 1973.6 Lépez-Palacios describes this species as an "arbol 8—12 m., muy meduloso, frs. esfSricos, umbilicados, c4liz florifero apar- entemente trunco o )-apiculado, fructifero erodado y verruculo- so" and found it growing at 2000 m. altitude, in flower and fruit in December. Mater citations: ECUADOR: Pichincha: Lépez-Palacios 1,075 (2). AEGIPHILA FILIPES Mart. & Schau, Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 353, 35h, & 376 (1973), 28: 37 (197k), and 34: 256. 1976; Soukup, Biota 11: . 1976. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 6—10 feet tall, or a tree, 4=--5 m. tall, the leaves "shiny dark-green above, pale=green beneath", the calyx pale-green, the immature fruit yellowish-green or yellow, and the mature fruit orange. They have found it growing in high woods or at the edges of woods or in low frequently inundated forests, at altitudes of 75--2000 m., flowering in January and July, fruiting in May and September Barriga, Stout, & Jaramillo M. 18953, while on Killip & Smith 26882 they are described as with "petals greenish-white, anthers white". ; McDaniel and his associates report that in Pern the plant is used medicinally externally in treating skin troubles: "one spoon- ful of leaves rubbed gently on affected area 3 times per day until well", They report the vernacular name, “arco sacha", for this species as well as for species of Cestrum. Dfaz Piedrahita and his associates describe A. filipes as "fri- tices de ramas péndulas, haz foliar verde oscuro, envés verde p4l- 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 219 ido; frutos naranja, cAliz y pediinculo verde oscuroj los frutos inicialmente son verdes, al madurar viran hacia amarillo y luego a naranja hasta pasar a negro", They found it in fruit in July at 1300 m. oe ae The Steyermark, ee Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 103520, distributed as A. filipes, actually is A. floribunda Moritz & Moldenke. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Garcfa—Barriga, Stout, & Jaramillo Mejfa 18953 (Oa). Huila: Dfaz Piedrahita, Lozano C., & Torre & Torres R. 678 (1d). PERU: Loreto: C Croat 19233 (Ww 2800333, Ws), 19748 (N, W—2800329, W—2800330, Ws), 20207 (W— 280033, Ws); Killip & Smith 26882 (E-10171)97) 5 MoDaniel, Fer- nando, & Leonel 26h) (W—2667256). San Mart{n: Schunke V Vigo 4oo2 (Ld). ae ae AEGIPHILA FLORIBUNDA Moritz & Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 292. 1973. Steyermark and his associates describe this species as a tree, 3m. tall, the leaves membranous, rich-green above, dull- green beneath, the pedicels pale-green, and the corollas creamy- yellow. They encountered it at 1750—1800 m. altitude, flower- ing in August. Material of A. floribunda has been misidentified and distrib- uted in some herbaria as A. filipes Mart. & Schau. On the other hand, the Breteler 3921, previously cited by me as A. floribunda, astaally seems to be A. A. elata var. macrophylla (H.B.K.) Lépes- Palacios. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Lara: Steyermark, Delascio, Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 103520 (Mu). AEGIPHILA FLUMINENSIS Vell. Additional synonymy: Aegiphilla fluminensis Vell. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 3h: 271, in syn. 1976. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 18583; Hubert, Trav. Lab. Mat. Méd. Fac. Pharm. Paris 13 (): 67. 1921; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 292 (1973) and 3h: 271. 1976. Hubert (1921) reports of this species that "les feuilles sont employées comme diaphorétiques". Recent collectors describe this plant as a vine or shrub, 2— 3 m. tall, the calyx green, and the fruit green (in June), and have found it in anthesis and fruit in June. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Pereira 566, Pinheiro & Santos 2335, and Santos 2653 and "cream" on Pinheiro 13)0. ~~ Additional ei: citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Pinheiro 1340 (N); Pin- Pin heiro & Santos 2335 (N); T. S. Santos 2653 (Ld). “Espirito Santo: Pereira 98h3 [Herb. Brad. 3697] (Mu, N). Guanabara: E, Pereira Herb. Brad. 21235] (Mu). Rio de Janeiro: Vianna 998 [Oliv- eira 292; Herb. Dept. Conserv. Ambient. 11652] (Ld Ld); Vianna, Oli- veira, Araujo, & Carauta s.n. [Vianna 988; Herb. Dept. Cons Conserv. 220 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 Ambient. 12627] (Ac). AEGIPHILA FOETIDA Sw. Additional bibliography: Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 323 (1826) and ed. 2, 16. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 550. 1832; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550. 1839; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Can- doll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 313—31) (1973) and 36: 39. 1977. Both Sweet (1830) and Loudon (1832) call this species the "fe- tid aegiphila" and list it as cultivated in Great Britain, intro- duced from the West Indies in 1800. Howard & Proctor describe it as a shrub, 9 feet tall, with cream-colored sessile fruit in Jan- uary, and encountered it on wooded limestone hilltops at 2000 feet altitude. Additional citations: JAMAICA: Howard & Proctor 15047 (1d); Purdie s.n. (Pd). AEGIPHILA FROESI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 31h. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Acre: Prance, Maas, Kubitaki, Steward, Ramos, Pinheiro, & Lima 12505 (N). AEGIPHILA GLABRATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 287 & 31k. 19733 Soukup, Biota ll: h. 1976. AEGIPHILA GLANDULIFERA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 102, 108-109, & 1hh. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 292—-293, 296, & 298 (1973) and 28: 35 & 452. 197h; El—Gazsar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 197h3 Soukup, Biota 11: h. 1976; Moldenke, Phytologia 3): 255 (1976) and 36: 33. 1977. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Meta: Lépez-Palacios 3923 (Ac, N e AEGIPHILA GLANDULIFERA var. PARAENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 315 (1973) and 36: 33. 1977. Prance and his associates refer to this plant as a tree, ) m. tall, with greenish-white corollas, and found it growing in partially cleared varzea forest, white-water flooded, flowering in July. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Prance, Lleras, Ste- ward, Ongley, Co®lho, Ramos, & Lima 167h6 (Ld, N). AEGIPHILA GLOMERATA Benth. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 79. 1973. Lépez-Palacios describes this species as a tree, 6—8 m. tall, with yellowish-green )-merous flowers, conspicuously bracteolate, male~predominant, the bractlets green, and found it growing at 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 221 hh m. altitude, flowering in December. The corollas on Barclay 632 are said to have been "yellow" when fresh, and this collector encountered the plant in loam soil in woods, flowering in Novem- ber. Additional citations: ECUADOR: Guayas: Asplund 15355 (Ld). Manab{: Lépez-Palacios 4081 (Z). SALANGO ISLAND: G. W. Barclay 632 (W—2779779) « AEGIPHILA GLORIOSA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 316. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.22: 291. 197h; Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 384 (1975) and 36: 40. 1977. Anderson found this species growing in dense inundated vegeta- tion of trees and vines along the edge of a river at flood level, at 200—300 m. altitude, flowering in February. He describes the plant as having vine-like stems to 3 m. tall and yellow corollas. Santos describes the species as "planta herb&ceo-arbustiva ramin- oga", the corollas yellow, and found it in anthesis in May. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: T. S. Santos 3016 (N). Paré: W. R. Anderson 10849 (N, Z). AEGIPHILA GLORIOSA var. PARAENSIS Moldenke Synonymy: Aegiphila gloriosa var. paraensis Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 291. 197k. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 316. 1973; ge Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 291. 197); Moldenke, Phytologia 36: O. 1977. AEGIPHILA GRANDIS Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 125 & 141. 1933; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 263, 28)—- 286, 289—~290, 73, 475, & 476. 193k; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 206, 207, 22h, & 271. 1937; Fedde & Sclmst. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 60 (2): 568 & 569. 190; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 91. 19h; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 133, 222, 2h3, & 326 (19h6), 2: 335, 337, Shh, & 352 (19h8), 3: 69h & 758 (19h9}, and hs 1005, 1006, 1068, 1069, 107, 1076, & 1078. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 58, 59, 62, & 175. 1949; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 4: 354 & 15. 1953; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 71k. 19603 Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 506 (1961) and 8: 17. 1961; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 37: 215. 19623; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 326 & 31. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 11), 121, & 379 (1971) and 2: 846 & 848. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 80, 293, 362, & 370——371 (1973), 28: 43h, 435, & 452 (197L), and 34: 255. 1976; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Les Andes 17: 38—h1. 1976; Moldenke, Phytologia %: 31, 33, 4O, & 41. 1977. Lépez-Palacios and his associates describe this plant as an "krbol erecto, inerme, de 8-22 m. Tronco cilfndrico, 0 cm. D. A.P. Corteza pardo rojiza, fisurada. Unas hojas enteras y otras con denticulaciones, verdes, pero algunas jévenes con envés de tinte ligerfsimamente violdceas, Flores blancas pent4meras en 222 PHYTOLOGES Vol. hO, No. 2 cimas axilares [or "en cima reducidas"]. CAliz verde trunco. . Corola blanca. Fruto verrucoso cerca da 1/2 cm. de didmetro." He feels, after extensive field studies, that A. grandis, A. sessili- flora, and A. truncata are all conspecific and adopts rey grandis as the name for the taxon. I am inclined to agree, but % feel that the mostly distinctly lobed calyxes (and fruiting-calyxes) of A. sessiliflora are indicative of a varietal status forit. Ona number of specimens previously cited by me as A. sessiliflora the calyx-rim is not plainly visible so I am tentatively re-citing these specimens here under typical A. grandis. Recent collectors describe A. grandis as a large, erect, un- armed, leafy tree, i—~25 m. tall, often heavily laden with fruit clusters, the trunk cylindric, 25--0 cm. in diameter at breast height, the bark gray or "pardo rojiza", fissured in many small plates, "de copa muy ancha", the flowers small, borne in small ax- illary clusters (cymes, not. "panicles" as stated by some collec- tors), pentamerous, very fragrant, the calyx green, the filaments white, anthers brownish, style and stigma white, the fruit persis- tent, ’ clustered, green, ’ and the fruiting-calyx green-ferruginous. They have found it growing on wooded and steep river slopes, in coffee plantations, and in matorrales. It is said to be "rare" by Archer. The corollas are described as "white" on Barclay & al. 3330, Garcfa~Barriga 1091, 11009, & 129), Lépez-Palacios 3893, and Uribe 4433. Recent collectors have found the plant in flower in ‘April, duly, August, and fran October to January, fruiting in January , March to June, August, and September, growing at 950— 2650 m. altitude. They record the vernacular names, “oreja de burro" and “queso fresco". Lasser describes the plant as an "krbol tronco recto, copa ir~ regular, # 10 m." It should be noted that one twig on Garcfa-Barriga 129) in the Britton Herbarium exhibits a few plainly lobed calyxes, al- though all the other calyxes on the specimen are truncate~rimmed. The fruit on Cuatrecasas 21007 is mostly solitary or in 2's and sessile or subsessile. What seems to be this same species has recently been found by Lépez-Palacios at altitudes of only 5—900 meters in Ecuador, fruiting in December. Luteyn and his associates refer to A. grandis as a small tree, to 6 m. tall, the flowers very sweet-smelling and attractive to bees, the " perianth pale-green, fruit white", asserting that it is used as a hedge between pastures. Material of A. grandis has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as A. Nh tees Moldenke, A. integrifolia (Jacq.) Jacq., A. sessiliflora Moldenke, and. even Lucuma sp. The Lépez~Palacios 3615, cited below, was previously ly regarded by me as A, truncata Moldenke, while his nos. 3625 & 3672 were re~ garded by me as A. sessiliflora. 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 223 On the other hand, the Cuatrecasas 17075, previously regarded by me as A. grandis, is better placed as A. grandis var. sessili- flora (Moldenke) Moldenke, while Cuatrecasas 8700 is A. molden- keana Lépez-Palacios and Core 723, Daniel 3282, Garcfa-Barriga 5386, Metcalf & Cuatrecasas 30072, Mutis 3657 & 1,55, Tomas 1512, and Triana 2080 are A. novogranatensis Moldenke. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Archer 589 (W—1517393); Lépez-Palacios 3893 (N, Z). Caldas: Lépez~ Palacios 031 (Ld); Lépez-Palacios & Idrobo 3850 (Ld, N). Cam dinamarca: Barclay, Juajibiey, & Gama 3330 (W—2702383), 3519 (W—27021h6), 3591 (W—2702108); Cuatrecasas 9635 (W—1795903), 13610 (N, W—1851)21); Garcfa-Barriga 1091 (W—1852169), 11009 (N, W—1852206), 12h9) (N, W—1901295) 3 Lépez—Palacios 3625 (Id, N), 3672 (N, Z)3 Lépez-Palacios & Jaramillo Mejia 3672 (Z); Lut- eyn, Dumont, & Buritica 4837 (Ld, N)3 Mutis 5191 [Macbride photos 30183] (F—photo, G—phote, Kr——phote, N, N—photo, W—1560083, Z—photo); Uribe—Uribe 4433 (W-~2569890). Huila: Little 790 N, N, W—21)0)08). Santander: Lépez-Palacios 361) (Ac, N, Z), 3615 (Ld, N). Valle del Cauca: Cuatrecasas 21007 (N, W—251252h). VENEZUELA: Trujillo: Lasser 1167 (W—-1908975); Ruiz-Terén & Lépez—Palacios 7609 (Z). ECUADOR: El Oro: Lépez—Palacios 10h (Ld), [108 (Ld). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Moldenke,Brittonia 1:289-290.193k(W) . AEGIPHILA GRANDIS var. CUATRECASASI (Moldenke) Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 39-0. 1976. Synonymy: Aegiphila sessiliflora var. cuatrecasasi Moldenke, Phytelogia 8: 385. 1962. Aegiphila grandis var. cuatrecasasii (Moldenke) Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 39. 1976. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 385. 1962; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.6: 455. 19633; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 2: 1517. 1963; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 340. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 124 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 361— 362 (1973), 28: 435 (197k), and 3h: 255. 19763 Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 39—10. 1976; Moldenke, Phytologia %: 31, 40, & hl. 1977. Lépez—Palacios & Idrobe refer to this plant as an "frbol de 12 m. x 0.40 cms. DAP" [surely an error for either k or 0 ca.!], found it at 1750 m. altitude, fruiting in September. Citations: COLOMBIA: Magdalena: Cuatrecasas & Castafieda 2510) (W—orig. descr., Z—type). Valle del Cauca: Lépes-Palacios & Idrobe 282h (1d). AEGIPHILA GRANDIS var. SESSILIFLORA (Moldenke) Moldenke, Phyto- logia 36: 31 & hl, hyponym. 1977; comb. nov. Synonymy: Aegiphila sessiliflora Meldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 139. 1933. Bibliography: Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 139. 22h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 2 1933; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 255, 26h, 301—302, & h72. 193h3 Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 267 (1937), 1: 398 (190), and 3: h6—h7. 1948; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Avic. 18. 19393 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 1], 30 & 85. 192; Molden- ke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 11 & 133 (196) and k: 106), 1076, 1076, & 1296. 19193 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 59 & 175. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia : 412. 1953; Moldenke, Ré- sumé 65 & hi). 19593 Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 502. 1961; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 2 & 3. 19653 Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 328 & 339- 340 (1966) and 27: 361362. 1973; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 50—51. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 36: 31, 32, & hl. 1977. Recent collectors describe this plant as a small or large tree, 5-12 m. tall, with white wood, the leaves "herbdceas, gruesas, verde grisdceas", the fruit green, borne in "glomerules", the fruiting=-calyx more or less lobed. They have found it grow- ing in the open, at altitudes of 5--1700 meters, fruiting from March to May and August, flowering in July. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Archer 392 (A—photo of type, B—-photo of type, D—photo of type, F— photo of type, G-——photo of type, K--photo of type, N-—photo of type, P—photo of type, S—photo of type, W—1170995—type, W— photo of type, W—mounted orig. descr., Z—photo of type). Cauca: E. L. Core 206 (W—2059687). Cundinamarca: Cuatrecasas 13600 (NH, W—1851)1)); Fernéndez & Mora 1402 (W—214)385). Huila: Little & Ramfrez 7800 (N, W—21),0373). Valle del Cauca: Cuatrecasas 17075 (N). AEGIPHILA GRAVEOLENS Mart. & Schau. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Hubert, Trav. Lab. Mat. Méd. Fac. Pharm. Paris 13 (lh): 67. 1921; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 293. 1973. Hubert (1921) reports that this species "dont les fleurs ont une odeur repoussante, ce qui leur fait donner le nom de fleurs de Bouc. La décoction de feuilles est employée, en lavage pour certaines maladies de peau, et in bains, dans le cas de rheuma- tismes articulaires". Santos describes the species as a tree, 5 m. tall, the "flor exverdeada" in November. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Santos 2507 (Z). Sfo Paulo: Leit&o Filho 380 [Herb. Inst. Agr. Camp. 19916; Herb. Cent. Conserv. Nat. 6289] (Fe, Z). AEGIPHILA GUIANENSIS Moldenke This taxon is now known as A, integrifolia var. guianensis (Moldenke) Lépez-Palacios, which see. AEGIPHILA HASSLERI Briq. Additional synonymy: ? Aegiphila poliantha Rojas, Cat. Hist. Nat. Corrient. 76, 172-173, & 206, hyponym. 1897. Aegiphila polyantha Rojas apud Heslop-Harrison, Ind. Kew. Suppl. io; he 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 225 197h. Additional bibliography: Rojas Acosta, Cat. Hist. Nat. Corri- ent. 76, 172—-173, & 206. 1897; Lombardo, Fl. Arb. & Arbores. Urug., ed. 2, 120 & 121, fig. 187. 1964; Krapovickas, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 11: [256]. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 75, 81— 82, & 358. 1973; El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ, Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 197h; Heslop-Harrison, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 15: . 197); Troncoso, Darwini- ana 18: 390—393 & 08, fig. 33 & 3) a--i. 197h; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 31: 387 & 392 (1975) and 3h: 268. 1976. Illustrations: Lombardo, Fl. Arb. & Arbores. Urug., ed. 2, 121, fig. 187. 196; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 391 & [392], fig. 33 & 3h ami. 197). It seems quite probable to me that this taxon does not deserve more than varietal rank under the very similar A. brachiata Vell., or, if Troncoso's interpretation in regard to its sexual dimorph- ism is correct, then it must be reduced to synonymy under A. brachiata, the earlier name. The corollas on Schinini & al. 26016 are said to have been "white". Porto & Oliveira refer to the fruit as "verdes e amare- lados" in February. The Krapovickas & al. 21326 collection, cited below, exhibits remarkably small and hairy leaves and certainly bears very close resemblance to typical A. brachiata. The collectors describe it as a tree, m. tall, with white flowers, and found it in woods. The Tressens, Arbo, Carnevali, & Correa 31h, distributed as A. hassleri, certainly represents classical A. brachiata. Aegiphila poliantha is a poorly described taxon which probably belongs in the synonymy here. The original description is merely: "139. Salvia silvestre, aegiphila poliantha (Roj.) Corrientes. Esta planta voluble es propia de los vallados; de flores pareci- das 4 las de la margarita morada i frutos pequefios, globulosos i negruzcos en la madurez. Propiedades: Andflogas 4 las AEg. salu- taris de H. B. Kth....120— Salvia silvestre, #giphila poliantha (Roj.) Planta de fruto negro-morado que sirva para tinta. En medicina pueda servio como sudorifico (?) para badona (?)..Salvia cimarrona." Nothing else is known of it. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paran4: Hatschbach 2),186 (W-- 2705826), 32890 (Ld). Rio Grande do Sul: Porto & Oliveira ICN. 9631 (Ut—320l). PARAGUAY: Hassler 8632 (E—1575072). ARGEN- TINA: Corrientes: Krapovickas, Cristébal, Maruflak, Mriginsky, Pire, & Pueyo 21326 (ld). CULTIVATED: Argentina: Krapovickas, Cristébal, Schinini, Arbo, Quarfn, & Gonz4lez 26016 (Ld). AEGIPHILA HAUGHTII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 319—320. 1973; Soukup, Biota 1: 4. 1976. Schunke Vigo describes this plant as a shrub, 31; m. tall, "las l4minas de las hojas son onduladas brillosas de color verde p&lido" or "de color verde amarillenta", the corollas white, the 226 Pob YT) Oi teO G.Fk Vol. 40, No. 2 sepals pale-green or yellowish-green, the stamens white, and the "anteras pardas". He encountered it in high woods, flowering in September and October. Material of A. haughtii has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as "Clerodendron tessmannii Moldenke". On the other hand, the Croat 17922 and McDaniel 16155, distributed as A. haughtii, actually are Clerodendrum tessmani Moldenke,. Additional citations: PERU: San Martfin: Schunke Vigo 8) (N, W—27h6273), 5005 (N, W—27)6330). Pohl yom AEGIPHILA HIRSUTA var. COLOMBIANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 320 (1973) and 27% 16h. 19736 AEGIPHILA HIRSUTISSIMA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 293. 1973; Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 103, 116-117, & 1h). 19733 R. F. V. Cooper, Biol. Abstr. 57: 3788. 197k. AEGIPHILA HOEHNEI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 293. 1973: Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 102, 103, 118—-119, & 1 e 1973. ARGIPHILA HOEHNEI war. PUYENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 293. 1973. Lugo refers to this plant as a shrub, 3 m. tall, with yellow corollas, and found it in flower in March. Additional citations: ECUADOR: Napo=Pastaza: Asplund 19,26 (Ld). Pastaza: Lugo S. 678 (W—2781665). AEGIPHILA HOEHNEI var. SPECTABILIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 296 & 321. 1973; Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 102, 103, 118—119, & 14). 1973. Gentry and his associates describe this plant as a shrub with "straggly" branches and orange-colored fruit. L ar ae citations: PANAMA: Panam4: Gentry, Tyson, & Dwyer 3491 (N). AEGIPHILA HOFFMANNIOIDES Standl. & Steyerm. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 321-322. 1973. Additional citations: GUATEMALA: Huehuetenango: J. A. Steyer- mark 1,883 (Au—19068)—-photo of type). AEGIPHILA INSIGNIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 322 (1973) and 27: 355. 1973; Soukup, Biota ll: . 1976. 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 227 Schunke Vigo, who has recently re~discovered this rare species, describes it as a liana, 8—9 m. long, the corollas "brilliant yellow (5 Y 9/9)", and found it in flower in Jarmary at 50 m. al- titude. : are citations: PERU: San Martfn: Schunke Vigo 57h6 (¥—— 270392h) « AEGIPHILA INTEGRIFOLIA (Jacq.) Jacq. Additional & emended bibliography: Jacq., Select. Stirp. Amer. Hist. 18: 1788; Pers., Syn. Pl. 1: 132 & 133. 18053 Pers., Sp. Pl. 1: 342. 1817; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 322 (1826) and ed. 2, 416. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 550. 18325 Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550. 1839; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 67 & 649. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9 & 73. 1858; Howard, Journ. Arnold Arb. 5h: hk. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 353 & 373 (1973) and 28: h3k, 435, 437, 438, & 452. 197k; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197h; Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 14: 21. 197k; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 393 & 08. 197h; Lépez=Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 15: 9. 19753 Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 382 (1975) and 34: 162, 16h, & 255. 1976; LSpez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 37. 1976; Soukup, Biota 11: . 1976; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 64: 787. 1977; Moldenke, Phytologia 36: 32, hO, & 53. 1977. Recent collectors describe this widespread species as a ligne- ous, spreading or subscandent herb or shrub, 1—2 m. tall, ora tree, 3.5—18 m. tall, the stems pithy, inflorescence axillary, umbelloid, flower—buds greenish-white, flowers fragrant, and fruit yellow, red-orange, or reddish. They have found it growing in capoeira, open areas, weedy habitats along roads and agricul- tural fields, open savannas, secondgrowth forests, subtropical and mountain forests, poorly drained forests, mature tropical moist forests, and the “edge of banana fields near the upper lin- it of cultivation", at altitudes of sealevel to 2100 meters, flowering from April to June, August to October, and in December, fruiting in January, July, and December. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Gentry & B 1465), Grant 10163, Klug 3468, Lépez—Palacios 365) & 418), Purse- glove P.61,83, and Wurdack & Adderley 2905, "whitish" on Hatsch— bach 3408), "purplish-white" on Schunke 6531, "greenish" on Croat 20529, and "yellow" on Chrestowski 70-353 and Lugo S. 175. Lépez=Palacios and his associates say of it "Arbusto, drbol, arbolito [or "sufritice"] de 2—-7 m., erecto, ramificado, inerme. Hojas opositidecusadas, flaccido-membranosas. Flores blancas },- meras, C4lix verde amarillento. Corola blanca al principio, luego marrén. Androceo blanco. Drupas primero verdes, luego amarillas @ amarillo anaranjadas. Especie esparcida....La hoja macerada da una especie de jabén que se usa contra erupciones." He also notes of it: "Sélo para control de localidad" in Venezuela. McCurdy refers to it as "common"; Wurdack & Adderley found it to be "an occasional shrub", but Irwin and his associates call it a "common shrub", Chrosrowski encountered it "in low purma (brush) at old 228 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 terrace level in very acid sandy clay loam, 1100—1200 m. ppt., 259 C." Hallé refers to it as a shrub or small tree, with green calyxes and white corollas. The vernacular names, “tabacote", "arco", and "tabaco caspi", have been recorded for A. integrifolia in Venezuela, Colombia, and Peru, respectively. Both Sweet (1830) and Loudon (1832) include this species among the plants cultivated in Great Britain in their day and assert that it was introduced from Trinidad in 1820. They call it the "arborescent aegiphila". Buek (1858) and others include A. ar borescens § breviflora Schau. in the synonymy of typical_A i integ- rifolia, but I feel that it belongs, rather, in the synonymy of A. bracteolosa Moldenke, unless, of course, we may have here again a case of sexual dimorphism. The Lasser 1167, distributed as A. integrifolia and previously reported by me as A. sessiliflora Moldenke, actually is A. gran- dis Moldenke. I am indebted to my friend and colleague, Santiago Lépez-Palacios, for this correction. The Maguire & Stahel 22782, cited below, is a mixture with Amasonia campestris ; (Aubl.) Mol- denke. Bruijn 1015, distributed as typical A. integrifolia, ac- tually represents var. guianensis (Moldenke) “Lépez-Palacios while Troll 170) is var. lopez-palacii Moldenke. Additional citations: PANAMA: Darién: Stern, Chambers, Dwyer, Ebinger 663 (W—2396631). VIRGIN ISLANDS: St. Thomas: Finlay 3.n. [Antilles St. Thomas 181] (P). TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO: Trin- idad: Purseglove P.683 (Herb. Trin. Bot. Gard. 18149] (W). COL- OMBIA: Amazonas: Foldate 282A (W—2705)))5). Boyac&: Lawrence 548 (Ca—29352h, Ld). Chocé: Killip 35495 (W—177220h); Warner & Warner 61 (N, W—2770592). Cérdoba: Lépez—Palacios 3856 (Ac (Ac, eae Cundinamarca: Lépez-Palacios 3909 bis (N, Ws). Meta: M. L. Grant 10163 (W--2107007); Little & Little 8227 (W-—-210513). Putumayo: Schultes & Smith 2027 7 (E—1839059). Santander: Gentry & Renteria 19975 (N). Valle del Cauca: Cuatrecasas 17369 (W—2816327) . Mines cra Amazonas: Wurdack & Adderley 112905 (W—2320888). Bolf- var: Gentry & Berry 1465) L654 (N)3 3 Lépez-Palacios 3015 (N)s; Oberwink- ler & Geo 15377 (Mu); Ruiz-Terén, Carobot, & Morales 10691 (Ac); Ruiz Ruiz—Terdn | & Lépez-Palacios “Palacios 10873 873 (Ld), ~ 10908 0908 (Mi), 11665 (Tu). Sucre: Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez-Palacios 10081 (1d); Stey- mark & Rabe 96092 (W—258)222). SURINAM: Maguire & Stahel 22782. in part (N). FRENCH GUIANA: Aublet s.n. [F. G. Meyer photo 067] (Gz-——phote of type, W—photo of of type); H Hallé 1121 (N, P); Maguire & Fanshawe 23080 (W—1902619)., ECUADOR: Napo: Lépez-Palacios 18 418, (Ld F Lugo S. S. 175 (W—2781668). Napo=Pastaza: Mexia 7173 (cane 7h3335), 7187 (Ca—7h3325), 7289 (Ca—7h3352). PERU: Hudn— uco: Macurdy 1001 (F—1728083). Loreto: Croat 20529 (W—27867)0) . 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila — 229 San Martin: Chrostowski 70-353 (Ws); Klug 3468 (W—157865); Schunke Vigo 6531 (W—2703976). BRAZIL: Amapd: Irwin, Egler, & Murca Pires 7161 (W—200716). Amazénas: Lépez-Palacios 365) (Ld, N); Poeppig 1615 (W--photo). Mato Grosso: Hatschbach 308) (Ld). Minas Gerais: Mexia 500 (Au-—-120679). Roraima: Coradin & Cordeira 607 (N). BOLIVIA: La Paz: M. Bang 58) (Pd, W--photo) . MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Jacq., Stirp. Amer. 15. 1763 (W). AEGIPHILA INTEGRIFOLIA var. GUIANENSIS (Moldenke) Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 1h: 21. 197k. Synonymy: Aegiphila guianensis Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 13: 125—-126. 1933. Aegiphila arborea Spruce ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 206, in syn. 1937. Aegiphila guianensia Aristegu- ieta ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 379, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 125— 126. 1933; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 30—-3l1. 193; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 1: 206. 1937; Moldenke, Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. 18—20 & 2h. 1939; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 389. 1903; Moldenke, Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 1. 19,0; Moldenke, Alph. List Inv. Names 1. 192; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distriv, Verbenac., [ed. 1], 30, 32, 35, & 85. 1942; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 326. 19163; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 395 (1947) and 2: 36. 1948; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 337, 603, & 610 (1948), 3: 820, 905, & 956 (19h9), and he: 1006. 1993; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 58, 62, 65, 7h, & 175. 19493; Moldenke, Phytologia ): 389--390 & 1132. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 65, 69, 7h, 86, 228, & hkl. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 326—327 (1966), 25: 318 (1973), and 27: 81 & 293. 1973: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los An- des 9 (13): 26—27 (1973), ly: 21 (197k), and 15: 9. 19753 Mol- denke, Phytologia 26: 43k, 435, 37, 438, & 452 (197k), 31: 382 (1975}, and 3h: 255. 1976. All the data recorded by me previously in this series of notes and elsewhere under A. guianensis should now be transferred to A. integrifolia var. guianensis. Lépez—Palacios and his associates describe this plant as an "frbol [or] arbusto [or] arbolito erecto,de 3—15 m, inerme, ram ificado, perennifolio, 1,5--7 m. Hojas opositidecusadas, mem- branosas [or] firmamente membranosas a membranoso-subcartaceas, verde obscuras por la haz, m4s claras por el envés. Hojas adul- tas pequefilas, grandes las de brotes jévenes. Infructescencias en cimas dicétomo—corimboides. Corola blanca." Other recent collectors describe it as a spreading shrub or small tree, 2—l, m. tall, the leaves papery, dull, pale- or medium—green above, paler green beneath, the young inflorescence greenish, the calyx green or pale-green, the corollas white or dirty-white, anthers brown, and the fruit at first green but ma- turing orange-yellow [Werner & White say "mature fruit green", but surely in error!]. Recent collectors have found the plant growing in dense tidal forests, open disturbed ground, and secondary forests or regrowth, 230 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 from sealevel to 850 m. altitude, flowering in March, June, July, and December, and fruiting in March, July, October, and December « Lee records the vernacular name, "tete viaja". The Prance, Co€élho, Harley, Kubiteki, Maas, Sastre, & Smith 11680, cited below, was previously cacarded. — me as typical A A. integrifolia (Jacq.) Jacq. The Breteler 4905 and Killip & Cuat~ recasas 39091, also cited below, have much the aspect of typical A. integrifolia — the under ps fe of the mature leaves is not observable on the specimens seen, but the densely velutinous in- mature leaves cause me to suspect that they probably represent the present variety. On the other hand, Aristeguieta 215, is very different in aspect and bears hardly any resemblance at all to A. integrifolia. It is very probable that two taxa are here represented and the material needs to be re-studied. Lépez—Palacios (1975) comments that "Ae. guianensis y Ae. in- tegrifolia estén constituidas en Venezuela | por poblaciones m muy dudosas y de diffcil interpretacién, en especial el material de la parte de la costa y de los Edos. Mérida y Barinas....He com siderado conveniente hacer una reduccién de esta especie [A. ianensis] a variedad......y entonces quedari4n aquf los espec- enes indumentados o de envés tomentoso, incluido Blanchet 2121, es decir, aquellos ejemplares que consideraba Schauer ‘Tamipinees-pubsécedte? (Prodr. 11: 649) ." The label accompanying E. L. Little 7769, cited below, origin- ally was inscribed "7768", but this mumber was struck out and "7769" substituted by some unknown hand. Material of A. integrifolia var. guianensis has been distrib- uted in some herbaria as A. falcata Donn. 5 a very different taxon of Central America! Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Arauca: Lépez- Palacios 3950 (N). Caquet&: E. L. Little 7769 (w—21052L) Choc6: Killip & Cuatrecasas 39091 (N, W—1856920). Cundinamar— ca: Lépez-Palacios 3909 (N, Ws). Meta: Lépez-Palacios 391) (Ld, N), 3918 (N, Tu). Narifio: Lépez—Palacios 3950 (Id). Valle del Cauca: Cuatrecasas 1486 (W—281503h); V. H. Lee 72 (Oa); Lépez Palacios & Idrobo 38L8 (. (Ac, N). VENEZUELA: Barinas: Seana = ios 3116 (N). Bolfvar: Ruiz-Terén & STS 25 (Ld), 6 (Ld). Mérida: Bernardi 6195 (W—227938h) 5 Lépez—Palacios ais: Téchira: Breteler 905 (N, W—2583290a, W—2583291a) . Trujille: Ruiz-Terd4n & Lépez: & Lépez-Palacios 7639 (Ld). Zulia: Bruijn 1015 (N). GUYANA: Schomburgk 404 in part (W—photo of type). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Prance, Coélho, Harley, Kubitzi, Maas, Sastre, & Smith 11680 (W—269962). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Moldenke in Fed- de, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 125-126. 1933 (W). AEGIPHILA INTEGRIFOLIA var. LOPEZ-PALACII Moldenke, Phytologis 363 53. 1977. 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 231 Bibliography: Moldenke, Biol, Abstr. 6h: 787. 1977; Moldenke, Phytologia 36: 32 & 53. 1977. Collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 2—kl m. tall, and have encountered it in "pajonales" and along rivers, at 1500 m. altitude, flowering in March, April, and July. The corollas are said te have been "white" on Lugo S. 896 & 991. Citations: ECUADOR: Napo: Boeke 2209 (N); Lépez-Palacios 1257 (z—type); Lugo S. 896 (W—2781666), 991 (W—2781667). BOLIVIA: La Pas: Troll 170) (Mu). AEGIPHILA INTERMEDIA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 29). 1973. The Eitens refer to this plant as an herb, 1 m. tall, the corolla "ivory-color", and the style white, and encountered it at the edge of "carrasco" (secondary scrub of cerrad&o) at 150 meters altitude. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Maranhfo: Eiten & Eiten 10811 (W--27577h7) « AEGIPHILA LAETA H.B.K. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 8 (1): 496. 1927; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 29h, 298, & 375. 1973; Moldenke in Wood- son, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 102, 105, & 1hk. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 3): 255 & 256. 1976. Recent collectors describe this species as a simple—branching subshrub, shrub, or alluvial forest tree, or even herbaceous, 1— 5 m. tall, the branches decussate, the upper leaves entire, some of the lower ones crenate, the inflorescence greenish when imma- ture, the cymes axillary or terminal, corymbose, and the fruit {erroneously referred to as "berries" by some collectors], yellow-orange or orange-red, red when mature, and have found it growing in sand and loam soil in bushy shaded ravines, from sea- level to 200 meters altitude, flowering in April, July, November, and December, fruiting in February, October, and November. The corollas are described as "cream"-color by Lépez—Palacios, while in Ebinger 23 they are said to have been "white" and on Nee 7289 they were "yellow", Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as A. panamensis Moldenke, while the Pittier 10533, cited below, was previously erroneously cited by me as A. martinicensis Jacq. Additional citations: PANAMA: Canal Zone: M. Nee 7289 (W— 2787121). San Blas: A. Gentry 6398 (W—2800090). Barro Colorado Island: Ebinger 2h3 (W—272887h) « TABOGA ISLAND: G. W. Barclay 2498 (W—2779727). COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Pr 5 (E—905318) . Arauca: Lépez-Palacios 3936 (Ld, N, N), 3941 (Ac, N). VENEZUELA: Barinas: z-Palacios 3973 (ld). Zulia: Lépez-Palacios 1889 (Ld); Pittier 10533 (B, Cb, N, N—photo, W-=1S8 7211, Z—photo) . 232 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 2 AEGIPHILA LAEVIS (Aubl.) Gmel. Additional bibliography: Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 16. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 550. 1832; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550. 1839; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 29 (1973), 29: 32 (197k), and 36: 39. 1977. Recent collectors describe this plant as a vine climbing to 1.5 m. on shrubs, the stems woody below, the calyx and [young] fruit green, and have found it growing by the sides of streams, in flow- er in June and in both flower and fruit in January. The corollas are said to have been "pale greenish-yellow" on Santos & al. 1793. Schunke Vigo reports that the leaves are used as an insecticide in Peru. Both Sweet (1830) and Loudon (1832) list this species as culti- vated in Great Britain, introduced from Guiana in 182), and call is the "smooth aegiphila", Material of A. laevis has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as A. falcata Donn. Sm. ire & Stahel 22782 is a mixture with Amasonia campestris (inka) Moldenke. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Valle del Cauca: Cuatrecasas 14302 (W—2772735), 15946 (W—-2772825), 17567 (W— 2816209). SURINAM: Maguire & Stahel 22782 in part (N). FRENCH GUIANA: Aublet s.n. (Gz--photo of type); Collector undetermined sen. (Pd). BRAZIL: Bahia: Pinheiro 1728 (Ld), 1797 (N). Mato Grossot Santos, Souza, & Ferreira R. 1793 (N). ABGIPHILA LANCEOLATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 29 (1973), 28: 437 & 438 (1974), and 36: 34. 1977. Recent collectors describe this plant as a wwody vine or liana (or even as "herbaceous"), to 7 m. long, and have found it growing in gallery forests or primary forests or terra firma, flowering in February, and with yellow or orange fruit in February and July. The branches and petioles are characteristically long-hispid, thus easily distinguishing it from the very similar and closely related A. chrysantha Hayek, A. microcalycina Moldenke, and A. vitellini- flora Klotzsch. Campbell and his associates report the "calyx green, buds green, pistils green, filaments yellow, anthers brown". The corollas are said to have been "cream—color" when fresh on Hatschbach 26170 and "yellow" on Hatschbach & Guimarfes 1907. Material of A. lanceolata has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as A. chrysantha Hayek. Additional citations: PERU: Loreto: Schunke Vigo, Mathias, & Taylor 54) (F-—-1728082). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Campbell, Ongley, & Ramos P.21979 (Ld, N). Goid&s: Hatschbach 31,269 (Ld). Mato Gros- so: Hatschbach 26170 (Ld). Paran4: Hatschbach & Guimardes 19047 (W-~2705908) . AHGIPHILA LAXICUPULIS Moldenke Synonymy: Aegiphila laxicupula Moldenke, Prelim. Alph. List 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 233 Inv. Names 2, in syn. 190. Aegiphila laxicaulis Moldenke, Suppl. List Inv. Names [1], in syn. 1941. Aegiphila laxicupulis "Molden- ke in Fedde", in herb. Aegiphila laxicupulis "Milenke", in herb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 1) (1973) and 27: 8 & 166. 1973; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 95. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 36: 30. 1977. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 5—15 feet tall, and have encountered it in shrubby thickets and along small streams in cafetal in seasonal evergreen forests, at 200 meters altitude, flowering in October. The corollas are said to have been "cream"=color on Breedlove 28551. Molina (1975) reports the species from Honduras. Material of A. laxicupulis has been misidentified and distrib- uted in some herbaria as A. panamensis Moldenke. Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Breedlove 28551 (Ld, Mi). GUATEMALA: Jutiapa: Harmon & Dwyer 3335 (Ws). NICARAGUA: Chontales: Marshall & Neill 6539 (2). AEGIPHILA LAXIFLORA Benth. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 353. 1973. Additional citations: TRINIDAD & TOBAGO: Trinidad: W. E. Broadway s.n. [Buenos Ayres, May 9, 1919] (E—862847). AEGIPHILA LEWISIANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 353 (1973), 28: 435 (197k), and 31: 382. 1975; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 15: 10. 1975. Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez—Palacios describe this plant as an "Arbusto erecto, inerme, ramificada, 2,5 m. Hojas opositidecusadas, fir— memente membranosas, virtualmente glabras. Drupas inmaturas glo- boso-obovoides, amarillo verdosas, 8—-10 mm. de didmetro, el Apice con cicatriz hundida" and found it growing at 50—180 m. al- titude, fruiting in July. Lépez—Palacios (1975) comments that "Yo he distribuido mi ejem- plar 3492 como Ae. lewisiana, basado m4s que todo en sus infrutes- cencias terminales y de pocos frutos. Hoy tengo duda de esa in- terpretacién a causa de sus cAlices completamente truncos y de sus frutos lisos cuando frescos y arrugados cuando secos, pero no es—- cabrosos como los del tipo (Fendler 8), GH). Sin embargo, lo conservo aqui porque no sé hasta donde llegue la variacién de la especie. Sabré agradecer los informes que a esta respecto se me comuniquen." Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez- Palacios 11537 (Ld). = ARGIPHILA LHOTZKIANA Cham, Additional synonymy: Aegiphilla lhotzhiana Cham. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 292, in syn. 1975. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 23h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 2 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 353-354 (1973), 28: 436 (197h), and 31: 392. 1975. Recent collectors describe this species as a shrub or treelet, 1.5--2.5 m. tall, thin, erect, unbranched until near the top, the trunk to 6 cm. in diameter, with corky bark, the fruit green in Jamary, and have found it growing "in a dense scrub area of cer= rado vegetation plus a few trees", in "capoeira", and "in degraded cerrado, young barbatimZo trees and shoots 1-3 m. tall spaced 2—5 m. apart, the ground recently burned", at altitudes of 720-- 1000 m., flowering in October, in fruit in January. Prance & his associates refer to the plant as a "subshrub 5 ca. tall", but this is doubtless an error for 5 dm. or even 5m. The describe the corollas as “pale-green". The corollas on Hatschbach 26120 & 37702 and on Hatschbach & Koczicki 33088 are said to have ave been "cream"=color when fresh, while on Mattos & Mattos 818 they were “white, filaments green, anthers white". Tt has also been found in flower in January. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Hatschbach 37702 (Ld); Irwin, Onishi, Fonséca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos amos 25325 (Ws); Irwin & Soderstrom TTT. (Mi, N, W—2752377). Mato Grosso: Eiten & Eit Eiten 9463 (W—-2689080) ; Hatachbach 26120 (Ld); Hatsch- bach : & - Koezicki 4 33088 (Ld); Prance, Lleras, & Coélho 18948 (Ld (Ld, N). S&o Paulo: Eiten & Eiten 2435. (In—188311, Mu), 779) (W-- 2757759); Mattos & Mattos 6418 (W—-27L5209). AEGIPHILA LONGIFOLIA Turcz. This taxon is now known as A. mollis var. longifolia (Turez.) Lépez=Palacios, which see. AEGIPHILA LONGIPETIOLATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 17. 1973; Soukup, Biota 11: ). 1976. ABGIPHILA LOPEZ-PALACII Moldenke, Phytologia 3%: 52-53. 1977. Bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. "Abstr. 6h: 4787. 1977; Moldenke, Phytologia 36: 32 & S2—53. 1977 Citations: ECUADOR: Pichincha: Lépez-Palacios 237 (Z—type) . AEGIPHILA LOPEZ=PALACII var. PUBESCENS Moldenke, Phytologia 36: 53. 1977. Bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 6h: 4787. 1977; Moldenke, Phytologia 36: 32 & 53. 1977. Citations: ECUADOR: Pichincha: Lépez-Palacios 4201 (Z——type) . AEGIPHILA LUSCHNATHI Schau. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 25h. 19733 Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197h5 Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 293. 1975. 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 235 AEGIPHILA MACRANTHA Ducke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 35). 1973. The Steyermark 88157 collection is represented in the fruit collection of the New York Botanical Garden herbarium. Austin describes the "old fruit" as brown and found the species fruiting in June. Ruiz-Terfén & Lépez—Palacios describe the species as "Arbusto m4s o menos recostadizo, inerme, 5—6 m. Hojas opositidecusadas, coriaéceas, verde intensas y m4s o menos lucientes por la haz, verde claras, algo lucientes, por el envés. Cimas axilares, pe- dunculadas. Brd&cteas folidceas, verde claras. Flores grandes, de unos 3 cm. de largo en la antesis, inodoras en la hora de la re- coleccién (2 p.m.). Calis fructffero de+ 3 cm. de didmetro" and encountered it at 200 meters altitude, flowering in July. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Ruiz-Terdn & Lépez- Palacios 11569 (1d); J. A. Steyermark 88157 (N). BRAZIL: Paré: Austin 182 (E-—2035850) . AEGIPHILA MAGNIFICA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 103, 11), & 1h. 19733 Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 27: 8h, 87, & 166 (1973), 31: 456 (1975), and 36: 30. 1977. AEGIPHILA MAGNIFICA var. PUBESCENS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 103, 11h, & 14h. 19733 Moldenke, Phytolo~ gia 27: 8h & 166 (1973), 31: 456 (1975), and 36: 30. 1977. The Croat 2211, distributed as A. ica var. pubescens in some herbaria, is perhaps better regarded as representing A. mol- lis H.B.K. ARGIPHILA MARTINICENSIS Jaca. Additional bibliography: Jacq., Select. Stirp. Amer. Hist., imp. 1, 26. 17633 Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 322 & 323 (1826) and ed. 2, 16. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 550. 18323 Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550. 18393 Schau. in A. DC., Prodr, ll: 652— 653 & 655. 18473; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Jacq., Select. Stirp. Amer. Hist., imp. 2, 26. 1971; Altschul, Drugs & Foods 25. 19733; Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 102, 103, 111-113, & 1. 19733 Moldenke, Phy- tologia 27: 295 (1973) and 28: 52. 197); Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197h; Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 309 & 310. 197h; Little, Woodbury, & Wadsworth, Trees P. R. & Virg. Isls. 2 [U. S. Dept. Agr. Agric. Handb. 449:} xii, 85)—856, 991, 99h, 997, & 1021, fig. 678. 197k; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 390 & 408. 197k; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 95. 19753 Soukup, Biota 11: . 1976; J. F. Morton, Quart. Journ. Crude Drug Res. 15: 182—183. 1977. Additional illustrations: Little, Woodbury, & Wadsworth, Trees P, R. & Virg. Isls. 2 [U. S. Dept. Agr. Agric. Handb. 9]: 855, fig. 678. 197k. [to be contimed] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "CRUCIBLES: THE STORY OF CHEMISTRY From Ancient Alchemy to Nuclear Fission" by Bernard Jaffe, Revised th Edition, ix & 368 pp., 29 b/w fig. & 3 tab. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N.Y. 1001). 1976. $5.00 paperbound. This is a replication that has been enlarged, revised and up- dated by the author since it was originally published by Simon and Schuster in 1930. It was a very good book then, it is an even better one now. By sharing glimpses into the homes, schools, and laboratories and at the confreres of Trevisan, Paracelsus, Becher, Priestley, Cavendish, Lavoisier, Dalton, Berzelius, Avogadre, Woehler, Mendeléeff, Arrhenius, the Curies, the Thomsons, Ruther~ ford, the Moseleys, Bohr, Langmuir, Lawrence and the scientists who started harnessing mclear energy by fission and by fusion readers gain an excellent survey and should be grateful to Jaffe for his effective telling of the story. "BIOLOGY AND CULTURE IN MODERN PERSPECTIVE” — Readings from Scieatific American edited by Joseph G. Jorgensen, iv & ki) pp., 373 b/w & color illus. W. H. Freeman & Company, Reading, England RG1 3AA & San Francisco, California 910). 1973. $5.95 paperbound, $12.00 clothbound. This is another well chosen collection of fine articles illus-— trated in excellent expected style. The printing paper is only minimally good. The first section is devoted to biological an- thropology with human origins, genetics and evolution. The second part deals with human prehistory — tools, early cultural develop= ments and the rise of civilisation in the Old and New Worlds. The third part considers cultural anthropology in terms of kinships, polity, hunters, farmers, pastorals, urbanization, the “haves” and "have nots" of today. The book provides excellent supplementary reading for anthropology and allied courses, as well as good gen- eral reading. " BIOLOGICAL IDENTIFICATION WITH COMPUTERS" edited by R. J. Park= mrst, xi & 333 pp., 37 b/w fig. & 33 b/w tab. Academic Sere Ltd., New York & London NW1 7DX. 1975. $28.50 or 11.00. This Special Volume 7 of the Systematics Association is composed of the Proceedings of a meeting at King's College, Cambridge, in 1973 about the identification a ee specimens by computer. 1978 Moldenke, Book reviews 2o7 It has 16 important papers, discussion, classified bibliography of computers and identification and computer programs, glossary and index. The advantages, limitations and prospects of several programs expressed in FORTRAN (usually IV) or ALGOL and for key- forming ones, on-line identifications, punched card keys, compar- ison of taxa, identification by comparison and/or by elimination, test selection and data capture. Reading this study is like checking the many horses lined up for a race and wondering whati one will clear into the lead. "CONTROLLED ENVIRONMENTS FOR PLANT RESEARCH by Robert Jack Downs, xi & 175 pp., 5h b/w fig. & 1h b/w tab. Columbia University Press, London & New York, N. Y. 10025. 1975. $12 00. The intent (and achievement) of this author "is to descfibe the mechanical and biological systems encountered in modern controlled-environment facilities and to relate these systems to the problems of operation and plant growth....[including] some of the frequent design problems.....and the advantages of certain research techniques and cultural practices". After paying re- spects to Went's phytotron and other early efforts the text deals directly with constructional and operational details of today's and tomorrow's equipment "introducing the biologist to the mech- anical devices and showing the engineer some of the plant re- quirements......[helping both of] them to achieve better plant growth-chamber design and operation." "NORTH AMERICAN MAMMALS — A Photographic Album for Artists and Designers" selected and edited by James Spero, 96 pp., 92 b/w photographs. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 1001). 1978. $00 paperbound. Almost all of these excellent photographs of animals in their typical habitat came from the collection of the Audio-Visual Fish and Wildlife Service of the Department of the Interior. Artists, designers and many others are herewith provided with accurate, natural looking replicas of these 65 mammals. Child- ren from 2 to 90, as well as artists and designers, should enjoy the very naturalness of these snapshots. "THE LICHENS" edited by Vernon Ahmedjian & Mason E. Hall, xiv & 697 pp., 301 b/w fig. & 51 b/w tab., Academic Press, Inc., London & New York, N. Y. 10003. [1973] 197h. $35.00. This companion piece to Ainsworth and Sussman's "The Fungi" fran the same press is also an excellent work surely destined to become a classic. This book is planned for study beyond the in- 238 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. O, No. 2 troductory college level because of its wealth of material, yet it reads interestingly, is fully documented, and is very effec- tively illustrated often by electron microscopy. Lichens comprise (in part) the single largest group of Ascomy- cetes. The editors, respectively, author chapters on the isolation and resynthesis of the symbionts and on growth patterns. The text of 22 articles includes what they consider to be the most impor— tant topics: "structure and development, physiology of the intact thallus, environmental response and effects, secondary metabolic products, and symbiont interactions." The appendices consist of a taxonomic scheme, methods for isolating and culturing lichen sym bionts and thalli, and methods for isolating and identifying li- chen substances. "TOPICS IN POPULATION GENETICS" by Bruce Wallace, xi & 81 pp., 126 b/w fig. & 113 b/w tab. W. W. Norton & Company, Inc., New York, N. Ye 100%. 1968. $1), .00. It is good that this book is still available for classes and students beyond introductory college genetics and now ready for population, evolutionary, ecological and/or mathematical genetics courses. The author intends it for supplementary reading so that not so much time in these advanced courses need "be spent merely acquainting students with elementary observations and the tech- niques by which these are made". The chapters in Part I deal "primarily with the Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and how it can be used; those in Part II deal with hybrid vigor, genetic load co- adaptation, evolution of dominance, stabilizing and disruptive selection, introgression, etc. and other aspects within popula- tions on more complicated levels. "INTERMONTANE FLORA — Vascular Plants of the Intermontane West, U.S.A. Volume 6 The Monocotyledons" by Arthur Cronquist, Arthur H. Holmgren, Noel H. Holmgren, James L. Reveal, & Patricia K. Holmgren, vi & 58) pp., 302 b/w full plate or part—page multiple-form line drawings. Columbia University Press, New York, N. Y. 10025. 1977. $5.00. This work was published for the New York Botanical Garden where three of the authors are staff members. This Volume 6 is the next to appear after Volume 1 primarily to make the treatment of the Poaceae available to land-use managers as soon as possible. The excellent illustrations are provided by 9 different artists and artist-botanists, yet all fit in well with the text, keys and other illustrations and effectively display diagnostic characteristics. The text, with different families treated by dif- ferent authors, gives accepted names, authorities, synonymy, effec- tive descriptions, habitat, range, and blooming times. At the be- ginning there is Cronquist's "Artificial Key to the Families of 1978 Moldenke, Book reviews 239 Monocotyledons" grouped by him in Class Liliopsida. This publica- tion is an outstanding study. May the remaining volumes be as well prepared and appear secon! "ORCHIDS FOR THE OUTDOOR GARDEN — A Descriptive List of the World's Orchids for the Use of Amateur Gardeners" by A. W. Darnell, xxiv & 167 pp., 22 b/w plates. Facsimile Edition for Dover Publications, New York, N. Y. 1001. 1976. $6.00 paperbound. The executive secretary for the American Orchid Society, Gor— don W. Dillion, provides the new preface for this unabridged re- publication of a work first published in England in 1930. For almost 1,000 kinds of orchids descriptive information is given relating to roots, stems, leaves, inflorescences, flowers, blooming times, natural habitats, geographic distributions and growing conditions. Common synonyms are given in the text, rarer ones in the index. Neither in the text nor in the )6 PHYTOLOGIA | Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 40, August 1978 No. 3 CONTENTS ST. JOHN, H., Notes on Hespermannia (Compositae). Hawaiian plant mee studies SO. . 24. <<. Baie tu teen oer et Cee OR er not 241 [AX ELL, R. H., Problems in the placement of Dioclea paniculata 3 MARS 1h COMI ITEISE) yr ccc c sg wae GS RAG) OS AS ae oclac cs 243 } {ILLER, H. A., and WHITTIER, H. O., Eoleucodon, a new moss genus a PAE ONE ENT Se ie Ne Ns oes PT tt eS A its a gee Ie i 253 MILLER, H. A., Leskeodon ponapensis, a new moss from Micronesia .. . 257 \ MOLDENKE, H._N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXV ...... 260 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Acantholippia. V ... 261 } fOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Pitraea. IV........ 263 HOCKING, A EPMO ec nO tbs oe ods oe A EOS ag 264 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Z Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 T BSA. Price of this number $1.50; per volume $9.75 in advance or $10.50 after close _ of the volume; 75 cents extra to all foreign addresses; 512 pages constitute . a full volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number. Subscriptions accepted by volume only. — NOTES ON HESPERMANNIA (COMPOSITAE) HAWAIIAN PLANT STUDIES 80 Harold St. John Bishop Museum, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii, 96818, USA. Hesperomannia has been mongraphed by Carlquist (1957), but it is still possilbe to make contribu- tions to the knowledge of the genus. Hesperomannia arbuscula Hbd., subsp. oahuensis thoes) Cariq., Pacif. Seis Lie 283, 1957. H. arborescens Gray, var. Oahuensis Hbd., Fl. MAW LS. i252.) Loos. H. oahuensis (Hbd.) Degener, Fl. Haw., fam. 344: 8/24/38. Hillebrand based his variety upon two collections: "Oahu! Waianae range, Puakea (Wawra), Makaleka (lydg.)." In 1935 the writer noted that the cited Wawra collection, no. 2,222, was in the Berlin herbarium. The Lydgate collection, Makaleha, Oahu, ex herb. Hbd., is in the Bishop Museum. When Degener (1938) raised the var. oahuensis to a species, he cited the type locality as, "Oahu, Berge von Waianae.” This was not a quotation from Hillebrand, and evidently Degener had not studied the specimens in the Hillebrand collection in the Berlin Museum. Clearly, the quoted phrase came from Wawra's Beitrdge in Flora 31:76, 1873 (p. 39 in the reprint). Even though Degener did not precisely select the Wawra 2,222 specimen as a lectotype, it seems that he has done so effectively by quoting the locality in German, in the exact wording used in Wawra's Beitrdge, for the same Wawra col- lection which was one of the two upon which Hillebrand based his var. oahuensis. The differences between this plant of Oahu, and the species H. arbuscula of west Maui are in the habit, the length of the phyllaries, and of the Pappus. These differences are slight, and appear to be of little significance. There seems no reason to change its taxonomic status as a subspecies, (or as a variety). 21 2h2 PHYTO HOG TA Vol. 0, No. 3 Hesperomannia arbuscula Hbd., var. Pearsallii var. nov. Diagnosis Holotypi: Laminis ellipticis (vel ovatis) 14-21 cm longis 8-14 cm latis subintegribus vel minute serrulatis supra mox glabratis infra pallidis in initio tomentosis sed mox glabratis. Diagnosis of Holotype: Blades elliptic (or ovate), 14-21 cm long, 8-14 cm wide, subentire or minutely serrulate, above early glabrate, below pale and at first tomentose but early glabrate. Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Waianae Mts., Puu Kaua-Kanehoa Peak, on side ridge below main ridge, above Kunia Camp, 2,950 ft alt., 5/19/60, G. A. Pearsall 500 (BISH). Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, all from Waianae Mts., Kaneha Trail, w. of Schofield, Metrosideros-Acacia forest, with Pelea, Viola, Pipturus, 1,600 ft alt., Aug. 26, 1961, S. Carigutee 640 (BISH); Kunia Trail between Puu Kanehoa and Puu Hapapa, steep slope, Acacia koa forest, 1,200 ft alt., July 3; 1965, Carlaquiat 1,720 (BESH) ¢fame July 2, 1966, 1,910 (BISH); Kaluaa Gulch (Lihue), between Puu Kanehoa and Puu Hapapa, 23 July 1967, P. C. Hutchinson, C. S. Daniels & J. Obata 7,370 (BISH) ; back of Kunia Camp, 100 yds. below ridge between Puu Kaua & Kanehoa, 2,950 ft alt., 3/26/60, Pearsall (BISH); Kanehoa ridge trail, 1,500 ft alt., 26/3/60, B. C. Stone 3,293 (BISH); and 30 April 1960, 3,450 (BISH). Discussion: The closest relative of the new variety is ssp. oahuensis (Hbd.) Carlq., which has the blades ovate (or elliptic), 9-19 cm long, 7-11 cm wide, below permanently soft tomentose. It occurs in the northern Waianae Mts., only on the slopes of Mt. Kaala. Discussion: The new epithet is given in memory of Gordon A. Pearsall, of the U. S. Bureau of Entomol- ogy and Plant Quarantine, a former student of the writer's. Literature Cited Carlquist, Sherwin 1957. Systematic Anatomy of Hesperomannia. Paci. Sel. 2s 207=20' 55) eosin. hei PROBLEMS IN THE PLACEMENT OF DIOCLEA PANICULATA KILLIP MS. (LEGUMINOSAE) Richard H. Maxwell Indiana University Southeast Herbarium, 4201 Grant- line Road, PO Box 679, New Albany, Indiana 47150. Herbarium and Field Studies in the Leguminosae. Supported in part by a Grant-in-Aid of Research. Early in my studies of Dioclea and related gen- era, I came across E. P. Killip's manuscript of Dio- clea paniculata at the U. S. National Herbarium (US). I have examined some of his other notes as well as his correspondence with H. Pittier in Venezuela. In my thesis (1969) I did a preliminary sorting of the "zsood" taxa from these notes, notations on herbarium sheets, partial manuscripts, unpublished type photos, etc. Dioclea paniculata is a "good" species. I con- sider the proper generic placement to be Dioclea H.B.K. rather than Cratylia Mart. ex Benth. or Galac- tia P.Br. Within Dioclea itself, I consider the best placement to be section Macrocarpon Amshoff rather than sections Pachylobium, Dioclea, or Platylobium. Second choice would be a section Platylobium place- ment. The purpose of this paper is to justify these placements based on an analysis of the diagnostic characters. Dioclea paniculata Killip ex Maxwell, sp. nov. (Fig. 1 & 2) Lianae scandentes alte, ligneae; folia pinnatim trifoliata, stipulae non prodientes, inflorescentiae erectae, tuberculatae, interdum ramis, fasciculatis- racemosis; flores ca 11 mm longi, subsessiles, calyx lobis obtusis, plus minusve aequalibus; petala glabra, vexillum obovatum, ca 8 mm longum, alae et carinae ca 6 mm longae, carinae oblongae, erostratae, supero margine integro; stamina 10, vexillaria levi- ter connata, glabra; ovarium breve stipitatum, ca 5 ovulis, villosum; stigma geniculatum, glabrum; stylus terminalis, capitatus, glaber; legumina elliptica, dehiscentia, 5.5-8.5 cm longa, ca 2.2 cm lata, ca 3.5 mm crassa, glabra; semina 2-4, ovalia, plana, laevia, brunnea, ca 13 mm longa, ca 10 mm lata, ca 3 mm crassa; hilo oblongo, ca 2.7 mm longo. TYPE: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Quebrada 2h3 2hh PHY T @In0 GT A Vol. hO, No. 3 Cabana, Hacienda El Cucharo, btwn Tocaima and Puben- zat alt. 380-600 m; deep wooded canyon, nae 1944, E. P. Killip, A. Dugand, R. Jaramillo 38329 (holotype US (US Nat. Herb. No. 1855940), isotypes COL, US). Vines, woody perennials, twining, high climbing; stems terete, old bark somewhat ridged, sparsely pubescent. Leaves pinnately trifoliolate, rigid, brittle, the rachis and petiole slightly ridged, the rachis 7-18 mm long, from 1/5 to 1/2 the petiolar length, apparently with dense, ferruginous pubescence when young, quickly glabrous; stipules linear or lanceolate, sometimes deeply bifurcate, sometimes trifurcate, with the lobes linear, the middle long- est, frequently with secondary bracts surrounding the emerging inflorescence and leaf cluster, the bracts triangulate, ca 2 mm long, stipules and bracts gla- brescent or glabrous, persistent. Leaflets with ter- minal lamina widely lanceolate, elliptic, ovate or occasionally obovate, 6.5-14 cm long, 2.5-8 cm wide, the laterals ovate, smaller, inequilateral, shining, raised reticulate above or dull, glabrous, sparse pubescence below or glabrescent with a few appressed hairs on the primary veins, the apices acute, obtuse, long acuminate or mucronate with the extension 10-15 mm long, rounded, the bases usually rounded, occa- sionally slightly cordate, with about 6 pairs of pri- mary lateral veins; stipels setaceous, about 1 mm long, usually persistent. Inflorescences erect, ter- minal or axillary, the axillary peduncles emerging in the same pustule as the leaf, inflorescences single, double, occasionally branched, 3-18 cm long, each tubercle with 3-8 flower buds, the tubercles sessile globose or clavate, with the head occasionally elon- gate upcurved; primary bract at the base of tubercle linear-lanceolate, about 2 mm long, caducous, gla- brous. Flowers blue-violet to deep purple, 10-12 mm long, subsessile; bractlets at the base of the pedi- cel remnant ovate, about 1.5 mm long, caducous, gla- brous; bracteoles similar to the bractlets, semiper- sistent; the calyx campanulate, the lobes about equal, 1.5-2 mm long, the upper lobe usually entire, sometimes emarginate, the others obtuse or acute, the tube about 3 mm long, ferruginous pubescent outside, extending up the lobes inside. Standard with the lamina obovate, weakly auriculate or exauriculate, ecallose, striate, ca 8 mm long, 6.5 mm wide, the claw ca 2 mm long, glabrous; wings with the lamina oblanceolate or somewhat oblong, auriculate, striate, ca 6 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, glabrous, the claw ca 2.5 mm long; the keels with the lamina somewhat oblong to 1978 Maxwell, Dioclea paniculata 2h5 obliquely oblong, ca 6.5 mm long, slightly wider than 2mm, glabrous, the claw ca 2.5 mm long, the upper margin entire; stamens 10, the vexillary stamen at- tached to the staminal sheath, glabrous, the staminal sheath membraneous, glabrous, the anthers uniform; the pistil straight for ca 9 mm, then ascending ca 2 mm; the ovary ca 6 mm long, densely villous, with straight, rigid, white hairs ca 0.5 mm long, usually interspersed with dark brown hairs, the stipe ca 2 mm long, ca 5-ovulate; the style glabrous, ca 2 mm long, shortly exerted through the keels, the stigma termi- nal, capitate, glabrous. Legumes elliptic, dehis-~ cent, sessile, flat, 5.5-8.8 cm long, 2.1-2.4 cm wide, 2.5-5 mm thick, young fruits with dark brown pubescence, finally glabrous, the upper suture slightly raised, with shallow parallel ribs about 1 mm to either side, the lower margin somewhat swollen. Seeds 2-4, oval-orbicular, flat, brownish, smooth, shining, ca 13 mm long, 10 mm wide, 3 mm thick, sur- rounded by papery, red, packing tissue; the hilum ob- long to long-elliptic, 2.5-3 mm long. Specimens examined: COLOMBIA: Without exact locality, Rio Lobo, M. J. Goudot s.n., April 1844 (BM); "Nova Grenada," J. Goudot s.n. (K),; Mutis 4284 (US). ANTIOQUIA: Uraba, orillas del Rio Mutata, L. Uribe Uribe 2049 (COL, US). CUNDINAMARCA: Narifio, E. Perez Arbelaez 341 (US, as "Perez" on packet); Fusagasuga, Holton 828 (K); Quebrada Carmargo, N of Apulo, Killip, Dugan, Jaramillo 38215 (US); Quebrada Cabana, btwn Tocaima and Pubenza, E. P. Killip, A. Dugand, R. Jaramillo 38329 (COL isotype, US holotype sheet 1 (US Nat. Herb. No. 1855940), isotype sheet 2); Tocaima, Triana s.n. (US, photo of collection in Herb. Nac. Col., US Nat. Herb. photos of type speci- mens; Distribution No. 2001); Valle del Magdalena, Fusagasuga, Triana s.n. (BM). SANTANDER: vic. Puerto Berrio, btwn Cacare and Magdalena Rivers, Haught 18 (US). TOLIMA: La Plala (?), Lehmann a (K); near Honda, Maxwell & Diaz 3 (COL, JEF, US). PANAMA: COLON: Santa Rita lumber road, ca 15 km E of Colon, R. L. Dressler 3797 (MO, Det. D. pani- culata Killip ex Maxwell, 19 June, 1978, new record for Panama; specimen and label loose in newsprint). We observed the species in Colombia as a high climbing liana beside rivers and streams. As the ends of the stems hang down from the canopy there seems to be apical meristem suppression. Lateral branches then grow until they are suppressed, and a zig-zag pattern results. Collectors report flowering: in December and Jan- 26 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 3 uary, April, May, and July at altitudes from 90 to 1700 m. The species is probably very common in the central lowland area, but also extends far up into the foothills and mountains in shady ravines and deep, wooded canyons. Killip notes on his manuscript, "This appears to have much smaller flowers than in any other spe- cies of Dioclea, and the paniculiform inflorescence, well represented by the Mutis specimen, is unique in the genus so far as I know." The epithet caused him some concern as inflorescence branching is not con- sistent among the specimens he examined. Inflores- cence branching is not as common in section Platylo- bium as in section Pachylobium. There are species and forms of species, such as D. macrocarpa, D. hu- beri and D. bicolor, with flowers this small. I don't believe there are unique characters in the genus Dioclea not found in closely related genera. Within the specimens cited the following varia- tions occur: branching or solitary inflorescences, leaflets appearing dull above rather than shining, and with some pubescence rather than glabrous; stan- dards with folded auricles to either side of the apex of the claw or none, oblique wrinkles resemb- ling lamellae in the target area above the claw or a clear area of loose tissue; very membraneous stami- nal sheaths without a distinct staminal collar, the vexillary filament fused weakly towards the middle of the sheath; the disc collar around the ovary stipe varying from indistinct to fleshy distinct to very hard, smooth, and tooth-like; and ovarian hairs which are all white. Table 1 lists the characters which place Dio- clea paniculata into the tribe Phaseoleae according to Bentham's (1865) conspectus and Hutchinson's (1964) interpretation of that conspectus. Table 2 lists characters of Lackey's (1977) diagnoses found in D. paniculata placing it in subtribe Diocleinae, According to Hutchinson's (1964) keys, it falls into the tribe Dioclea and into the genus Dioclea. Lackey (1977) has added the genus Galactia to his subtribe Diocleinae. Macbride (1943) placed the genus Cratylia (pro parte) into Dioclea. Notes on Killip's manuscript indicate he considered a possi- ble relation to Cratylia. The species is described in Dioclea primarily on the basis of seed charac- ters, but also because the unpublished name, here validated, has been known for about 40 years. In Table 3, I compare D. paniculata with the genera 1978 Maxwell, Dioclea paniculata 27 Table 1 Characters of Dioclea paniculata similar to Bentham's (1865) tribe Phaseoleae. Climbing Leaves pinnately 3-foliolate, stipellate, stipulate Leaflets with entire margins Flowers in axillary racemes, fasciculate from tubercles Bracteate Stamens with the vexillary more or less separate (pseudomonadelphous 9 + 1) Table 2 Characters of Dioclea paniculata similar to Lackey's (1977) subtribe Diocleinae. Leaflets 3, not gland-dotted Inflorescences prominently nodose Bracteoles present Standard unappendaged Stigma terminal, capitate Style not bearded Seeds smooth, without aril New World Cratylia and Galactia. Dioclea paniculata is easily excluded from sec- tion Pachylobium since species of that section have alternate dimorphic anthers, fruits and seeds which are large and thick, and linear hila 1/2 to 4/5 en- circling. In examining the other sections, I placed greatest weight on the seed characters. Seeds in section Dioclea have a linear hilum nearly 1/2 the circumference of the seed, are some- what oblong and hard, and are in the range of 7-15 x 4-7 x 2-5 mm. Seeds in section Platylobium have an oblong hilum, much less than 1/2 encircling, are somewhat orbicular, and may be soft (drying with a wrinkling of the testa), and are in the range of 14-25 x 12-23 x 2-5 mm, Amshoff (1939a) named a new section of Dioclea, 2,8 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 3 Table 3 A summary of the diagnostic characters of Dioclea aniculata compared to the genera Cratylia and Galactia (sensu lato). D. pan- Craty- Galac- iculata lia tia Stipules non-produced + + + Upper calyx lobes connate, entire ts a + Calyx lobes about equaling or shorter than the tube length = te - Petals glabrous + - + Keel petals erostrate fo + + Ovary short-stipitate or sessile = 5 Ph Ovules about 5 (or less) + o . Style exerted + (7) ae Vexillary stamen fused + + + Legumes elliptic mostly + - = Seeds about 5 (or less) a = = Seeds in a 13 x 10 x 3 ratio + + = Hilum non-linear + + + In Table 3 a "+" indicates the character present; a "-" indicates the character lacking; a "+" indi- cates the character variable. Note Fig. 2 for simi- larity in seeds between D. paniculata and C. hypar- gyrea. section Macrocarpon. She removed D. macrocarpa Huber and D. huberi Ducke from section Eudioclea (= section Dioclea), where Ducke (1922) had placed them, to her new section based on the following: stipules small, 1978 Maxwell, Dioclea paniculata 29 not produced; keels subrostrate; anthers all fer- tile; legumes oblong, large, dehiscent, valves woody-coriaceous, convex; seeds few, large, slightly compressed, hilum short (fide Amshoff). Amshoff (1939b) separated Bentham's section Platylobium from section Macrocarpon on the basis of anthers, section Platylobium having 5 fertile and 5 sterile alternating. The characters which separate these two sections may be tenuous. I have found col- lections with anther dimorphism somewhere between the 5 fertile-5 sterile condition. The second diagnostic character of 2 or 3 seeds, in the broad upper part of the pod for section Platylobium and evenly distri- buted in section Macrocarpon, is not always reliable. I've collected 4 and 5-seeded pods of D. bicolor Benth. (section Platylobium) in its southern range in Goias, Brazil, and the seeds in these pods were fre- quently evenly distributed. Since Amshoff's work a number of new taxa have come to light. Although they are difficult to place (in some flowers or fruits are lacking), they now would seem to rest most comfortably in section Platy- lobiunm. Since my classification of Dioclea rests primar- ily on fruits, I was reluctant to place D. paniculata until mature fruits were available for study. I was able to collect fruits in Colombia in 1968 after par- ticipating in one of Dr. H. S. Irwin's (NY) expedi- tions in the Brazilian Planalto. I gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Dr. Alvaro Fernandez- Perez in Bogota (COL) who introduced me to Santiago Diaz, a graduate sutdent at the Universidad Nacional, Sr. Diaz and I collected fruits of D. paniculata during a collecting trip of several days. I also acknowledge the continuing valuable advice of Dr. V. E. Rudd, expecially for the verification of E. P. Killip's handwriting. Figure 1. Dioclea paniculata, Killip, Dugand, Jaramillo 38329 (US, holotype). A, calyx, outside outline--note other collections show an emarginate upper lobe; B, standard; C, wing; D, keel; E, flower aspect and bracteole; F, androecium; G, gynoecium, Figure 2. A, habit, fruits D. paniculata, Maxwell & Diaz 3 (JEF); B, seeds, side and top views, D. pani- culata, Maxwell & Diaz 3 (JEF); C, habit, fruits of Cratylia hypargyrea, Dusen 1975 (S); D, seeds, side 250 PHY-TOLGG I’ Vol. 0, No. 3 and top view, C. hypargyrea, Dusen 1975 (S). REFERENCES CITED Amshoff, G. J. H. 1939a. On South American Papili- onaceae. Meded. Bot. Mus. Herb. Rijks. Utrecht 52:69. ------- 1939b. In Pulle, Fl. Suriname 2(2):200-201. Bentham, G. 1865. Leguminosae. In Bentham, G. and J. D. Hooker, Genera Plantarum. 1(2):434-600, Ducke, A. 1922. Arch. Jard. Bot. Rio de Janeiro Si a Ac Hutchinson, J. 1964. Genera of Flowering Plants 1. London: Oxford University Press. Killin, Bik. About 1938. Unpublished manuscript and notes, Flora of Colombia, 14. Dioclea. U.S. Nat. Herb. Washington, D. C, Lackey, J. A. 1977. METABOLISM AND PLANT PRODUCTIVITY" edited by R. H. Burris & C. C. Black, xi & 31 pp., 113 b/w fig. & 53 tab. University Park Press, Tokyo, London & Baltimore, Maryland 21202. 1976. $39.50. This book contains a great deal of valuable information as the Proceedings of the Fifth Annual Harry Steenbock Symposium held in Madison, Wisconsin, June 1975 to consider "new methods that could supplement classical techniques in plant breeding programs to in= prove productivity" to feed the expanding world population. This book is so well organized and so effectively presents a cluster of 25 papers by an international group of )} "sun-trapper" authors that it is consequently difficult to select a few highlights for mention. Should they be about (1) C2 and C), photosynthetic path- ways where the C3 plants include po crops and some have their productivity lowered by photorespiration and where the more pro- ductive C) plants include some of our most important crops (corn, sorghum, sugarcane) but also our worst weeds especially those growing in with C3 crops, or Soo of selective weed- 357 358 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. )O, No. icides affecting specific target enzymes disrupting the C, and not the C. cycle, or (3) experimental haploids from anthers effec- tive ~ tools for improving cultivated crop species as shown in corn, tobacco and potatoes, or () crassulacean acid metabolism (cam) of survival value in deserts of some succulents in 18 knowm dicot and monocot families and one fern and how it works, or .. ? This book should prove of very great value to many researchers, professors and advanced students in many related fields. "BIOCHEMISTRY Series One, Volume Eleven PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY" edited by D. H. Northcote, vi & 287 pp., 1 b/w fig. & 10 tab. Butterworths, London, & University Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. 197 ° $19.50. This issue consists of seven papers on (1) movement of key sub= stances across the chloroplast envelope, (2) algal cell wall polysaccharides, (3) pathways of breakdown of carbohydrates in higher plants and hexose oxidation from glycolysis or pentose phosphate pathway leading to NADH and NADPH production within the same cell, (l) phytohormones, (5) photomorphogenesis of the synthe- sis of enzymes that is not yet backed by evidence, (6) metallo- enzymes of nitrate and nitrite reduction with two amazingly de- tailed figures, and (7) enzymological aspects of plant flavonoids and lignin biosynthesis and degradations "PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY Series Two, Volume Thirteen PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY II" edited by D. H. Northcote, ix & 262 pp., 18 b/w fig. & 18 tab. University Park Press, London, Tokyo, & Baltimore, Maryland 21202. 1977. $29.50. There has been some change — at least nominative — in this publication series of the MIP International Review of Biochemistry. This book consists, like the previous issues, of seven papers on such basic topics as (1) plastocyanin demonstrated by electron paramagnetic resonance spectroscopy in chloroplasts of several vas=~ cular plants and several green and blue-green algae, (2) electron and proton transfer in chloroplasts controlled mainly by the kinet- ic effects of the internal pH, (3) sucrose as regulator of plant metabolism, as the main form of translocation in nearly all higher plants and as comparable to trehalose in fungi and insects and glucose in most of the remaining animal world, () osmotic regula- tion, (5) plant pathogens, (6) glycoproteins which are widely "distributed throughout the biological kingdom" and usually "extra- cellular or associated with cell surface structures" with arabin- ose as the "most common carbohydrate constituent, and (7) functions of cell and tissue ion transport in hormone responses, developmen- tal processes and possibly endogenous rhythms. There are several other more detailed similar serial publica- tions available. This is good, but does not have any "extra ad- 1978 Moldenke, Book reviews 359 vantages" that warrant separate perpetuation. Its fine editorial and writing staff might well be absorbed by a larger journal or another good journal might be absorbed by it. "TRANSPORT OF IONS AND WATER IN ANIMALS" edited by B. L. Gupta, R. B. Moreton, J. L. Oschman & B. J. Wall, xx & 817 pp., 196 b/w fig. & 49 tab. Academic Press Ltd., New York, N.Y. & London NW1 7DX. 1977. $62.50 or § 32.00. The appreciative introduction by Sir Vincent Wigglesworth, a confrére and friend of many years, and the thirty substantive papers by former students are presented as a "Festschrift" or tribute dedicated to J. Arthur Ramsay upon his retirement from the Chair of Comparative Physiology at Cambridge University where his leadership had worldwide impact on quantitative micro=- techniques. The papers are grouped into the following six categories: (1) Current Approaches in X-ray analysis, micropuncture techni- ques, microperfusion and computer model analysis; (2) Mechanisms and Control of Transport of fresh and salt water, cations and anions, amino acids, and the hormone control of excretion; (3) Transport at the Cell Level with volume control, gap junctions (plasmodesmata?), pinocytosis and osmo=regulation; () Ion Trans- port at Tissue Level in insect midguts, fish gills and in verte- brate gall bladders; (S) Fluid Transport in Epithelia in Insect Malpighian tubules and rectum, in crayfish antennal glands and in exocrine glands; and (6) Osmoregulation in terrestrial, fresh and salt water arthropods, in mollusk integuments and annelid neph- ridia. What a fine tribute to Dr. Ramsay is this excellent, advanced, detailed, modern survey of this field in which many of the tech- niques were pioneered by him! What a boon to researchers, ad- vanced students and those whose teaching involves these topics to have all this material so well garnered for them! "RECENT ADVANCES IN THE CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY OF PLANT LIPIDS" edited by T. Galliard & E. I. Mercer, xvi & 398 pps 92 b/w fig. & 95 tab. Academic Press, San Francisco, New York, N. Y. & London NW1 7DX. [1975] 1976. £10.80. This carefully prepared study is published as the Proceedings of the Phytochemical Society Number 12 and was presented as 12 papers at a symposium at the University of East Anglia and was sponsored jointly by this society and the Lipid Group of the Bio= chemical Society, concentrating on acyl lipids or fatty acids. The topics include: structure, biosynthesis, degradation and dis- tribution of plant acyl lipids in spinach chloroplasts, castor— bean seedlings, phosphoglycerides, glycolipids, cutin, suberin, waxes, etc. For linoleic and linolenic acids which are "essen- 360 PH YorOncone sila Vol. 0, No. tial" in animal and bacterial diets the natural source can only be plants. A great deal of valuable material is presented on these pages. "BIOSYNTHESIS AND ITS CONTROL IN PLANTS" edited by B. V. Milbor- row, xv & 36 pp., 12 b/w fig. & 60 tab. Academic Press Ltd., New York, N. Y. & London NW1 7DX. 1973. £ 8.00 This valuable presentation is Number 9 in the Anmal Proceed- ings of the Phytochemical Society and contains 13 papers. They cover such pertinent topics as metabolic control in higher plants, amino acid biosynthesis in plants and bacteria, ethylene as a universal higher plant hormone and even as a plant pheromorm, gibberellin, fatty acid, chloroplast enzyme and flavonoid biosyn- thesis. The editor's preface states wisely that "By gathering together in one volume examples of the different kinds of control mechanism we can appreciate more fully the intricacy of metabo- lism and perhaps become more aware of the dangers of trusting a hypothesis when it accommodates the facts." "POLLEN FLORA OF ARGENTINA — Modern Spore and Pollen Types of Pteridophyta, Gymnospermae, and Angiospermae" by Vera Mark- graf & Hector L. D'Antoni, ix & 208 pp., 10 b/w fig. & 43 plates. University of Arizona Press, Tucson, Arizona 85722. 1978. $9.50 paperbound. Herein the microspores of 37) species have been described, il- lustrated and keyed both to genera and to their ecosystems or plant geographic regions: (1) Amazonic with subtropic forest of the north like much of the neotropical world, (2) Chagueffo with xerophilous, deciduous forest and with Arizonan floristic simi- larity, (3) Andean-Patagonic with open grass or scrub steppe of higher altitudes, and () Subantarctic with mixed southern beech (Nothofagus) forest. "The pollendescriptions and photomicrographs are in alphabeti- cal order by family". The nomenclature of Iversen, Erdtman and Faegri is followed with all terms defined in the glossary. Vouch= er specimens were verified by specialists. Also included is a ‘Spore Morphology Key and Photomicrographs of the Genera of the Fuego-Patagonian Pteridophyta' by Marta A. Morbelli. These, with Heusser's "Pollen and Spores of Chile" from the same press with an overlap of only twenty percent of the genera and twelve per- cent of the species, make South America palynologically well documented by these careful studies. "COASTAL DESERTS —Their Natural and Human Environments" edited by David H. K. Amiran & Andrew W. Wilson, xiii & 207 pp., 12h b/w fig. & 31 tab. University of Arizona Press, Tucson, 1978 Moldenke, Book reviews 361 Arizona 85722. 1973. $13.50 oversize. This is a valuable and well organized collection of 2 papers of increasing importance because deserts, especially coastal ones, are becoming ever more important in today's and tomorrow's world for (1) Lebensraum for the increasing world population, (2) water and/or water prospects more available except that the economics are not as well developed as the technology, and (3) increased speed (by plane) and refrigeration (by ships) making agricultural and mineral products more readily exportable and tourist trade more importable at the sunny beaches and commer— cial fishing more productive at the overcast ones. These papers discuss interesting general considerations and Latin American, Old World and Australian deserts climato-geomorphically and eco= nomically, illustrating them very effectively with diagrams and remote sensing photography. Figure 10-1 has so much valuable detail in it that it is a pity that it is not printed on a larger scale. "FLORA DE VENEZUELA — VERBENACEAE" by Santiago Lépez-Palacios, 655 ppe, 146 fig. Universidad de los Andes Publicaciones, Mérida, Venezuela. 1977 paperbound & hardcover. We cannot help but know how earnestly this important taxo- nomic treatise has been prepared through field and herbarium studies since the author has been in frequent communication with my husband over the past many years. My husband and I were able only to make one trip to Venezuela for field and herbarium study of this group of plants. This was in 19),8 under the in- spiring aegis of the late Dr. Henri Pittier and others. Both be= fore and since that date my husband has studied, both in the field and in the herbarium, vast amounts of material of this and related families on a worldwide basis. Lépez—-Palacios very graciously dedicated his most valuable work not only to all botanists but more especially to my husband. Venezuela ranks high among the countries of the world as to number of verbenaceous taxa in its native and introduced flora. Therefore this work by Lépez=—Palacios has to be ranked as one of the most important studies of this plant family in recent times. It is to be hoped that he will continue his studies of the group in other Latin American countries. It should be of interest to him, however, to note that Aganon Raf. is not verben- aceous, Denisaea Neck., Plexipus Raf., and Pleurostigma Hochst. are not synonyms of Bouchea but, rather, are synonyms of the Afri- can genus Chascamm E. Mey., Callicarpa americana Sess& & Moc. is a synonym of C. acuminata var. pringlei (Briq.) Mold., Phelloderma Miers does not belong in the synonymy of Priva but, rather, in that of Pitraea Turcz., Tetrathyranthus A. Gray is not a synonym of Clerodendrum but, rather, of Faradaya F. Muell., and Verbena %2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. globiflora L'Hér. is the name—bringing synonym for the taxon now known as Lippia alba var. globiflora (L'Hér.) Mold. "POLLINATION MECHANISMS, REPRODUCTION AND PLANT BREEDING" by R. Frankel & E. Galun, xi & 281 pp., 77 b/w fig. & tab. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1977. $26.0. This is Volume 2 in the Monographs on Theoretical and Applied . Genetics Series with the first author being the coordinating edi- tor for the series. This goal-achieving "book intends to furnish under one cover an integrated botanical, genetical and breeding= methodological treatment of the reproductive biology of...mainly angiosperms; it is based on an advanced topical course in plant breeding taught at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem" and is provided with a very full bibliography and subject index. The first part of this excellent book analyzes different pol- lination mechanisms, the second part specific breeding procedures for self-pollinating crops, and the third part sexual reproduc- tion or cross-fertilization with checks for selfing, male ster- ility and incompatibility. There is a great wealth of clearly explained material here for "biology and agriculture students at the graduate level,.......botanists, geneticists, plant breeders and agriculturists." "BIOCHEMIE DER PFLANZEN: Ein Lehrbuch" by H. Kindl & G. Wher, xii & 36h pp., 271 fig. Springer-Verlag, New York, N. Y., Heidelberg & D-1000 West Berlin 33. 1975. $32.00 or DM 78. This is a fine German-language text on the biochemistry of plants explaining expected topics directly and effectively. The illustrations diagramming the various biochemical pathways are universally recognizable, varying only by local language minor differences. A library shelf copy of this book would prove a great asset to all biochemistry and phytochemistry courses in the United States and elsewhere because the diagrams are rendered so outstandingly well. Readers afflicted with any degree of red colorblindness will wish that a medium blue or yellow had been used instead. "ENZYM-HISTOCHEMISCHE METHODEN" by Z. Lojda, R. Gossrau, & T. He Schiebler, ix & 300 pp., 20 b/w fig. & 10 tab. Springer~ Verlag, New York, N. Y., Heidelberg & D-1000 West Berlin 33. 1976. $23.80 or DM 58, softcover. This carefully prepared, advanced text correlates the chemical activities initiated by all of the known enzymes (such as the phosphatases, galactosidases, peptidases, transferases, oxidore- 1978 Moldenke, Book reviews 363 ductases, dehydrogenases) with the cellular structures and their subsequent reactions. Also the techniques for laboratory repli- cation of these processes are given in detail. "SECONDARY METABOLISM AND CELL DIFFERENTIATION" by M,. Luckner, L. Nover & H. Bohm, vi & 130 pp., 52 b/w fig. & 6 tab. Springer Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1977. $21.20. The first two authors present a detailed paper with a copious bibliography on "Expression of Secondary Metabolism — An Aspect of Cell Specialization of Microorganisms, Higher Plants, and Ani- mals" such as alkaloids, antibiotics, cardiac glycosides, tan- nins, saponins, volatile oils, etc. with most of these found in the plant kingdom. The third author presents his, also carefully prepared, paper on "Secondary Metabolism in Cell Structures of Higher Plants and Problems of Differentiation" which is biochemi- cal and based on callus, tissue and cell suspension cultures. Phis valuable publication is Volume 23 in the Molecular Biology, Biochemistry and Biophysics Series. "A FIELD GUIDE TO REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS of Eastern and Central North America" Second Edition by Roger Conant, xviii & 29 pp., 472 color & 17 b/w photographs, 353 line drawings, 311 distribution maps. Houghton Mifflin Company, Publishers, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803. 1975. $10.00. This excellent book is in the Peterson Field Guide Series, is sponsored by the National Audubon Society and the National Wild life Federation, and presents 68 new kinds of these animals in the slightly enlarged geographic area that here includes all of Texas and north for a total of 57) species and subspecies. The first edition of 1958 was the best for content and illus- tration in the field for young amateurs to skilled scientists until this enriched new edition became available as "better than best". "BIOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION — Ecological Theory, Ap- plication and Planning" by m. B. Usher, xiii & 39) pp., 93 fig. & 19 photograph plates. Chapman & Hall Ltd., London ECP EET and Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons, U.S.A. dis- tributors, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1973. $22.00. It is encouraging to find this careful study still on many reading shelves and in libraries for students in the many phases of ecology and conservation. The people of the British Isles have long been more understanding of or more amenable to ideas, policies and practices (except for air pollution in their factory Ban PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. towns) that preserve the countryside than the widespread exploit- ative approach long extant in the United States. The author usu- ally chooses less common examples "from conservation activities in Britain that relate to the analytic or mathematical approach to the subject". "PRINCIPLES AND PROCESSES OF BIOLOGY" by M. J. Hollingsworth & K. Bowler, x & 457 pp., 195 b/w fig. & 14 tab. Chapman & Hall Ltd., London ECP EE & Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Distributors in the U. S., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1972. $17.50. Following the pattern of modern biology texts for the begin- ning college or university level, the authors presuppose a back= ground in lower school chemistry and physics and have organized their text on the underlying principles and processes fundamental to biology. Therefore it starts out with biochemistry and goes on to molecular structure and functioning, energy, mutrition, growth, reproduction, irritability, living responses to the environment, genetic change, variation and evolution. This seems, by compari- son with several modern U. S. texts, to be carefully prepared, well developed but more difficult. The line drawings of the stomatal cells show no chloroplasts. In this country the book would serve best as an auxiliary source of information. "THE HORIZON BOOK OF VANISHING PRIMITIVE MAN" by Timothy Severin, 38 pp., 300+ color & b/w illus. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10020. 1973. $22.00. This is one of the many beautiful productions of the American Heritage Publishing Company now incorporated into McGraw-Hill. The author is not a professional anthropologist but he surely learned a great deal about this discipline in the production of this fas- cinating book. In the foreword Colin Turnbull states that "Anthro= pology, by its nature, makes no initial judgement. It observes what people do but also asks itself why they do it....Ihe true significance of anthropology [is] that it informs us about our— selves more than about others.....through our biology, our history and evolution, our social and cultural forms". Through effective interesting text and wonderfully fine photographs (that are to be expected in this series) early man, African pygmies, Cunas, various peoples of Micronesia and Melanesia, Lapps, Mato Grosso Indians and others these goals are achieved. "CONFESSIONS OF A BIRD WATCHER" by Roger Barton, xii & 237 pp., McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, N.Y, 10020. 197). $7.95. This book will prove to be a delight and joy for years to come 1978 Moldenke, Book reviews 365 for the many folks who have been bird and nature watchers in the New Jersey area and in the many nature havens therein described a- long the Atlantic, Middle and Pacific flyways and other places. Ah, the nostalgia in re-viewing these places and creatures through the author's appreciative accounts! Our family has seen most of the birds in most of the places described even though our main fo- cus has been on plants and has enjoyed the author's weekly nature columns in the "Newark Sunday News" and in our local "Courier—News"! There are instructions for making bird feeders, for bird club affiliations and envirommental conservation needs for birds and consequently for ourselves. "THE ANIMAL IN MAN" by Lorus & Margery Milne, iii & 250 pp. McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, N. Y. 10020. 1973. $7.95. The Milnes, in their many good books, have offered simply and interestingly so many clear insights into various phases of bio- logy. And they have done so again in this fascinating book which draws basic parallels and contrasts between human acts and acts of a wide range of other animals, differentiating those from a shared inheritance and those not so acquired. The chapters deal with such topics as: progressions in awareness and sapience, courtship, nature of and limits to freedom, social groupings, effects of crowding, and symbiosis — broadly and literally interpreted — as the only way of life. "No species other than our ow can look back and recognize the difference, or look ahead and fear the future" e "EVOLUTION" by Theodore H. Eaton, Jr., xi & 270 pp., 68 b/w fig. & 3 tab. W. W. Norton & Company, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10036. 1970. $7.50. This is still a fine modern concise text by the author who earlier published the text entitled "Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates". Since "evolutionary biology is as wide as the world of animals and plants, past and present....[this book reflects] a wide range of evolutionary principles....to help the student de=- velop a large number of ideas or centers of interest of his own con- cerning evolution". A very wide range of organisms are used as examples of speciation, adaptation, natural selection, behavior, geographical distribution as they affect evolution and/or are affec- ted by it. "ENVIRONMENT AND MAN" by Richard H. Wagner, xiii & 91 pp., 236 b/w fig. & 10 tab. W. W. Norton & Company, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10036. 1971. $7.50. This carefully prepared comprehensive text grew out of and has 366 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. been used in the author's course of the same title at the State University of Pennsylvania for students without special training in collegiate biological sciences. It covers the whole field well and explains intelligently "the magnitude of man-environment problems" especially in urbanized, industrialized areas in refer- ence to water, air and land pollution in its many forms. "RHODODENDRONS — A Selected, Annotated Bibliography" Revised Second Edition compiled by Diane Schwartz, iii & 3 pp. New York Botanical Garden Library, New York, N. Y. 10458. 1978. $3.50 paperbound. This new edition was prepared for the International Rhododendron Conference convened at the New York Botanical Garden, May 1978, and has additional entries since 1975 to Jamary 1978. The mater- ial is organized under the following topics: general, chemical, cultural, pathogeny, developmental, horticultural research, hybrids, plant exploration, propagation and taxonomy. The book should prove of great value to so many kinds of gardeners and horticulturists. "PLANT PROPAGATION — Principles and Practices" 3rd Edition Hudson T. Hartmann & Dale E. Kester, x & 662 pp., 2h9 b fig. & 9 tab. Prentice-Hall Publishers, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632. 1975. $17.95. From the publishing house presses and college mimeograph machines over the years in the United States and other English langnage areas ever so many books and booklets have been run off on this topic, but only a very few have been consistently well constructed as scientif- ic horticultural works and at the same time provided with all needed practical details. Each edition of this work has been one of the very best in its time. Maybe the next edition will use "cleroden- dron" as a common name and Clerodendrum as the correct scientific generic name and will use the more correct Lantana montevidensis for what is here still called L. sellowiana. Each chapter is en- riched with much fuller bibliographic materiat than is usual. "BASIC MICROBIOLOGY with Applications" by Thomas D. Brock & Kather- ine M. Brock, x & 06 pp., 215 b/w fig., kh color plates, 23 tab. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632. 1973. $19.95. This is an excellent text on "applied" microbiology at the begin- ning or junior college level for students hopeful of entering such fields as public and environmental health, nursing, laboratory tech- nician and any of the many allied areas. The authors claim a "dis- tinctly ecological flavor to this book" which is microorganism centered. The chapters deal with (1) the nature, structure, culture 1978 Moldenke, Book reviews 367 and control of microbes, (2) infection, immunity and disease spread, (3) the major microbial and viral diseases, and () agrin cultural, food and industrial microbiology. The enlightening illustrations, the well explained text, the succinct chapter sum maries, and worthwhile review questions all indicate that the book is the work of highly skilled teachers. This is a text that could also be put to particularly advantageous use for English reading students outside of the United States. "PROCESSES OF ORGANIC EVOLUTION" Second Edition by G. Ledyard Stebbins, xiii & 193 pp. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Publishers, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632. 1971. $7.50 clothbound & $3 095 paperbound. The present review notice of this excellent work is unfortun- ately so belated that the book is already off the current "Books In Print" listings. The book follows the format of the excellent first edition of 1966, adding newer material particularly about molecular and biochemical aspects of evolution generally and of human evolution. "The most distinctive feature of modern man has been cultural evolution....i[t has involved primarily the modifica- tion of his environment to suit his needs rather than hereditary modifications of the body to suit his environment". Fortunately the third edition — which can safely be consider—- ed "excellent" even though "sight unseen" — has been available since last year in paperbinding for $7.50. I assume that it is also published in the Concepts of Modern Biology Series. "JOHSEL NAMKUNG: AN ARTIST'S VIEW OF NATURE" compiled by Charles Cowles for the Seattle Art Museum, 36 pp., 30 color plates. University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 1978. $5.95 paperbound. These exquisite photographs of nature images were taken by Namkung in our Northwest. "I think photography is the reflection of things which already exist in their own right, but they need an artist so that they may be fully seen and understood.eec..l would like to impart that impression of sound, music, emotion or philosophy.....of that moment when you are on top of the mountain standing all by yourself with your camera, that moment's loneli- ness and exultation.....not just visual sensations but the third dimension of the visual world." See for yourself. What an inexpensive gift to give to a friend, library, school or yourself! 368 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. "OCEAN RESOURCES AND PUBLIC POLICY" edited by T. Saunders Eng- lish, viii & 18) pp., 38 b/w fig. & 6 tab. University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 1973. $8.50. At the Graduate School for Public Affairs of this university inter-disciplinary natural resources seminars led by experts in their respective fields attracted faculty and graduate stu- dents from Schools or Departments of Law, Atmospheric Sciences, Oceanography, Botany, Zoology, Fisheries, Forestry, Physics, Chemistry, Geology, Geography, Engineering, Economics and Pol- itical Sciences and governmental officials. The eleven papers in this volume include such topics as: the inevitable greater use of the ocean by man, characteristics of continental shelves and estuaries, efficiency of the marine food chain, energy and minerals from the sea, and policy planning in marine sciences. The articles make reasoned, interesting reading for the intel- ligent layman. "MILESTONES OF SCIENCE — Epochal Books in the History of Science as Represented in the Library of the Buffalo Society of Nat- ural History" compiled by Ruth A. Sparrow, xiv & 307 pp., l color frontispiece & 207 b/w photographic plates. Buffalo Museum of Science, Buffalo, New York 1)211. 1972. The book is published as Collection Catalog Number 1, a beauti- ful compilation of treasured publications garnered by this society starting in 1937 with the purchase of an editio princeps of Coper= nicus under the leadership of its then president, Chauncey J. Hamlin. The more than 200 fullpage plates are photographic copies from these writings and illustrations of almost as many scientists including the famous ancients through those of the 1800s such as Theophrastus, Grew, Linnaeus in his Lapp outfit and DeVries among the botanists. There are short biographical notes on the authors and an annotated title chronology. This is an enduring work of great interest, value and beauty. "THE CHEMICAL FORMULARY — Collection of Commercial Formulas for Making Thousands of Products in Many Fields" Volume XX edited by H. Bennett, vii & 399 pp. Chemical Publishing Co., Ince, New York, N. Y. 10011. 1977. $15.00. The Table of Contents lists adhesives, coatings, cosmetics, de- tergents and disinfectants, drug products, emulsions and dispers= ions, food products including bubble-gum, metals, polish, resins, textile chemical specialties like foam backing, etc. The introduc= tion explains and emphasizes directions; the appendix explains the federal laws regulating foods, drugs and cosmetics and gives first aid directions for contact and swallowed poisons. Many types of workers will find this volume and its predecessors most valuable. PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 40 September 1978 | No. 5 CONTENTS _ ST. JOHN, H., Revision of Joinvillea (Joinvilleaceae). Pacific plant studies 37............ 369 ST. JOHN, H., /sodendrion christensenii (Violaceae) of Kauai. Hawaiian plant studies 81... . 375 UGENT, D., & ILTIS, H. H., Solanum roeii: a new species from Chiapas, Mexico......... 379 MORLEY, T., Distribution and rarity of Erythronium propullans of Minnesota, with COMUNEHES: OF) CEL MMYAIStMEUISNWIP [CMLULES hoa oe Sees eaters Waka ee as 381 Bsr. JOHN, H., A new color form of Scaevola taccada (Goodeniaceae). Pacific plant SIUAICS BO erate tet eae Ses AC Se Tae aS nada RI PSS 390 F RAJU, V. S., & RAO, P. N., Further new combinations in the genus Chamaesyce S F AGTY EL PHORDIMRECUR) MBA Rh Lome ais Shel e SAS cloee Pi See eS nT 2 ea NS te er one 391 _ MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Aegiphila. XXVI.................. 393 § MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Amasonia. VI] .................+.+. 402 4 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Avicennia. XI] .............00.-.. 406 ~_ MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genusBaillonia. IV .... 2... 000..052-44- 413 : MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Bouchea. VI ........... 0 .e.euee 413 ~MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Burroughsia. I]..............-.... 423 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional material toward a monograph of the genus Callicarpa. PRN Lite nba AL cee REN CRN A cach ag Oe rte RR, ORF la eB NaN avian Nit pate nl pio, ist: 424 LANDON, K. C., /nfraspecific classification of Nymphaea gigantea (Nymphaeaceae) ....... 437 ere Pr Aew Lt ROOK POUTEW SL win. ey Rear ace ile eter okie 4 Lanes a MES A Te Noe oy rat By 456 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 USA: a ee a ee a ee ee ee eee eee Price of this number $2.00; per volume $9.75 in advance or $10.50 after close of the volume; 75 cents extra to all foreign addresses; 512 pages constitute a full volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made — immediately after receipt of the next following number. a) es TP ae ee x if “ REVISION OF JOINVILLEA (JOINVILLEACEAE) PACIFIC PLANT STUDIES 37 Harold St. John Bishop Museum, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii, 96818, USA. In his recent monograph of the genus Joinvillea, Newell (1969: 529) evaluated the original publica- tion of it by Gaudichaud, and rejected the genus and its two effectively published binomialsas invalid. This rejection is here challenged. After making his second world voyage, this one in La Bonite, Gaudichaud returned to Paris and at the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle undertook the study of and the publication on his botanical gatherings. It is clear that he spent much time at it, and that he found in his collections many new species and genera. Skilled illustrators at the Museum prepared large habit dzawings and accompanying detailed flower and fruit analyses. These were engraved, totaling 150 folio plates. Codéperating authors were Leveillé for the fungi; Montagne for the algae, lichens, mosses, and hepatics; and Spring for the Lycopodiaceae. Gaudichaud was an experienced, competent systematist, but midway in his research he lost interest in systematic botany and shifted all his attention and energy to the study of morphogenesis and his new theory of it. This theory was fantastic, and was vigorously opposed by his comtemporaries, and is ignored by his successors. Gaudichaud's Atlas of botanical plates of the Bonite Voyage was published in parts, between 1841 and 1852. There is a brief table of contents, and the legend on the plates gives solely the binomials. There are no diagnoses, no citation of specimens, and no localities. During the 19th Century most botanists accepted these taxa of Gaudichaud as validly published, though there were no generally accepted international rules of nomenclature at the time. Since 1905 we have had the ICBN and its slightly modified successors. We now must judge the genus Joinvillea and the species J. ascendens and J. elegans by these rules. Newell and Stone (1967: 193) reject the genus 369 370 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 5 of Gaudichaud, and the two species, because there were no diagnoses or references to previous descrip- tions, and because the genus was not monotypic. Newell in his monograph (1969: 193) does the same. It is agreed that this generic name and the epithets have no descriptions and no references to a previously printed one. However, the status of J. ascendens needs a reconsideration. It appears solely on plates 39-40, as figures 1-6 which show short sections of a stem,a sterile shot, and short cross sections of a part of a leaf. Under ICBN (1972: Art 44), "The name of a species or an infraspecific taxon published before 1 Jan. 1908 is validly published if it is accompanied only by an illustration with analysis showing essential characters." No flowers or fruits or other essential parts were shown on Gaudichaud's plate for this species. Hence, J. ascendens Gaud. was not validly published. Consequently, it is illegitimate, and has no status in nomenclature. The ICBN (1972: Art 45) rules that, "For purposes of priority only legitimate names and epithets are taken into consideration." As a consquence, J. ascendens Gaud. has no standing, and legally does not exist. That elimination leaves Joinvillea Gaud., as originally published, with the single species, J. elegans Gaud., and its illustration contains figures 7-9 of the stem, leaves, and inflorescence, and figures 10-26 of detailed analyses of the flowers, fruit, and their sections, but there is no scale of magnification, and no statement as to the degree of enlargement. The plates are unsigned. Consequently, under the ICBN (1972: Art 42) the genus Joinvillea Gaud., and J. elegans Gaud. (1841) are validly published. This causes a revision in the status of J. plicata as accepted in Newell's monograph. Joinvilleaceae Joinvillea elegans Gaud., Voy, La Bonite, Bot. Atlas pl. 39-40, figs. 7-26, 1841. J. plicata (Hook. £.) Newell & Stone, Taxon 16: 193, 1967; Newell, Journ. Arn. Arb. 50: 550, 1969. 1978 St..John, Revision of Joinvillea 371 Flagellaria plicata Hook. f., Journ. Bot. Kew GardeoMascelee 7s 22005 plea vViEts Webs. subsp. elegans Lectotype, New Caledonia, Ile des Pins, Macgillivray 770 (K), designated by Newell (1969: 551). Distribution: Fiji, Viti Levu, Vanua Levu, and Taveuni; New Caledonia, Ile des Pins; New Hebrides, Aneityum; Solomon Islands, Santa Ysabel, Guadalcanal, and San Cristobal. Upon the assumption that all the plants described in Gaudichaud's Botanical Atlas of La Bonite must have been collected by Gaudichaud at places visited by the vessel, Newell and Stone (1967: 194) express doubt as to the type locality of J. elegans, as it is not known at any of the places visited on this voyage. Later, Newell (1969: 552) suggests that, "a specimen was probably sent to Gaudichaud. However, he may have collected it on a previous visit to the New Caledonian area." In fact, he had not made such a visit. Gaudichaud of course studied his own collections made on the La Bonite voyage, but he also compared and studied other collections available in the Paris herbarium. For instance, he published in that same Atlas several species of Pandanus, and other in ten segregate genera, all of which are now reduced to Pandanus, as follows: Gaudichaud's Genera and Species Based on Specimens Gathered by Other Collectors Tuckeya candelabrum Gaud., pl. 26, figs. 10-20. (Nigeria), not visited by Gaudichaud. Collector unknown. Heterostigma Heudelotianum Gaud., pl. 25, figs. 15-31. Senegambie (=Senegal), Heudelot. Roussinia indica Gaud., pl. 21, figs. 1-9. Ile des Indes (=Nicobar), not visited by Gaudichaud. Tuckeya candelabrum Gaud., pl. 26, figs. 10-20. (Nigeria), not visited by Gaudichaud. Collector unknown. Barrotia diodon Gaud., pl. 13, figs. 9-14. Calcutta, Wallich. = Pandaus furcatus Roxb. 372 Po TPL OG Vol. O, No. 5 Bryantia butyrophora Webb. in Gaud., pl. 20, figs. 1-15. = Pandanus conoideus Lam.Ceram & Amboina, not visited by Gaudichaud. Dorystigma madagascariense Gaud., pl. 31, figs. 12-13. Madagascar, collected by Richard. = Pandanus madagascariensis Warb. Eydouxia ? Delessertii Gaud., pl. 18, figs. 7-8. Ile de la Réunion, Collected by Ach. Delessert. = Pandaus Delessertii Warb. Sussea conoidea Gaud., pl. 24, figs. 1-12. Madagascar, collected by Bernier, Pervillé. Vinsonia drupacea»Gaud., pl. 31, figs. 8-11. Ile de France (=Mauritius)., collector Richard. V. elegans Gaud., pl. 17, ligs. 12-13. ex. coll. Delessrt. V. palustris: Gaud.;*pl.c17,: figs: 18-23. Mauritius ?3; collector A. Richard. V. syivestris Gaud., pl. 17, figs. 16-17. ex col. A. Richard. V..Pervilleana: 'Gaud.", ptt 2sis £igsiel—72 Madagascar, collector, Pervilléd. It is clear that J. elegans Gaud. was based upon one or more collections by botansts other than Gaudichaud. However, no identifiable original type is now found in the herbaria of either Paris or Geneva. subsp. Bryanii (Christophersen) comb. nov. J. Bryanii Christophersen, Bishop Mus., Bull. 128: 44-46, fig. 6, 1935. J. plicata (Hook. f£.) Newell & Stone, subsp. bryanii (Christophersen) Newell, Journ. Atn.OArbs) 502, 552=3; 1969) Holotype: Western Samoa, Savaii, Aopo, 900- 1,000 m elev., 7 Dec. 1931, E. Christophersen 2,714 (BISH). Distribution: Samoa, Savaii. J. ascendens Gaud. ex Brongn. & Gris, Soc. Bot. France, Bull. 8: 269, 1861; Wawra, Flora 58: 248, 1875; Hbd., Fl. Haw. Is. 447-8, 1888 (as adscendens) . Holotype: Insulis Sandwicensibus, insula Kauai dicta, Remy 156A (P). J. Gaudichaudiana Brongn. & Gris, Soc. Bot. France; 4 Bull. > 8s1269,7 a86a5 Anni. SCizW Nate 1978 St. John, Revision of Joinvillea 373 Bote Wook: Ba7 7k B64 s Holotype: Insulis Sandwicensibus, insula Kauai dicta, Remy 156A (P). Distribution: Hawaiian Islands, on Kauai, Oahu, Molokai, Maui, and Hawaii. As has been discussed, J. ascendens as first publish- ed in 1841 by Gaudichaud was invalid. It was accep- ted as Hawaiian, and provided with a description in 1861 by Brongniart and Gris who atributed it to Gaudichaud, and also announced a second Hawaiian species, J. Gaudichaudiana. In the publication by Hillebrand (1888: 447-8) and that by Newell (1969: 546-7) it was agreed that there is but a single Joinvillea species in the Hawaiian Islands. Hillebrand used for it an orthographic variant of the epithet, J. adscendens, and credited it to Gaudichaud in the La Bonite Atlas. Under it he reduced J. Gaudichaudiana Brongn. & Gris (1861) to synonymy. Since J. adscendens Gaud., sensu Hillebrand, is legally J. ascendens Gaud. (1841), a binomial validated by Brongniart & Gris in 1861, clearly Hillebrand's choice of J. ascendens Gaud. ex Brongn. & Gris, puts J. Gaudichaudiana Brongn. & Gris (1861) as the synonym, and establishes J. ascendens as the chosen name. In Remy's collection number list under the number 156 there are two entries: 156 Joinvillea Gaudich Hawaii, Maui, Molokai. 5 Kauai ou Nihau, Oahu. For J. ascendens, Brongiart and Gris (1861: 269) chose as the holotype Remy 156A, from Kauai. subsp. borneensis (Beccari) Newell, Journ. Arn. Arb. 50/5 75495, 61969): J. borneensis Beccari, Nelle Foreste di Borneo 198, 1902; Merrill, Enum. Philip. Pl 2/ Pl o.35 290, 19033 Backer, .PL. Males. Ey 4¢ .245, 319513 J. malayana Ridl., Asiat. Soc. Straits Br., Journ. 44: 199, 1905; Fl. Malay Penin. 4: 368, 1924. Lectotype: Sarawak, Gunong Wa, Nov. 1866, U. Beccari 2,816 (FI), chosen by Newell (1969: 549). Distribution: Philippines, Jolo, and Palawan, Sabah, Sarawak, Kalimantan, Sumatra, Ponape. 37h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 5 subsp. glabra Newell, Journ. Arn. Arb. 50: 550i, <2969.. Holotype: New Caledonia, Plateau de Dogny, edge of gallery forest, 950 m elev., Oct. 1966, T. K. Newell 196 (BISH). Distribution: New Caledonia. subsp. samoensis Newell, Journ. Arn. Arb. 50: 548, 1969. J. Gaudichaudiana Brongn. & Gris, var. samoensis (Newell) Deg. & Deg., Fl. Haw. fam. 53a, 3/31/1973. Holotype: Samoa, Upolu, Lake Lanutoo Crater, 700 m elev., 26 Oct. 1966, T. K. Newell (BISH). Distribution: Samoa, Savaii and Upolu. Bibliography Brongniart, A. & A. Gris, 1861. Note sur le genre Joinvillea de Gaudichaud et sur la famille des Flagelariées, Soc. Bot. France, Bull. 8: 264-269. Newell, Thomas K., 1969. A Study of the Genus Joinvillea (Flagellariaceae). Journ. Arn. Arb., 50/3 S527=5550 Figs l=6i Newell & B. C. Stone, 1967. Flagellaria (Chortodes) plicata Hooker fil. is a Joinvillea. Taxon 16: 192-194. ISODENDRION CHRISTENSENII (VIOLACEAE) OF KAUAI HAWAIIAN PLANT STUDIES 81 Harold St. John Bishop Museum, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii,96818, USA. Isodendrion, of the Violaceae, is a genus endemic to the Hawaiian Islands. It consists of 14 species, 5 of which are probably extant, but the other 9 are evidently extinct. They mostly grew in the lower dry forest zone, or dry scrub zone, areas which have peen exploited and heavily grazed. Three of the living species grow only on the island of Kauai. The discovery of a fourth surviving species on that island is noteworthy. The recent monograph of the genus was by St. John (1952). Tsodendrion Christensenii sp. nov., fig. l. Diagnosis Holotypi: Frutex 30 cm altus glaber est, ramula foliosa 2-3 mm diametro viridi sed rubri- maculata, internodis 7-15 mm longis, nodis non incrassatis, stipulis 2.5 mm longis 2 mm latis deltoideis paulum inconcinnis in basi bullatis midnervo incrassato elevato margini et apice obtuso badi-membranaceis, petiolis 3-3.5 mm longis supra late canaliculatis, laminis 6.5-12.5 cm longis 3-4 cm latis subcoriaceis anguste oblanceolatis subintegribus sed remote minutiore serrulatis supra olivaceis infra albis in paginis ambis prom- inente reticulatis, inflorescentiis axillaribus 1-floriferis, pedunculo 2 mm longo, bracteis basal- ibus, sepalis 3-3.5 mm longis 1.5-2.2 mm latis ovatis ad ovati-lanceolatis albis translucentibus minime erosis, petala infera maxima 9.5 mm longa et in puncto 3/4 ex basi contrahenti ungui 1.7 mm lato ligulato 3-nervoso canaliculato vitta centrali incrassata, limbo 3 mm longo 1.8 mm lato elliptico subcrasso nervis lateralibus compluri-furcatis, petalis lateralibus 9.5 mm longis et in puncto 3/4 ex basi contrahentibus, ungui 1.5 mm lato simulanti limbo 2.2 mm longo 1.5 mm lato elliptico, petala supera 9 mm longa paulum contrahenti ungui 1.4 mm latolimbo 2.2 mm longo 1.8 mm lato, filamentis 1 mn longis, antheris 1 mm longis deltoideis, ovaio 0.5 mm longo anguste ovoideo, stylo 2.3 mm 376 PAT TOLOG IA Vol. hO, No. 5 Fig. 1. Isodendrion Christensenii St. J. Kauai, Wainiha~ Manoa - 1920 ft. VII/30/77. C. Christensen 281 (BISH) 1978 St. John, Isodendrion 377 longo, pedunculo in fructu 4 mm longo cernuo, capsulis 10 mm longis 5 mm diametro obovoideo subacuto papilloso paulum 3-laterato, 3 suturis impressis. Diagnosis of Holotype: Shrub 30 cm tall, glabrous; leafy part of branch 2-3 mm in diameter, green, but red maculate; internodes 7-15 mm long; nodes not enlarged; stipules 2.5 mm long, 2 mm wide, deltoid, slightly asymmetric, green, bullate at base and with a thickened raised midrib, the margin and the obtuse apex brown membranous; petioles 3-3.5 mm long, widely channeled above; blades 6.5-12.5 cm long, 3-4 cm wide, subcoriaceous, narrowly oblanceolate, subentire, but very minutely remotely serrulate, above olive green, below white, prominently retic- ulate on both sides; inflorescences axillary, 1-flowered; peduncle 2 mm long; bracts basal, shriveled; sepals 3-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide, ovate to ovate lanceolate, white, translucent, slightly erose; lower petal the largest, 9.5 mm long, contracted 3/4 way from the base, claw 1.7 mm wide, ligulate, 3-nerved, channeled, the central strip thickened, the limb 3 mm long, 1.8 mm wide, elliptic, thickish, the lateral veins several times forked; lateral petals 9.5 mm long, contracted 3/4 way from the base, the claw 1.5 mm wide, similar, the limb 2.2 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, elliptic; upper petal 9 mm long, scarcely contracted, the claw 1.4 mm wide, the limb 2.2 mm long, 1.8 mm wide; filaments 1 mm long; anthers 1 mm long, deltoid; ovary 0.5 mm long, narrowly ovoid; style 2.3 mm long; peduncle becoming 4 mm long, cernuous; capsule 10 mm long, 5 mm wide, obovoid, subacute, papillose, slightly 3-sided, and with 3 impressed sutures. Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Kauai Island, Wainiha-Manoa drainage, just s, of Kulanaililia, wet forest in small gulchrunning into Manoa Stream, 1,920 ft. elev., July 30, 1977, Charles Christensen 281 (BISH). Discussion: I. Christensenii is most closely related to I. maculatum St. John, a species of Hanakapiai, Kauai, which has the petioles 5-17 mm long; blades 6.4-22 cm. long, 1.8-7.7 cm wide; lower petal 7.8-9 mm long, the limb 2.6-2.7 mm long, 1.7-1.8 mm wide, oval, the apex subcucullate, the claw 5.2-6.3 mm long; lateral petals 7.6-8.8 mm 378 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 5 the limb 2.5-3.2 mm long, 0.4-1.9 mm wide, narrowly ovate, the claw 5.1-5.6 mm long, 1.5-1.9 mm wide; anther obcuneate oblong, minutely apiculate; and the sepals 4.5-4.7 mm long, 1.4-2.4 mm wide, 5-7-nerved, ciliate above. I. Christensenii has the petioles 3-3.5 mm long; blades 6.5-12.5 cm long; lower petal 9.5 mm long, the limb 3 mm long, 2.3 mm wide, obtuse, the claw 7 mm long; lateral petals 9.5 mm long, the limb 2.2 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, elliptic; anthers deltoid; and the sepals 3-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide, 3-nerved, entire. The new epithet is chosen to honor the collector, Charles Christensen (1934 - ), born at Kendrick, Idaho, studied at the University of Idaho, earning his B.S in Agriculture 1956; M.S in 1964; he lived on Hawaii from 1957 to 1969, on Kauai from 1970 to the present. He serves at Lihue as Plant Quar- antine Inspector for the State of Hawaii. Literature Cited St. John, Harold. 1952. Monograph of the Genus Isodendrion (Violaceae). Hawaiian Plant Studies 21. Pacif .)Sel..6% 213-2559, cElgseui=15. Legend Fig. 1. Isodendrion Christensenii St. John, from holotype., a, habit,.X1;5 .b, cy stipules; X B71; flower, X 23:2, .£,/ (sepals, X 23; ¢g, Lower peta, X 2; h, lateral pétal, X \23. i,°upper petals aw; ji, k, stamen, X 4; 1, pistil, X 2; m, capsule and perianth, X 2. SOLANUM ROEII: A NEW SPECIES FROM CHIAPAS, MEXICO Donald Ugent and Hugh H. I1tis Department of Botany, Southern I]linois University, Carbondale and Department of Botany, University of Wisconsin, Madison SOLANUM ROEII Ugent et Iltis, sp. nov. Planta ramosissima; caulis lignosus; ramulis et foliis pubes- centibus vel tomentosis cum pilis stellata fulvis, aetate glabres- cens; folia simplicia, elliptico vel elliptico-oblonga et obtusa; foliola stipuliformia non visi; inflorescentia pauciflora; pedun- culus abbreviatus; pedicelli basi articulati; flores albi; calycis lobi eglandular, ovato-triangulati; corolla stellata; lobi ellip- tico lanceolati et acuti; fructus globosus, viridis. Plant woody and much branched; the leaves and young twigs pubescent to tomentose with tawny, stellate hairs, the older bran- chlets glabrous and covered with thin gray bark; leaves simple and ‘entire, with 4 to 6 pairs of lateral nerves, elliptic to elliptic- oblong, blunt or roundish to slightly emarginate at tip, up to 7.5 cm long and 3.5 cm wide, on petioles ca. 1 cm long; pseudostipular leaves apparently absent; inflorescence few-flowered, the peduncle 1 to 2 mm long; pedicels 15 to 20 mm long; flowers white; calyx lobes eglandular, ovate-triangular, ca. 4 mm long, elongating to ca. 7 mm in fruit; corolla stellate, with elliptic-lanceolate lobes ca. 1 cm in length; anthers terminal-pored, 3.5 mm long; filaments 1 mm long; stigma capitate; fruit globose, green, ca. | cm in dia.; seeds flattened, suborbicular to reniform, reticulate- punctate, ca. 4 mm long and 3 mm wide. Type: MEXICO, Chiapas, 6 km NW of Las Rosas. Dense secondary growth woodland of Quercus, Acacia, Agave, Heliconia, fan palms, in region of tropical deciduous vegetation on NE slope of Valley of Chiapas. Alt. ca. 900 m. Aug. 8, 1965. K. Roe, E. Roe, & S. Mori 1045 (Holotype, WIS). This new Solanum from the state of Chiapas in southern Mexico represents still another link in a long chain of closely related species (Artenkreis) which stretches from Panama to northern Mexico. Taxonomically, the various members of this closely knit complex belong to Solanum, subgenus Brevantherum (Seithe) D'Arcy. All are non-spiny shrubs which bear simple leaves, stellate hairs, and small, white, stellate corollas. With the exception of two closely allied species, S. cordavense Sesse & Mocino and S. lignescens Fernald, none of the other species of this subgenus would appear to be easily confused with S. Roeii. Our new species, however, can be readily told apart from S. corda- vense, a Central American species ranging from Belize to Costa Rica, by its smaller calyx lobes and less dense covering of hairs over its stems, pedicels and leaves. Moreover, the lower leaf surfaces of S. Roeii are prominently marked with light-colored veins, a feature not borne by S. cordavense. 379 380 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 5 From S. lignescens, the type of which was collected by Palmer from the hills above Acapulco, Guerrero in 1894, S. Roeii differs in having but 4 to 6 pairs of lateral leaf veins, rather than 7 to 11. Also, our new species has noticeably longer pedi- cels and shorter peduncles than S. lignescens. The specific epithet of our plant honors Dr. Keith Roe, outstanding student of Solanum and monographer of Sect. Brevan- therum (Brittonia 1967, 1972). _ Mexico Setads dy) Chlaras Solanum Roeii Ugent et Iltis. Holotype, University of Wisconsin Herbarium, Madison. DISTRIBUTION AND RARITY OF ERYTHRONIUM PROPULLANS OF MINNESOTA, WITH COMMENTS ON CERTAIN DISTINGUISHING FEATURES Thomas Morley Department of Botany, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, 55108 ABSTRACT The following topics are discussed for Erythronium propullans: major distinguishing morphological features, details of leaf shape, habitat, soil preference, distribution, point of origin, colony formation, rarity, and state of preservation. Erythronium propullans Gray is Minnesota's only endemic spe- cies of flowering plant. Two other species of the genus also grow in the state, E. albidum Nutt. and E. americanum Ker., but whereas these are both widespread, E. propullans occurs in only two counties, Of the other two species, only E. albidum grows in the same region as E. propullans, often mingling freely with. it. For twenty years off and on I have been searching out the locali- ties of the endemic, and I believe most have been found by now, although a few may remain undiscovered. Therefore it seems an appropriate time to report on the distribution and rarity of the plant, especially in view of the pressures for development on the region concerned. Details of certain characteristic features of the plant and other related matters are also described herein. The species is distinctive. As noted above, in its distri- butional range it could only be confused with E. albidum, and from this species it can easily be separated when in flower or fruit. The distinctive morphological features of E. propullans are: (1) the original bulb does not produce offsets as in E. albi- dum, but rather vegetative reproduction is accomplished by the production of a single offshoot which appears on the stem of the flowering plant well above the bulb; (2) the leaf apex tapers more gradually on the average than in E. albidum, producing a sharper point which often appears pinched or inrolled at the tip; (3)the flowers are smaller than those of E, albidum, are pinkish compared to the usually whiter flowers of the other species, and are more variable in numbers of parts; and (4) the fruits are smaller and rise only to an approximately horizontal or below horizontal position from the nodding attitude of the flower, whereas the larger fruits of E. albidum become erect. 381 382 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 5 In order to determine more accurately how different the leaf shapes of the two sympatric species are, measurements were made on living plants of both at ten different sites. Separate records were kept for (1) the lower and larger leaf of the two leaves on the flowering plants,(2) the upper and smaller leaf, and (3) leaves on non-flowering plants. The most useful measurements were found to be the leaf width and the included angle of the tip. The angle measured was that of the whole end of the leaf, not measuring any inverse or concave curve that might be present just below the apex but rather measuring to the tissue below it. The results are shown in figs. 1, 2, and 3. It will be seen that the differences between the species are greatest in the large lower leaves on the flowering plants and least on the leaves of the sterile plants. Tracings of fresh leaf tips of the lower leaves from both species are shown in fig. 4. Some overlap in form exists between the two kinds, but generally the shape is a usable character. At the leaf apex the two edges are incurved and come together to form a small solid tip, round in cross section, which is elon- gate and rod-like to some degree in many plants, mostly those of E. propullans. This tip is 0.8-3.5 mm long in E. propullans, and 0.5-T.8 mm Tong in E. albidum. The habitat of E. propullans is most commonly a wooded north- facing slope 15-27 m high rising above or near a stream bed, the latter either of a present stream or of an old abandoned channel. The plants usually occupy the lower part of the slope and may ex- tend out onto the flood plain if one is present, even crossing to the far side of the stream sometimes. Less often they climb near- ly to the top of the slope. At one location the slope is only about 4m high. Sometimes the exposure is northeast or northwest or even, rarely, east or west. At two sites, Kenyon and Cannon Falls, the plants are scattered on the flood plain only and are so far north of the slope that there may be no relation to it, and a third place now destroyed was similar. The Cannon Falls location is on the north side of the river, and although apparent- ly suitable habitat occurs on the south side, nearer the foot of the slope, no plants are found there. Therefore one has to con- clude that the plants can succeed in the absence of a north- facing slope under the right conditions. The plants occur most often in moderate to heavy. shade. The shading trees are deciduous, of many kinds. Occasionally plants will be found in the open, apparently after tree removal, yet they appear to survive well enough. Elms were common cover trees and are now mostly dead or dying; the effect of their loss is yet to be seen. Cattle are often pastured in the habitats of these trout lilies, but the plants appear to stand up well under light to mod- erate grazing. They may persist in the open and in the presence of grazing after many other herbs have disappeared. Possibly 1978 Morley, Erythronivm propullans 383 this success is only because the cattle aren't introduced til] after the plants have nearly completed their life cycle for the year. Plants of E. propullans appear to grow best in undisturbed places with at least a surface layer of rich black well-aerated humus soil. However, once established, they appear to withstand moderate disturbance rather well, as implied above in relation to grazing. The flood plains inhabitated are subject to occas- ional siltation at long intervals. The plants can be found not infrequently in rather sandy and almost gravelly soil. Soil surveys have been published by the USDA Soil Conserva- tion Service for both Rice (March 1975) and Goodhue (Oct. 1976) counties, the counties in which the endemic grows. At one trout lily site, that at Kenyon, there is evidently a correlation be- tween soil type and distribution of the plants. Here the plants grow on a strip of relatively well-drained alluvial soil brought in apparently by a tributary entering from the south, and they appear to avoid the poorly drained silty clay loam of the main valley of the North Branch of the Zumbro, a soil type occurring both upstream and downstream from the trout lily area. For the rest of the sites, however, no correlation is apparent between distribution of the species and soil type. Often the trout lily locations fall in areas merely identified as "rough broken land". When sites do fall in definite soil types, no pattern of selec- tivity is detectable that would explain the limited distribution of the species. Soil characteristics for the different types are given rather generally and do not permit close comparisons of structure and chemistry. Properties given for the soil types occupied by E. propullans vary from loamy to loamy sand or sandy loam, from well-drained soils to those moderately so, from soils with a high organic content and fertility to those with moderate ones, and from neutral soils to slightly acid ones. The factors limiting distribution of the species remain un- known. Sites in nearby regions with apparently suitable topogra- phy, vegetation, and soil lack the plant. So much of the sur- rounding countryside has been cut and cultivated that it is not even certain that the present situations, on slopes and flood- plains, were the only ones ever occupied. The apparent prefer- ence for north-facing slopes suggests a plant better suited to cooler climes, but if so one would of course expect it to occur farther north, which it does not. Its chosen sites, although moderately sheltered, are still too warm and exposed for it to be a stranded lost element of the northern conifer zone. As examples of speculation it could be suggested that the plants may be trapped between a need for summer coolness and winter warmth; or that they originated under cooler conditions but that their repro- ductive or dispersal system was too inefficient to permit spread- 38, PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 5 ing much to the north as the climate warmed or spreading in any direction if climatic change was not involved; or that subtle un- known differences in microclimate or soils are controlling. Figure 5 shows the known distribution of E. propul ans. The largest and best sites occur along the Straight and Cannon rivers, all within or not far from the city of Faribault. I have searched but cannot find the plant in adjoining counties. The association of the plants with streams, very plain on the map, reflects largely the local topography. Steep slopes are rare in that part of the country except along streams. However, there is a possibility that floodwaters played a part in spreading the species from place to place. It will be noted that all the loca- tions east of Faribault are on streams that head up not far from that city. It looks very much as if the species spread from the Faribault area where it is now most abundant. Appearances also suggest that the plants may once have occupied certain. parts of the upland to the east where they presumably have since been eradicated, and that from there they produced disseminules which were carried down the streams to the east and northeast. The sites farthest downstream, at Kenyon and Cannon Falls, are only on floodplains, not slopes although slopes are present, which would agree with the notion that there is something peculiarly suited to the species in the upland soils of the Faribault area. The Zumbrota site has not been relocated. Uplands accordingly would be the primary habitat of the species, the floodplains sec- ondary. If the plants never occupied parts of the now cultivated lands east of Faribault, one would have to suppose that some dis- persal agent carried seeds either to the headwaters of the streams or directly to the present locations. Lest it be thought that the city of Faribault itself might have influenced the environment favorably for E. propullans, it should be pointed out that the city is small and that one of the best areas for the species is about 1.5 miles northeast of town, well beyond any likely influence. The point of origin of E. propullans is not clear. Two main options seem available: either the species originated in the Fari- bault area after the departure of the glaciers about 13000 years ago, or it existed before that time and shifted position with the changing climate. I think the evidence favors the former explana- tion, for the following reasons: (1) the plants seem to have a narrow range of acceptable habitats and to require a rather exact set of environmental conditions which would have been hard to du- plicate over a wide area as would be necessary for successful mi- grations; (2) they appear to be slow spreaders, a poor quality with which to face climatic change; and (3) the appearance of hav- ing spread eastward from Faribault is not the pattern one would expect from a plant shifting north and south with the climate. 1978 Morley, Erythronium propullans 385 However, phylogenetic data for the genus must be considered be- fore conclusions can be drawn. And the time span seems too short. Although the vegetative reproduction system of the plant is modest, the plants nonetheless do tend to form clones in the form of irregular clumps or colonies. The colonies are usually 2-5 dm or more in diameter, although they may be smaller or the plants may be scattered individually. In some situations colo- nies tend to form at or around the bases of trees but in general this is only occasional. One can make a rough estimate of the abundance of the species at a given site by counting the colonies, saving the trouble of counting individuals. 25 sites are known. The largest ones have about 110, 69, 62, 39, and 20 colonies, and the rest carry from about 15 to one each. A very rough estimate of the total number of colonies in all known locations comes to a little over 400. A conservative estimate of the average number of individuals per colony would be about 20. One of the interesting aspects of the endemic is the fact that the majority of the plants in a colony will usually bloom, whereas the opposite is true of E. albidum. This behavior of E. propullans appears at least superficially to be a compensation or its very limited vegetative reproduction in contrast to the other species. Whether the nearly full flowering has been main- tained from a primitive condition or developed secondarily is not clear. Miss Jody A. Banks, graduate student at the University of Wisconsin at La Crosse, has recently studied the reproductive biology of the endemic and will report her findings in due time. Two sites are believed to have disappeared some time ago. I could not relocate the Zumbrota plants, which are represented in the University of Minnesota herbarium by an 1892 collection, and I believe them to have been eliminated by growth of the city. A plowed field at the foot of a bluff about 1.5 miles northeast of Faribault is in prime territory for the species, and I think the ground must originally have produced many of the plants. How uncommon should this species be considered, and are there any threats to its existence? Although the plants are in- deed abundant within a few small areas and are moderately well dispersed in the two counties, I think an overview will support the opinion that E. propullans is a very uncommon or rare species. Its preference for rather steep north-facing slopes has tended to spare it, but the plants are now increasingly in danger of des- truction largely because the best localities are within the Fari- bault city limits or less than two miles from them. The city is expanding, and the bluff tops above the slopes are becoming de- sirable as house sites. Homes have already been built above two of the smaller locations and threaten one of the medium sites. A locality with a few colonies southeast of Faribault was wiped out by a road recently, and another in the same direction but 386 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 5 within the city limits has been largely destroyed by motorbikes. Several large colonies on relatively flat land at the foot of the bluffs about 1.5 miles northeast of Faribault have recently been plowed under, as a farmer converted from pasture to crop land. A program for protection of the species is therefore a necessity. One of the sites with roughly 20 colonies, near Kenyon, has been acquired for preservation by The Nature Conservancy. The Conservancy is also making efforts to bring about protection of the bigger localities in and near Faribault, with the help of interested persons in the city, and prospects of success are fair- ly good at the moment. A 62 colony site in extreme southeast Faribault seems assured of protection, and there are hopes of sav- ing some of the other locations. However, more losses will prob- ably be suffered before the situation stabilizes. Unfortunately, there is an element of danger in giving pub- licity to a project of this kind. Although the plants are small and the flowers inconspicuous, they appeal to some garden lovers and are probably subject to theft by a few people. Therefore the necessary steps of preservation should be undertaken with circum- spection and without publicity. Scientists wishing to work with the species naturally should refrain from doing any but the most minimal damage. Populations have been established at the University of Minnesota Landscape Arboretum near Chanhassen and at the Eloise Butler Wildflower Garden in Minneapolis, the latter population quite small. This cultivated material might be adequate for the use of the serious student; he should seek permission from the directors. Selected References Gray, A. 1871. A new species of Erythronium. Amer. Naturalist 5: 298-300. Johnson, A. G. & Smithberg, M. K. 1968. Erythronium propullans. A wild flower unique to Minnesota. Minnesota Hort. 96: 38-39. Rosendahl, C. 0. 1919. Variations in the flowers of Erythronium propullans Gray. Torreya 19: 43-47, 1978 Morley, Erythronium propullans 387 FIG 4 LOWER LEAF UPPER LEAF E. propullans E. albidum ul {e) IN mm ine) oO 40 LEAF OF STERILE PEANT LEAF WIDTH 20 30 40 50 60 #70 860 90 100 #10 ANGLE OF LEAF TIP 388 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 5 FIG 4 E. propullans -—— 5 cm ——_J E. albidum (\ NANA Sasa 389 hronium propullans Morley, 1978 _ eo 2 VLOYSWNZ oOt+—— 3nNHGoOOod Y Noo evo oy iS ‘ » | Linvalyvs :: ae Q73ISHLYON YN ————— yo re £46 04S A NEW COLOR FORM OF SCAEVOLA TACCADA (GOODENIACEAE) PACIFIC PLANT STUDIES 38 Harold St. John Bishop Museum, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii, 96818, USA. Goodeniaceae Scaevola Taccada (Roxb.) Gaertn., var. Taccada, forma punicea forma nova. Lobis corollae excepta alis omnino puniceis. Body of the corolla lobes rose-magenta within and without. Holotypus: Micronesia, Marshall Islands, Likiep Atoll, Likiep Island, cult., Aug. 28, 1946, H. St. John & R. S. Cowan 21,782 (BISH). Discussion: This 4 m shrub was in cultivation beside the house of a native Marshallese. It had been found growing wildon the island, and was brought into cultivation because of the beauty$f its rose-magenta flowers. The typical species differs by having its corollas white or white with a few tiny reddish veins. The new epithet is the Latin adjective puniceus, purplish red, and it refers to the color of the corolla lobes. 390 FURTHER NEW COMBINATIONS IN THE GENUS CHAMAESYCE SF GRAY (EUPHORBIACEAE ) VATSAVAYA S. RAJU AND PIRATLA N. RAO Department of Botany, Nagarjuna University, Guntur Dt. (PIN) 522 510, AP, INDIA Since our last publication (Phytologia 37: 453-454, 1977) some more species of Euphorbia subg. Chamaesyce Raf. which are to be transferred to the genus Chanaesyce Gray have been met with and the resultant new combinations are given hereunder: Chamaesyce celastroides (Boiss.) Croigzat & Degener CHAMAESYCE CELASTROIDES var. NELSONII ( Harold) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia celastroides Boiss. var. Nelsonii Harold St. John. Pacific Science, 30(1): 15, Pig. 5, 6. Type: SANDWICH ISLAND: Menzies & Nelson s.n. (B.P. Bishop Museum, Hawaii). xp Chamaesyce granulata (Forsk.) Sojak Cc. E. var. granulata GHAMAESYCE G var. DENTATA (Brown) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia granulata Forsk. var. dentata N.E.Brown in ehisel tourer: W.T., ed., Flora of fropical Africa 6(1): 503, 1911. CHAMAESYCE GRANULATA var. GLABRATA (Boiss.) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia granulata Forsk. var. glabrata E. Boiss- ier in ae Prodr. 15(2): 34, no. 98, t3e3 et Flora Orientalis 4: 1087, 1879. Syntype: MUSCAT: Aucher 5304(K!) Note: E. g. var. glabrata Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 i2Je oe, teoe in & Blatter's Fl. Arabica, Rec. Bot. Surv. Ind. 8: 427, 1923 is an obvious miscitation of the authority, while E. = var. glabra Blatt. & Hallb,, JBNHS 26(4): 970, 1920 could be an apparent synonym. CHAMAESYCE GRANULATA var. TURCOMANICA (Boiss.) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia turcomanica E. Boissier, Centuria Euphorbiarum 13, 1860; in DC., Prodr. 15(2): 34, no. 100, 1862 et Flora Orientalis 4: 1087, 1879. Euphorbia ranulata var. turcomanica (Boiss.) Hadidi, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 43: 93, 1973. Type: TURCOMANIA: Karelin s.n. (DC- Geneva). CHAMAESYCE HIRTELLA (Boiss.) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia hirtella E. Boissier Centuria Euphorb- iarum 7, et in DC., Prodr. 15(2): 24, no. 55, 1862. Type: BRAZIL: Sellow ex Herb. Berlin. 391 CHAMAESYCE JODHPURENSIS (Blatt. et Hallb.) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia jodhpurensis E. Blatter et F. Hallber, oe os She Romuar mesures History Society 26(4): - Type: : Blatter & Hallberg 9228 (Blatter Herbarium, Bombay). a 392 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 5 : $ CHAMAESYCE KOERNERIANA (Allem et Irgang) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia koerneriana A.C. Allem et B.E. Irgang in Schultz, A-R., Flora lllustrada do Rio Grande do Sul, Fasc. XI. Euphorbiaceae tribo Euphorbieae, sér. Bot., 4,34: 54, Fig. 12, 1975. Type: BRAZIL (Rio Grande do Sul): Irgang & Allem s/n. (ICN 25414). CHAMAESYCE LONGINSULICOLA (Hill) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia longinsulicola S.R. Hill, Sida 6(4): 313, 1578. Type: PATAMES (Lang Island): Steven R. Hill 2383 (NY, Isotypes: FIG, US & VT). Chamaesyce scopulorum (Brandegee) Millspaugh C. s. var. scopulorum CHAMAESYCE PULORUM var. INORNATA (Johnst.) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia scopulorum Brandegee var. inornata M.C. Johnston, Wrightia ; 142, 1975. Type: MEXICO (Coahuila): I.M.Johnston 9382 (LL). CHAMAESYCE SCOPULORUM var. NUDA (Johnst.) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia scopulorum Brandegee var. nuda M.C. Jobanton Wrieh rig ie SU): 7 42, 1975. Type: MEXICO (Coahuila): D.C. Correll & I.M. Johnston 21314 (LL). Chamaesyce stictospora (Engelm.) Small G. gs. var. stictospora CHAMAESYCE SPICTOSPORE 0 var. SUBLAEVIS (Johnst.) comb. nov. Bas.: Euphorbia stictospora Engelm. var. sublaevis M.C. Johnston, Wrightia : 2, 1975. Type: MBx1CO (San Luis Potosi): J. Henrickson 6638 LL). Acknowledgements: The first author is thankful to the CSIR (INDIA) for the award of a Research Fellowship and to Drs. Otto & Isa Degener (New York Botanic Garden, Hawaii) for encouragement. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS ABGIPHILA. XXVI Harold N. Moldenke AEGIPHILA Jacq. Additional synonymy: Aegiphia [L. C. Rich.] apud Lépes-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 78, in syn. 1977. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot, A.25: 378. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 0: 316—3)6. 1978. AEGIPHILA COWANI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.25: 378. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 0: 21). 1978. AEGIPHILA DEPPEANA Steud. Emended synonymy: Aegiphila deppeana Moldenke, Suppl. List Inv. Names [1], in syn. 191; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [51], fig. 5.1977. a bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 0: 318—319. 197 e AEGIPHILA HIRSUTA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenkse, Phytologia 27: 353 (1973) and 0: 226. 1978. AEGIPHILA LAXIFLORA Benth. Additional synonymy: Aegiphila laxiflora Moldenke apud Lépez- Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [109], fig. 22. 1977. AEGIPHILA SALTENSIS Legname Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 0: 316. 1978. The corollas on Schiavone & al. 11865C are said to have been “shite”. Although the original publication of A. saltensis is dated "1973", it was apparently not actually published until 197k. Citations: BOLIVIA: Tarija: Schiavone, Cuezzo, Figueroa, & Legname 11865C (N). ARGENTINA: Salta: Legname & Cuezzo (La, Wa); M&rmol, Legname, & Cuezzo 882)C (Ws); Vervoorst & Cuezzo 7776C (N). AEGIPHILA SALTICOLA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 358—359. 1973. un oe citations: BRAZIL: Paré: Mexia 5922 (Au—197709—— isotype ° 393 394 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hO, No. 5 AEGIPHILA SCANDENS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 359. 1973 Lépez~Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 23, 3h 63, 166-167, & 66. : 1977; Moldenke, Phytologia 0: 319. 1978. The corollas on Ribeiro 97); are said to have been "yellow" when fresh. Lépez~-Palacios (1977) cites Steyermark, Bunting, & Blanco 101487 from Apure, Venezuela, but with a question. Ina eee ee to me he says that he now feels that this collection is better regarded as representing A. elata var. macro- phylla (H.B.K.) Lépez-Palacios. reteal.- ee Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amazénas: Ribeiro 974 [Herb. IPEAN. 19664] (Ld). AEGIPHILA SELLOWIANA Chan. Additional synonymy: Aegyphylla sellowiana Cham., in herb. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 359--361 (1973) and 28: 38. 19743 Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 393 & 08. 197k; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 3h: 257 (1976), 36: 34 (1977), and )0: 211 & 30. 1978. Recent collectors describe this species as a branched shrub or small slender tree or treelet, 1.5-— m. tall, the trunk 5—10 cn. in diameter, the twigs "thick, pale purple-brown velvety", the leaves large and flaccid, to is cm. long and 20 cm. wide, the im mature fruit green or "green proximally, yellow-green distally", and the mature fruit dry, "marrZo" or “marron p4lido". They have found it growing in rainforests or dark rainforests, campo cerrado, capoeira, along brushy roadsides, in areas of for= est and shrubby campo, forest clearings on terra firma, in semi- destroyed Araucaria forests, and "among shrubs and trees on gras—- sy cutover hillsides with streams and blocky sandstone outcrops", at altitudes of 150—-1050 meters, flowering in Jamary, April, October, and December, fruiting in February, March, May, and July. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Hatschbach 25007, Kummrow 867, Pereira 5651, and Vinha & Castellanos 20 and "whitish" on Hatschbach 35683. Material of A. sellowiana has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as A. paraguariensis Briq. and as "Solanaceae". On Lindeman & Haas 373 there is a note saying that it Yagrees well with Krukoff 5060 determined as A. bracteolosa Moldenke". The latter, however, is a very different Amazonian species. The Little & al. 364, cited below, has only immature leaves, al- though it is in full anthesis, and is placed here tentatively. It is described as a tree, 6 m. tall, the trunk 10 cm. in diameter, and was encountered at 700 meters altitude, in flower in September, known locally as "cusum",. The Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 29468, cited below, was distributed as and previously cited by me as A. paraguariensis Briq. This col- lectien seems to combine the characters of A. sellowiana and A. par 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 395 iemsis and may represent a natural hybrid between the two tax. Tentatively, it is probably better placed here as A.sellowiana. The collectors describe it as a tree, 3.5 m. tall, the trunk 5 cm. in diameter, the immature fruit green in January, and found it growing among rock outcrops at 1750 m. altitude. The Lindeman & Haas 702, 925, 1606, 169h, 1726, 3321, & 3381, dis~ tributed as A. sellowiana, actually are 7 mediterranea var. brevilo- bata Moldenke. ~~ Additional citations: ECUADOR: Morona Santiago: Little, Orte = U., Samaniego V., & Vivar C. 364 (Id). Napo=-Pastaza: Asplund 187 2 N). Pastaza: Holm-Nielsen & Jeppesen 97 (N). BRAZIL: AmazSnas Campbell, Ongley, & Ramos P.20801 (Id, N). Bahia: T. S. Santos 835 (N), 1451 (N)5 Vinha | & . Castellanos 20 (Ld, N). “Espirito San- to: Lanna . Sobrinho 1002 1002 [Herb. FEEMA. 5023] (Ld). Goids: Irwin, Anderson, Stieber, & Lee 34355 (W—2709845). Mato Grosso: Hatsch- bach 25007 (W—2706096). Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirk- bride 35995 (Ld, N, Ws); Irwin 2063 (Au—172818); Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 29468 (La, N, W—2759075). Paran&: Hatschbach 35683 (Ld), 399L7 947 (Ld); Ha Hatechibaoh, Bae. & Haas 13669b (N); Kummrow 867 (Ld) 3 Lindeman & Haas 3 (Ld), 1927 (Ld), > BOW (Ws). Rio ~ Rio de Jan- eiro: EB. Pereira 5651 ee Brad. 14377] (Mu, N). Rio Grande do Sul: Lindeman & Garcia 6422 (Ut—-320h30). So Paulo: W. R. Ander- son 10710 (Id, “N)3 Dav Davidse 10507 (Id); Hiten & Eiten 7918 (N, W— 2688198); F.C. Hoehne s.n. (Herb. Inst. Bot. S. Paulo 24535] (N). State undetermined: Clausen s.n. (P); Herb, Richard s.n. (P). AEGIPHILA SESSILIFLORA Moldenke This taxon is now known as A. grandis var. sessiliflora (Mol- denke) Moldenke, which see. AEGIPHILA SESSILIFIORA var. CUATRECASASI Moldenke This taxon is now known as A, grandis var. cuatrecasasi (Mol- denke) Lépez-Palacios, which see. AEGIPHILA SKUTCHII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 362. 1973; pg R., Ceiba 19: 95. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 3h: 252. 1976. AEGIPHILA SMITHII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 3%62—363. 19733 Soukup, Biota 11: . 1976. The corollas on McDaniel & Santiago 2510 are said to have been "greenish" when fresh and these collectors refer to the plant as a "liana flor color beige", and have found it growing in clay soil at the edge of upland rainforests, at an altitude of 130 meters, flowering in June. They report that it is not employed in any way by the natives of the area. Other recent collectors describe it 396 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. }O, No. 5 as a vine or liana, 3 m. long, the stem diameter 3 cm., the flower- buds cream-color, and the immature fruit green or pale-green. They encountered it along paths on terra firma and in primary rain- forests, flowering in July and fruiting in August. Additional citations: PERU: Loreto: Croat 18666 (W—2800325, Ws), P.18h52 (W--27867h1); Lleras, Steward, Ongley, Coélho, Ramos, & Lima P.17162 (Ld, N); Mathias & Taylor 5453 (W--2653072); McDaniel & Santiago 2510 (W—-2667055) . AEGIPHILA SORDIDA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 363. 1973; Soukup, Biota 11: kh. 1976. AEGIPHILA SPICATA (Rusby) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 363—36h (1973) amd 32: 52. 1975. Schunke Vigo describes this plant as a liana, 6—7 meters long, with "brilliant yellow-green (2.5 GY 9/8)" corollas and found the plant in anthesis in November. ene citations: PERU: Loreto: Schunke Vigo 6640 (W— 2703832). AEGIPHILA SPLENDEKS Schaa. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytelogia 27: 3h. 1973. AEGIPHILA SPRUCEANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 36) (1973) and 28: 53. 197h; Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 25, 36, 168— 169, & 6h6. 1977. Lépes-Palacios (1977) claims that Spruce 3017, previously cited by me as from Brazil, actually was collected in Venezuela since the Kew specimen is inscribed "In silvis recentioribus ad pedem montis Cocui, Julio /53". It is net a cotype collection. Emended citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Spruce 3017 (B, K, N— pheto, N—phote, N-—phete, S, S, V, Z—photo, Z—phote, Z—phote). AEGIPHILA STEYERMARKII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 358 & 365 (1973) and 28: 453. 197k; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 1h: 21. 197k; Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 1k, 163, 165, 177, & 65. 1977; Moldenke, Phytologia 10: 346. 1978. Ruis-Terén & Lépez—-Palacios describe this plant as an “Arbusto erecto, ramificado, inerme, 80-—-100 cm. Cfliz verde claro a verde pardfisculo" and found it growing at 1300 meters altitude, flower- ing in July. They report the vernacular name, "komfi-yek", a name also reported by them for A. roraimensis Moldenke, a species which Lépes—Palacios regards as conspecific. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfver: Ruiz-Terén & Lépez—- Palacios 11387 (Id). 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 397 ABGIPHILA STEYERMARKII var. MACROPHYLLA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 358 & 365 (1973) and 28: 453. 197k; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 1h: 21. 197i; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 1h, 177, & 646. 1977. Lépez—Palacios regards this taxon as identical to A. roraimen- sis Moldenke, but I am yet not convinced. AFGIPHILA STEYERMARKII var. OBTUSIFOLIA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 358 & 365. 1973; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes lh: 21. 197h; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 163, 165, & 646. 1977. AYGIPHILA SUFFLAVA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 365—366. 1973; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 0. 1976; Soukup, Biota 11: h. 1976; Moldenke, Phytologia 36: 32. 1977. Lépez—Palacios (1976) cites Fern4ndez-Pérez 6855 (in the Bogo- t& herbarium), from Amazonas, Colombia, the first record of this species from Colombia. AEGIPHILA SUFFLAVA var. KLUGII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 366. 1973; Soukup, Biota ll: h. 1976. ABGIPHILA SYLVATICA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytelogia 27: 366. 19733 Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: hO. 1976. In a personal commnication to me, Lépez-Palacios says of this species: "Séle hay el tipo de Puerto Wilches. No confirmada por conan posteriores. Moldenke dice que es una especie my an o* AEGIPHILA TERNIFOLIA (H.B.K.) Moldenke Additional synonymy: Aegiphila ternifolia f. ternifolia [H.B.K.] ex Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: 7. 1973. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 19. 1858; Pittier, Supl. Pl. Usual. Venez. 54. 19393 Moldenke, Phyto~ logia 27: 366-370 (1973), 26: 435, hS3, h5k, & b60 (197k), and 3h: 255. 1976; Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 2h, 26—30, 169— 17h, 633, 66, 647, & 649, fig. 38. 1977; Moldenke, Phytologia hO: 345. 1978. Additional illustrations: Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [170], fig. 38. 1977. Lépez—Palacios (1977) cites frem Venezuela only the following collections: Aragua: Aristeguieta 2972. Mérida: Bernardi 720. Miranda: Humboldt & Bonpland 703. The last-mentioned is the type collection, deposited in the Paris herbariun. Jahn hh) is a mixture of the typical form of the species and f. 398 P BY 2 Orks, OrG plik Vole 40, Noe 5 oppositifolia Lépez~Palacios. er at citations: VENEZUELA: Aragua: Jahn hh, in part (W— 703726]. hmnte AEGIPHILA TERNIFOLIA f. OPPOSITIFOLIA Lépez—Palacios Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 3%68—370 (1973), 28: 435, 453, Lok, & 60 (197k), and 3h: 255. 1976; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 173—17h, 633, 646, & 651. 1977. Aristeguieta 2972 is said by Lépez~Palacios to have ternate leaves on the Caracas herbarium specimen, but the specimen in the New York Botanical Garden herbarium has decussate-opposite leaves. Ruiz-Terén & Lépez-Palacios refer to this plant as an "Arbol erecto, inerme, 8—10 m. Hojas opositidecusadas y 3-verticiladas" and "perennifolio, 6 m." They found it growing at altitudes of 1800—2150 m., fruiting in Jamary and September, and refer to their no. 10179 as a topotype. Jahn bh) is a mixture of this form and the typical form of the species. The label accompanying Macbride's type photograph 28389, cited below, is inscribed "Mor- itz 896", but the photograph itself shows Moritz's mumber as "897", ~[Spez-Palacios (1977) cites the following collections of this form from Venezuela: Aragua: Allart 26; Aristeguieta & Medina 29643; Fendler 841; Jahn hhh; Karsten s.n.; Moritz 897; Pittier 9347; Ruis-Terén & Lépez—Palacios 10179; Steyermark 86211, 90886; Steyermark, Wurdack, & Prance 95869; Trujillo sen. Federal Dis— trict: Lasser 978, 979; Steyermark S058. Taras Smith V.375h. Mérida: Bernardi 6087; Little 15572; Lépez—Palacios 3088; Maguire 394373 Ruiz-Terén 1689, 3088. Trujillo: Quintero & Carros 11053 Ruiz-Terdn & Lépez-Palacios 7630; R. F. Smith V.439. He comments that the label for Steyermark 86211 is inscribed "Dto. Federal", but the collection was actually made in Aragua. The Bruijn 1431, distributed as A. verrucosa, actually is A. racemosa Vell. In a personal commnication te me, Lépez—Palacios records the vernacular name, "chicharra", for this form and notes that "Segura- mente que también se le aplica a la forma tfpica". Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Santander: Killip & Smith 19295 (W—1354567). VENEZUELA: Aragua: Allart 26 (W— 1230288); Jahn hhh in part (Ve, W—70372h, Z—photo); Ruiz-Terdn & Lépez—Palacios 10179 (Ld). Trujillo: Ruiz-Terdén & Lépez-Palac- ios 7630 (Ac). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 258-— 260. 193k (W). AEGIPHILA TRIFIDA Sw. Additional bibliography: Sweet, Hort. Brit.,ed. 2, 16. 18303 Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 550. 1832; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550. 1839; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 18585 Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 370 (1973) and 36: 39. 1977. 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 399 Both Sweet (1830) and Loudon (1832) list this species as culti- vated in British gardens, introduced from Jamaica in 1826. They call it the "trifid-flowered aegiphila". Proctor has encountered it in thickets on serpentine on steep wooded hillsides and in rain- forests on steep slopes, at 1750-—3000 feet altitude, flowering and fruiting in March and September, and describes it as a strag- gling shrub, 2--3 m. tall, with pale~yellow or yellow corollas. Additional citations: JAMAICA: Proctor 23352 (Ld), 29990 (Ld), 33526 (W—27779L7, Z). AEGIPHILA TRUNCATA Moldenke This taxon is now reduced te synonymy under A. grandis Molden- ke and all previously published notes should be transferred to that taxon. AEGIPHILA UMBRACULIFORMIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 371 (1973), 28: 437 (197h), and 0: 215. 1978. The corollas are said to have been "pinkish-white” on Mathias & Taylor 5995 and these collectors describe the plant as a shrub, In. » With steel-blue fruit, and found it growing in woods, flowering and fruiting in July. Sclunke Vigo describes it as a shrub, l=—-5 m. tall, and encountered it in high dry tropical forests at 300—l,00 m. altitude, in immature a fruit in December. Other recent collectors refer to the plant as an un- branched shrub, 1-2 m. tall, growing in wet and secondary forests, the rachis and pedicels dull red=purple, the calyx pale-brown, the corolla-tubes cream, the limb dull-pink abaxially and whitish ad- axially, and the fruit green (in Jamary). They have found it at 1380 m. altitude, flowering in April. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar- ia as "A. cuneata var. cuneata". Additional citations: PERU: Cuzco: Plowman & Davis 1,867 (G). Hudrmce: Plowman 5902 (G); Schunke Vigo 1337 (N, W—-2750812), 137h (W--2750813). San Martin: Mathias & Taylor 5995 (F—1728081). ABGIPHILA VALERII Standl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 371. 1973. Additional citations: COSTA RICA: Guanacaste: Jiménez M. 13h) (W-—2751890) . ra tt ae ea AFGIPHILA VALLENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 371—372. 1973. Barclay and his associates describe this plant as a shrub, 2 m. tall, with arching branches, and encountered it in the open sun on streambanks, at 1625 m. altitade, flowering and fruiting in August. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Barclay, Juajib- iey, & Gama %l2 (W—27772hh3). 00 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 0, No. 5 AEGIPHILA VELUTINOSA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 372. 19733 Soukup, Biota 11: he 1976. AEGIPHILA VENEZUELENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 358 & 372 (1973) and 28: 36. 197h; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 1h: 21. 197k; Lépez—Palacios in Steyerm. & Brewer—Carfas, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 132/133: 397. 1976; Steyerm. & Brewer- Carfas, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 132/133: 197, 205, & 207. 1976; LSpex-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 2h, 31, 17h—180, & 6h6, fig. 39. 1977; Moldenke, Phytologia h0: 346. 1978. ere Lépez=Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [175], fig. 39. Lépesz—Palacios (197h) feels that A. steyermarkii var. macrophyl- la Moldenke belongs in the synonymy of A. venezuelensis, but of this I am not as yet persuaded. Recent collectors describe A. venezuelensis as a tree, 2.5 m. tall, the leaves subcoriaceous, dull-green above, paler dull~ green beneath, and have found it in flower in February at 1750— 1800 m. altitude. Lépez=Palacios (1977) cites the following collections from Venezuela: Bolivar: Maguire 3290, 3301h, 33457; Steyermark 60263, 7h96h, 75516a, 75664, 75835, 10937h, 109539, 1096625 Steyermark & Aristeguieta 79; Steyermark, Dunsterville, & Dunster= Ville 9260h; Steyermark & Wurdack 810, 848, 1082, 1089. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Steyermark, Carrefio Espinoza, & Brewer—Carfas 10937) (W—2813839). AEGIPHILA VENEZUELENSIS war. SERRATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 372—373 (1973) and 28: 36. 197k; LSpes-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 2h, 31, 178—180, & 646, fig. 40. 1977. ‘ Illustrations: Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [179], fig. 0. 1977. Lépez-Palacios (1977) reports that this taxon lives at alti- tudes of 1300—1700 meters. He cites the following collections from Venezuela: Amazonas: Cowan & Wurdack 31298; Maguire & Wur- dack 300k2; Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 36592; Maguire, Wurdack, & Maguire 2582. Aragua: Agostini & Farifias 107. Bolfvar: Steyermark & al. 109209. Yaracuy: Bunting 4272; Steyermark 100249. AEGIPHILA VERTICILLATA Vell. Additional synonymy: Aegiphila verticilata Vell. ex Thomazini, @yton 32: 53, sphalm. 197]. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 373—37h. 19733 Thomazini, n 32: 53—60. 197h3 Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 392. 1975; Thomazini, 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 01 Biol. Abstr. 59: 7457. 19753 Lépez—-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. k3 & 646.1977; Moldenke, Phytologia 0: 317. 1978. The corollas on flatschbach 31110 are said to have been "cream"- color when fresh. Davidse & Ramamoorthy refer to the plant as a shrub, only 1 mw. tall, with red fruit in February, and found it growing in grassland with scattered low shrubs on hilltops at 1160 m. altitude. Thomazini (197) has found mycorrhiza in the roots of this species resembling those seen in the roots of Paris. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Davidse & Ramamoor— thy 10851 (Ld, N); Langsdorff s.n. (W—157397h). Parand: Hatech- bach 31110 (W—2706091). AEGIPHILA VILLOSA (Aubl.) Gmel. Additional synonymy: Aegiphila villosa Aubl. apud J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. 1, 2: 259. 1789. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 37h—375. 1973. Specimens of this species in some herbaria have been misiden- tified as Cordia sp. Additional ci citations: FRENCH GUIANA: oe SoNe {F. G. Meyer photo 069] (Gz--photo ef type); Sagot 196 AEGIPHILA VITELLINIFLORA Klotasch Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 9. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 355 & 375—-376. 19733; Hocking, Ex~ cerpt. Bot. A.23: 291. 197k; Moldenke, Phytologia 40: 232. 1978. Hatschbach refers to this plant as a vine, the corollas "cream"-color, and encountered it at river margins, flowering in December. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Hatschbach 061) (Ld). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 93 9% ple 47. 1851 (N, Z). AEGIPHILA WIGANDIOIDES Lundell Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 376. 19733 ree Ape: Bot. A.26: 5. 19755 Moldenke, Phytologia 1,0: 33h. 1978. Breedlove describes this species as a tree, 65 feet tall, and encountered it on slopes with Liquidambar, Quercus, and Pins, at 5100 feet altitude, flowering in April, identifying it as “Aegiphila aff. monstrosa Moldenke". Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Breedlove 9665 (Id). ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS AMASONIA. VII Harold N,. Moldenke AMASONIA L. f. Additional synonymy: Di tema Neck. apud Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 431. 190k. Diplostema [Neck.] apud Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 68, in syn. 1977. Additional & emended bibliography: Batsch, Tabl. Aff. Reg. Veg. 193. 1802; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 32) (1826) and ed. 2, 417. 1830; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 245. 18303 Endl., Gen. Pl. 637. 1838; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 552. 18393 Spach, Hist. Nat. Veg. Phan. 9: 227. 1840; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. ll: S2h—525, 628, & 677-678. 1847; Schnitsl., Iconogr. Fame Nat. 2: 137 Verbenac. [3]. 18563 Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 19 & 469. 1858; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 502 & 509. 1891; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 3 (190) and imp. 2, 31. 1963; J, Hutchins., Evol. & Phylog. Flow. Pl. 69 & 667. 19693 Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 11. 1970; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 50, 371, 37h, 53h, 1126, & 1128. 1973; El-Gaszar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 197k; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 21—37 (197k), 29: 505, 507, 508, & 512 (1975), 30: 505 (1975), and 31: 382 & 39%. 1975; Asher, Guide Bot. Period. 2: 59. 19753 Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 6. 1975; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 60: 67. 1975; Follmanmn-Schrag, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 502. 1976; Lépez— Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 17: 1. 19763 Mol- denke, Phytologia 34: 271 & 498. 1976; Soukup, Biota 11: 2, 6, & 1h. 19763 Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 9, 11, 20, 185—-205, 616, aul! 648, 649, & 653. 19773 Moldenke, Phytologia 0: 228 & 232. 1978. The Endlicher (1838) reference cited above is often cited as "1836-1856", but the pages involved here were issued in 1838. It is of interest to note that Spach (180) still regarded the gems Taligalea Aubl. as distinct from the gemis Amasonia. AMASONIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Mart. & Schau. Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 19. 1858; El—Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 197k; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 2h. 197h; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 6. 19753 Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 60: 67. 1975. AMASONIA ARBOREA H.B.K. ' Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 19. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 2—25, 32, & 37. 197k; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 60: 67. 1975; Lépez—-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 187— 191 & 646, fig. h2. 1977. Additional illustrations: Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 02 1978 Moldenke, Notes on Amasonia 03 Lépez-Palacios (1977) cites the following collections from Ven- esuela: Amazonas: Brewer 20; Cardona 166; Feldats 3627, 3718, 386; Holt & Blake 471, 183, 7295 Holt & Gehriger 273; Maguire, Cowan, & Wurdack 29158, 29960; Maguire & Politi 28055; Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 36787; Medina 316, 30; Rutkis 218; Steyermark & Bunting 102910, 103090; Tate 393; Ll. Williams 13981, 15175, 16076, 16112. Bolfvar: Bernardi 1488, 1503; Cardona 1637, 2213; Maguire 3321); Steyermark 753606, 90207; Wardack & Monachino 410h7. The Philipson, Idrobo, & Fern4ndez 1485 and Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépes- Palacios 11583, distributed as A. arborea, actually are A. lasio~ caulos Mart. & Schau. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Foldats 2h6a (N); Steyermark & Bunting 103090 (Mu). AMASONIA CALYCINA Hook, f. Additional bibliography: Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 32h (1826) and ed. 2, 17. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 552. 1832; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 552. 1839; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 25 29 & 32. 197); Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 60: 67. 1975. Both Sweet (1830) and Loudon (1832) list this taxon among the species cultivated in British gardens and aver that it was intro- duced from Trinidad in 1823. They call it the "puniceous amasonia". AMASONIA CAMPESTRIS (Aubl.) Moldenke Additional synonymy: Amasonia campestris Moldenke, Phytologia 3h: 271, in syn. 1976. Additional bibliography: Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 32. 1826; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 245. 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 17. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 552. 1832; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 552. 18393 Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. li: 677578. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 19 & 69. 1858; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 23, 25, 27—=33, & 35-37. 197h$ Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 60: 67. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 3h: 271. 1976 Soukup, Biota 11: 6. 1976; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 185—— 187, 191--196, 646, & 653, fig. 43. 1977; Moldenke, Phytologia )0: 228 & 232. 1978. Additional illustrations: Lépes-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [193], fig. 43. 1977. Recent collectors describe this plant as a perennial herb or subshrub, 30 cm. to 1 m, tall, usually less than 1 m, tall, the stems slightly woody, single, straight, unbranched, deep-purple, the leaves rather dull-green with the midrib purplish beneath,, the inflorescence red and orange, the bracts red or crimson, or merely red on the upper surface, the sepals yellowish. 176 Potentilla, 298 Vol. 0, No. 6 Premna, 431, 475, 476 Priva, 361 Pronephridium, 287 Prosopis, 489, 490 Prospodium, 68, 81 Prums, 112, 298 Psacaliopsis, 46 Psacalium, 6 Pseudaegiphila, 207 Pseudocryphaea, 253-255 Pseudocyclosorus, 29) Pseudogynoxys, 37, 38, 46, 307 Psilocybe, 278 Pteridophyta, 271, 275, 287, 288, 294, 360 Pterigynandrun, 255 Pterocarya, 127 Pycreus, 29) Pyrus, 17h Quercus, 68, 80, 101, 107, 113, 127, 132, 17h, 176, 182, 288, 379, 401, 426 Reflexum, 309 Rehdera, 1,88 Rhizophora, 09, 112 Rhododendron, 121, His Fe Rhodolippia, 81 Rhus, 101, 127, 422 Rhyzoctonia, 36h, 355 Rojasanthe, 495 Roldana, 6 Rosa, 7h, 121 Roussinia, 371 Rubiaceae, 78 Rubus, 29) Rumex, 303 Rumohra, 287 Ruscus, 101 Salix, 121, 136, 288 Salvia, 58 Sapindaceae, 73 Sapindus, 121, 136, 137 Sassafras, 127 Scaevola, 390 Scleria, "456 1978 Scrophulariaceae, 2, 6, Ok Selimum, 298 Senecio, 37, 38, 41, 43-l5, L7- 49, 307-312, 493, hoy Senecionae, 308 Senecioneae, 37, 5, 46, 96, 307, 312, 493, 49k Sequoia, 121, 136, 196 Seseli, 76 Setacea, 3 Sibbaldia, 298 Siler, 76 Smilax, 101, 121 Solanaceae, 213, 39h Solanum, 379, 380 Solena, 29 Solidago, 76, 27 Sonneratia, )12 Sophora, Saghora. 121 Sophrolaeliocattleya, Sorbus, 121, 127 Sorghastrum, 305 Spermatophyta, 2 Sphaerostephanos, 287, 288 Sporobolus, 1,23 Stachytarpheta, 54, lil, his, 19-h21 Staphylea, 127 Steiractinia, 95 Stellaria, 298 Stigmaphyllon, 36 Stigmatococca, 205, 207 Streptothamni, 37, 38, 307 Strobi, 132 Strobilanthes, 29) Strobus, 132 Stryphnodendron, 05 Styrax, 68 Suaeda, 123 Sussea, 372 Svensonia, 1) Sylvestres, 100, 103, 107, 1h, 127, 129 Symbegonia, 266 349, 350 Index 5 Symplocos, 127, 136, 137 Syngonanthus, 316 Syzygium, 29h, 298 Talauma, 26 Taligalea, 02 Tamus, 101 Tanacetum, 299 Taxodium, 136 Telanthophora, Tephrosia, 266 Terminalia, 58, 48h Tetrathyrantims, 361 Teucriun, 101 Thanatephorus, 355 Thecophyllum, 55 Thuja, 136 Tilia, 121, 127, 136 Tillandsia, 55 Tillandsioideae, 56 Tomanthera, 2 Torreya, 1 rreya, 127 Trachypogon, 63, 331 Trewia, 30, 470 Triana, 307 Trichomanes, 287 Trifolium, £8 Trigonosporus, 29) Tripterospermm, 303 Trixis, 26) Tsuga, 127, 136 Tuckeya, 371 Turnera, 23 Tussilago, 58 Ulmus, 112, 121, 127, 136 Unona, 29) Vaccinium, 121, 56, 489 Vanilla, 35) Vauquelinia, 22 Verbena, 261, 262, 361, 413, lh, 417, 468 Verbenaceae, 361, 97 Verbenales, },97 Veronica, 299 Viburnum, 303 6 512 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 40, No. 6 Vicoa, 298 Xylosphaeria, 27h Viguiera 22 Y ja, 303 Vigdierta, 22 Yucca, 22, 423, 489, 90 Vinsonia, 372 Zapania, 85, 417 Viola, 280 Zelkova, 121, 127, 136 Violaceae, 375, 378 Zingiber, 29h, 296 Virburmm, 303 Ziziphus, 299, h8h Vitis, 101 Zizyphus, 22 Vriesea, 55 Zygodesmus, 27) Wageneria, 157, 60, h6l1 Zygopetalum, 347, 349, 350, 352, Waltheria, 63 P eee ce Xanthoxylum, 296 ope ee Yylocarpus, 1112 Zythiaceae, 286 Publication dates Volume 39, No. — May 27, 1978 Volume 39, No. 5 — dune 16, 1978 Volume 39, No. 6 — July 10, 1978 Volume 0, No. 1 — July 20, 1978 Volume 0, No. 2 —— August 4, 1978 Volume 0, No. 3 — August 5, 1978 Volume 0, No. — August 17, 1978 lew Yo 1 5185 arden 00288 ii 408 Oe ar te ren Oe pe Ps eee ee : os ees OES a ewe ee Saco hed a ere ere rer eon eee RR EE RNS BY OA OAS ORE WIE SW hs ::